texlive[60590] Master/texmf-dist: glossaries-extra (23sep21)

commits+karl at tug.org commits+karl at tug.org
Thu Sep 23 22:13:37 CEST 2021


Revision: 60590
          http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=60590
Author:   karl
Date:     2021-09-23 22:13:37 +0200 (Thu, 23 Sep 2021)
Log Message:
-----------
glossaries-extra (23sep21)

Modified Paths:
--------------
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbr-styles.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alias.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-sym.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref2.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-external.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-fmt.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-linkcount.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixedsort.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-name-font.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-pages.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record-nameref.glstex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record-nameref.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.glstex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-trans.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-xr.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-bookindex.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-longextra.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-topic.sty

Added Paths:
-----------
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-childmultipar.bib
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-longchild.bib

Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-childmultipar.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-childmultipar.bib	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-childmultipar.bib	2021-09-23 20:13:37 UTC (rev 60590)
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+ at entry{hiersedmattis,
+  user1 = {example-image},
+  name = {sed mattis},
+  description = {Erat sit amet dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus
+elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
+dictum gravida mauris. Ut pellentesque augue sed urna. Vestibulum
+diam eros, fringilla et, consectetuer eu, nonummy id, sapien. Nullam
+at lectus. In sagittis ultrices mauris. Curabitur malesuada erat sit
+amet massa. Fusce blandit. Aliquam erat volutpat.}
+}
+
+ at entry{hierloremi-ii,
+  parent = {hiersedmattis},
+  name = {lorem 1--2},
+  description = {Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus elit,
+vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
+dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer
+id, vulputate a, magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque
+habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac
+turpis egestas. Mauris ut leo. Cras viverra metus rhoncus sem. Nulla
+et lectus vestibulum urna fringilla ultrices.  Phasellus eu tellus
+sit amet tortor gravida placerat. Integer sapien est, iaculis in,
+pretium quis, viverra ac, nunc. Praesent eget sem vel leo ultrices
+bibendum. Aenean faucibus. Morbi dolor nulla, malesuada eu, pulvinar
+at, mollis ac, nulla.  Curabitur auctor semper nulla. Donec varius
+orci eget risus. Duis nibh mi, congue eu, accumsan eleifend,
+sagittis quis, diam. Duis eget orci sit amet orci dignissim rutrum.
+
+Nam dui ligula, fringilla a, euismod sodales, sollicitudin vel,
+wisi. Morbi auctor lorem non justo. Nam lacus libero, pretium at,
+lobortis vitae, ultricies et, tellus. Donec aliquet, tortor sed
+accumsan bibendum, erat ligula aliquet magna, vitae ornare odio
+metus a mi. Morbi ac orci et nisl hendrerit mollis. Suspendisse ut
+massa. Cras nec ante. Pellentesque a nulla.  Cum sociis natoque
+penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.
+Aliquam tincidunt urna. Nulla ullamcorper vestibulum turpis.
+Pellentesque cursus luctus mauris.}
+}
+
+ at entry{hierloremiii-iv,
+  user1 = {example-image},
+  parent = {hiersedmattis},
+  name = {lorem 3--4},
+  description = {Nulla malesuada porttitor diam. Donec felis erat, congue non,
+volutpat at, tincidunt tristique, libero.  Vivamus viverra fermentum
+felis. Donec nonummy pellentesque ante.  Phasellus adipiscing semper
+elit. Proin fermentum massa ac quam. Sed diam turpis, molestie
+vitae, placerat a, molestie nec, leo. Maecenas lacinia. Nam ipsum
+ligula, eleifend at, accumsan nec, suscipit a, ipsum. Morbi blandit
+ligula feugiat magna. Nunc eleifend consequat lorem. Sed lacinia
+nulla vitae enim. Pellentesque tincidunt purus vel magna. Integer
+non enim. Praesent euismod nunc eu purus. Donec bibendum quam in
+tellus. Nullam cursus pulvinar lectus. Donec et mi.  Nam vulputate
+metus eu enim. Vestibulum pellentesque felis eu massa.
+
+Quisque ullamcorper placerat ipsum. Cras nibh.  Morbi vel justo
+vitae lacus tincidunt ultrices. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
+consectetuer adipiscing elit. In hac habitasse platea dictumst.
+Integer tempus convallis augue. Etiam facilisis. Nunc elementum
+fermentum wisi. Aenean placerat. Ut imperdiet, enim sed gravida
+sollicitudin, felis odio placerat quam, ac pulvinar elit purus eget
+enim. Nunc vitae tortor. Proin tempus nibh sit amet nisl.  Vivamus
+quis tortor vitae risus porta vehicula.}
+}
+
+ at entry{hierloremv-vi,
+  parent = {hiersedmattis},
+  name = {lorem 5--6},
+  description = {Fusce mauris. Vestibulum luctus nibh at lectus.  Sed bibendum, nulla
+a faucibus semper, leo velit ultricies tellus, ac venenatis arcu
+wisi vel nisl. Vestibulum diam. Aliquam pellentesque, augue quis
+sagittis posuere, turpis lacus congue quam, in hendrerit risus eros
+eget felis. Maecenas eget erat in sapien mattis porttitor.
+Vestibulum porttitor. Nulla facilisi. Sed a turpis eu lacus commodo
+facilisis. Morbi fringilla, wisi in dignissim interdum, justo lectus
+sagittis dui, et vehicula libero dui cursus dui. Mauris tempor
+ligula sed lacus. Duis cursus enim ut augue.  Cras ac magna. Cras
+nulla. Nulla egestas. Curabitur a leo. Quisque egestas wisi eget
+nunc. Nam feugiat lacus vel est. Curabitur consectetuer.%
+
+Suspendisse vel felis. Ut lorem lorem, interdum eu, tincidunt sit
+amet, laoreet vitae, arcu. Aenean faucibus pede eu ante. Praesent
+enim elit, rutrum at, molestie non, nonummy vel, nisl. Ut lectus
+eros, malesuada sit amet, fermentum eu, sodales cursus, magna. Donec
+eu purus. Quisque vehicula, urna sed ultricies auctor, pede lorem
+egestas dui, et convallis elit erat sed nulla.  Donec luctus.
+Curabitur et nunc. Aliquam dolor odio, commodo pretium, ultricies
+non, pharetra in, velit. Integer arcu est, nonummy in, fermentum
+faucibus, egestas vel, odio.}
+}
+
+ at entry{hiergravida,
+  name = {gravida},
+  description = {Malesuada libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer id, vulputate a, magna. Donec
+vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique
+senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Mauris ut
+leo.
+
+Morbi ultrices rutrum lorem. Nam elementum ullamcorper
+leo. Morbi dui. Aliquam sagittis. Nunc placerat.  Pellentesque
+tristique sodales est. Maecenas imperdiet lacinia velit. Cras non
+urna. Morbi eros pede, suscipit ac, varius vel, egestas non, eros.}
+}
+
+ at entry{hierloremvii-viii,
+  user1 = {example-image-b},
+  parent = {hiergravida},
+  name = {lorem 7--8},
+  description = {Sed commodo posuere pede. Mauris ut est. Ut quis purus. Sed ac odio.
+Sed vehicula hendrerit sem. Duis non odio.  Morbi ut dui. Sed
+accumsan risus eget odio. In hac habitasse platea dictumst.
+Pellentesque non elit. Fusce sed justo eu urna porta tincidunt.
+Mauris felis odio, sollicitudin sed, volutpat a, ornare ac, erat.
+Morbi quis dolor. Donec pellentesque, erat ac sagittis semper, nunc
+dui lobortis purus, quis congue purus metus ultricies tellus. Proin
+et quam. Class aptent taciti sociosqu ad litora torquent per conubia
+nostra, per inceptos hymenaeos. Praesent sapien turpis, fermentum
+vel, eleifend faucibus, vehicula eu, lacus.
+
+Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada
+fames ac turpis egestas. Donec odio elit, dictum in, hendrerit sit
+amet, egestas sed, leo. Praesent feugiat sapien aliquet odio.
+Integer vitae justo. Aliquam vestibulum fringilla lorem. Sed neque
+lectus, consectetuer at, consectetuer sed, eleifend ac, lectus.
+Nulla facilisi. Pellentesque eget lectus.  Proin eu metus. Sed
+porttitor. In hac habitasse platea dictumst.  Suspendisse eu lectus.
+Ut mi mi, lacinia sit amet, placerat et, mollis vitae, dui. Sed ante
+tellus, tristique ut, iaculis eu, malesuada ac, dui.  Mauris nibh
+leo, facilisis non, adipiscing quis, ultrices a, dui.}
+}
+
+ at entry{hierloremix-x,
+  user1 = {example-image-c},
+  parent = {hiergravida},
+  name = {lorem 9--10},
+  description = {Morbi luctus, wisi viverra faucibus pretium, nibh est placerat odio,
+nec commodo wisi enim eget quam. Quisque libero justo, consectetuer
+a, feugiat vitae, porttitor eu, libero.  Suspendisse sed mauris
+vitae elit sollicitudin malesuada. Maecenas ultricies eros sit amet
+ante. Ut venenatis velit. Maecenas sed mi eget dui varius euismod.
+Phasellus aliquet volutpat odio.  Vestibulum ante ipsum primis in
+faucibus orci luctus et ultrices posuere cubilia Curae; Pellentesque
+sit amet pede ac sem eleifend consectetuer. Nullam elementum, urna
+vel imperdiet sodales, elit ipsum pharetra ligula, ac pretium ante
+justo a nulla. Curabitur tristique arcu eu metus. Vestibulum lectus.
+Proin mauris. Proin eu nunc eu urna hendrerit faucibus. Aliquam
+auctor, pede consequat laoreet varius, eros tellus scelerisque quam,
+pellentesque hendrerit ipsum dolor sed augue. Nulla nec lacus.
+
+Suspendisse vitae elit. Aliquam arcu neque, ornare in, ullamcorper
+quis, commodo eu, libero. Fusce sagittis erat at erat tristique
+mollis. Maecenas sapien libero, molestie et, lobortis in, sodales
+eget, dui. Morbi ultrices rutrum lorem. Nam elementum ullamcorper
+leo. Morbi dui. Aliquam sagittis. Nunc placerat.  Pellentesque
+tristique sodales est. Maecenas imperdiet lacinia velit. Cras non
+urna. Morbi eros pede, suscipit ac, varius vel, egestas non, eros.
+Praesent malesuada, diam id pretium elementum, eros sem dictum
+tortor, vel consectetuer odio sem sed wisi.}
+}
+


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-childmultipar.bib
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-longchild.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-longchild.bib	                        (rev 0)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-longchild.bib	2021-09-23 20:13:37 UTC (rev 60590)
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+ at entry{longsedmattis,
+  name = {sed mattis},
+  description = {erat sit amet dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus
+elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur
+dictum gravida mauris.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longgravida,
+  parent = {longsedmattis},
+  name = {gravida},
+  description = {malesuada libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer id, vulputate a, magna. Donec
+vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque habitant morbi tristique
+senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac turpis egestas. Mauris ut
+leo.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longelitaugue,
+  parent = {longsedmattis},
+  name = {elit augue},
+  description = {egestas diam metus rhoncus sem. Nulla et lectus vestibulum
+urna fringilla ultrices.  Phasellus eu tellus sit amet tortor gravida
+placerat.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longtempus,
+  parent = {longsedmattis},
+  name = {tempus},
+  description = {scelerisque est, iaculis in, pretium quis, viverra ac,
+nunc. Praesent eget sem vel leo ultrices bibendum. Aenean
+faucibus.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longnunc,
+  name = {nunc},
+  description = {nisl vitae nulla, malesuada eu, pulvinar at, mollis ac, nulla.
+Curabitur auctor semper nulla. Donec varius orci eget risus. Duis
+nibh mi, congue eu, accumsan eleifend, sagittis quis, diam. Duis
+eget orci sit amet orci dignissim rutrum.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longlibero,
+  parent = {longnunc},
+  name = {libero},
+  description = {sed consequat ligula, fringilla a, euismod sodales,
+sollicitudin vel, wisi. Morbi auctor lorem non justo.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longfeugiat,
+  parent = {longnunc},
+  name = {feugiat},
+  description = {massa libero, pretium at, lobortis vitae, ultricies et,
+tellus. Donec aliquet, tortor sed accumsan bibendum, erat ligula aliquet magna,
+vitae ornare odio metus a mi.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longporta,
+  parent = {longnunc},
+  name = {porta},
+  description = {eros in eleifend orci et nisl hendrerit mollis. Suspendisse ut massa.
+Cras nec ante. Pellentesque a nulla.  Cum sociis natoque penatibus
+et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longvariuserat,
+  parent = {longnunc},
+  name = {varius erat},
+  description = {leo rutrum dui tincidunt urna. Nulla ullamcorper
+vestibulum turpis. Pellentesque cursus luctus mauris.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longnonconvallis,
+  name = {non convallis},
+  description = {lectus orci ut nibh porttitor diam. Donec felis erat,
+congue non, volutpat at, tincidunt tristique, libero.  Vivamus
+viverra fermentum felis.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longsedlorem,
+  parent = {longnonconvallis},
+  name = {sedlorem},
+  description = {massa pellentesque ante. Phasellus
+adipiscing semper elit. Proin fermentum massa ac quam. Sed diam
+turpis, molestie vitae, placerat a, molestie nec, leo.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longnonummyquis,
+  parent = {longnonconvallis},
+  name = {nonummy
+quis},
+  description = {egestas id nam ipsum ligula, eleifend at, accumsan nec, suscipit
+a, ipsum. Morbi blandit ligula feugiat magna. Nunc eleifend consequat
+lorem.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longcondimentum,
+  name = {condimentum},
+  description = {at nisl nulla vitae enim. Pellentesque tincidunt purus
+vel magna. Integer non enim. Praesent euismod nunc eu purus. Donec
+bibendum quam in tellus.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longmaecenas,
+  parent = {longcondimentum},
+  name = {maecenas},
+  description = {at nibh fringilla a, euismod sodales, sollicitudin vel,
+wisi. Morbi auctor lorem non justo. Nam lacus libero, pretium at,
+lobortis vitae, ultricies et, tellus. Donec aliquet, tortor sed
+accumsan bibendum, erat ligula aliquet magna, vitae ornare odio
+metus a mi. Morbi ac orci et nisl hendrerit mollis. Suspendisse ut
+massa. Cras nec ante. Pellentesque a nulla.  Cum sociis natoque
+penatibus et magnis dis parturient montes, nascetur ridiculus mus.
+Aliquam tincidunt urna. Nulla ullamcorper vestibulum turpis.
+Pellentesque cursus luctus mauris.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longaliquamet,
+  name = {aliquam et},
+  description = {augue felis erat, congue non,
+volutpat at, tincidunt tristique, libero.  Vivamus viverra fermentum
+felis. Donec nonummy pellentesque ante.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longatnunc,
+  parent = {longaliquamet},
+  name = {at nunc},
+  description = {pellentesque ullamcorper el justo
+vitae lacus tincidunt ultrices. Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet,
+consectetuer adipiscing elit.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longduisnisl,
+  parent = {longatnunc},
+  name = {duisnisl},
+  description = {laoreet suscipit ac venenatis arcu
+wisi vel nisl. Vestibulum diam. Aliquam pellentesque, augue quis
+sagittis posuere, turpis lacus congue quam, in hendrerit risus eros
+eget felis. Maecenas eget erat in sapien mattis porttitor.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longduisnibh,
+  parent = {longatnunc},
+  name = {duisnibh},
+  description = {convallis ut justo lectus
+sagittis dui, et vehicula libero dui cursus dui. Mauris tempor
+ligula sed lacus. Duis cursus enim ut augue.  Cras ac magna.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longrutrum,
+  name = {rutrum},
+  description = {id, enim elit, rutrum at, molestie non, nonummy vel, nisl. Ut lectus
+eros, malesuada sit amet, fermentum eu, sodales cursus, magna. Donec
+eu purus. Quisque vehicula, urna sed ultricies auctor, pede lorem
+egestas dui, et convallis elit erat sed nulla.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longphasellus,
+  parent = {longrutrum},
+  name = {phasellus},
+  description = {odio volutpat a, ornare ac, erat.
+Morbi quis dolor. Donec pellentesque, erat ac sagittis semper, nunc
+dui lobortis purus, quis congue purus metus ultricies tellus. Proin
+et quam.}
+}
+
+ at entry{longnullanulla,
+  parent = {longrutrum},
+  name = {nulla nulla},
+  description = {elit, molestie non wisi viverra faucibus pretium, nibh est placerat odio,
+nec commodo wisi enim eget quam. Quisque libero justo, consectetuer
+a, feugiat vitae, porttitor eu, libero.}
+}
+


Property changes on: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-longchild.bib
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES	2021-09-23 20:12:59 UTC (rev 60589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES	2021-09-23 20:13:37 UTC (rev 60590)
@@ -1,3 +1,70 @@
+1.46 (2021-09-20):
+
+ * Test bib files added to provide bib2gls support for the
+   corresponding test files added to glossaries v4.47:
+
+       example-glossaries-childmultipar.bib
+       example-glossaries-longchild.bib
+
+ * glossaries-extra.sty:
+
+   - Package option record=alsoindex is has been changed to record=hybrid 
+     (alsoindex is now a deprecated synonym).
+
+     This name change is to avoid ambiguity. The "alsoindex" refers to not
+     only adding records to the aux file (for bib2gls) but also indexing 
+     using the more conventional makeindex/xindy route. This hybrid approach
+     is provided for the rare instances where an existing xindy
+     rule or module is too complicated to convert to a bib2gls rule but the
+     entries need to be fetched from a bib file. There's
+     no benefit in using this option with makeindex.
+
+   - Altered the warning text if \printglossary (or
+     \printglossaries) is omitted with record=hybrid (since the
+     default text with \makeglossaries provided by glossaries.sty 
+     assumes no bib2gls).
+
+   - Bug fix #175: https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?key=175 
+     (Spurious space with hyperoutside being false in math mode)
+
+     This is actually a bug in \@glsxtrsetaliasnoindex which
+     introduced unwanted scoping in v1.21 when \ifglshasfield (which
+     doesn't add grouping) was replaced with the unstarred version of
+     \glsxtrifhasfield (which does). This was causing
+     \glsxtrsetaliasnoindex to be scoped so it no longer had any
+     effect but it also introduced {} which only makes a noticeable
+     visual difference under very specific circumstances, such as
+     the one in the bug report.
+
+   - replaced some instances of \edef with \protected at edef when
+     defining control sequences that store labels or lists of
+     labels. Similarly for \xdef and \eappto. (Aiming towards support 
+     for UTF-8 characters in labels with PDFLaTeX, but may not be fully 
+     implemented so not yet documented.)
+
+     Note that letter group formations using TeX
+     (\printnoidxglossary or \printunsrtglossary without bib2gls) still
+     don't work if the sort value starts with a UTF-8 character with
+     PDFLaTeX. (This is also a limitation of makeindex regardless of 
+     the TeX engine.)
+
+ * glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty:
+
+   - Bug fix #181: https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?key=181
+     (stylemods alttree introduces a space at the start of descriptions)
+
+     New commands have now been added to replace the use of 
+     \glstreepredesc and \glstreechildpredesc (which were causing
+     the problem): \glsalttreepredesc and \glsalttreechildpredesc
+
+ * glossary-topic.sty:
+
+   - Bug fix #176: https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?key=176
+      (Last displayed topic subitem has invalid indentation)
+
+   - Bug fix #182: https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?key=182
+      (topic style doesn't retain hangindent for multi-paragraph descriptions)
+
 1.45 (2020-04-01):
 
  * glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty:

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README	2021-09-23 20:12:59 UTC (rev 60589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README	2021-09-23 20:13:37 UTC (rev 60590)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.45 (2020-04-01)
+LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.46 (2021-09-20)
 
 Author        : Nicola Talbot
 		https://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 See http://www.ctan.org/license/lppl1.3 
 for the details of that license.
 
-Copyright 2015-2020 Nicola Talbot
+Copyright 2015-2021 Nicola Talbot
 
 DESCRIPTION
 

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html	2021-09-23 20:12:59 UTC (rev 60589)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html	2021-09-23 20:13:37 UTC (rev 60590)
@@ -6,8 +6,8 @@
 > 
 <head><title></title> 
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /> 
-<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> 
-<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> 
+<meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> 
+<meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (https://tug.org/tex4ht/)" /> 
 <!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 --> 
 <meta name="src" content="glossaries-extra-manual.tex" /> 
  
@@ -34,6 +34,10 @@
 .cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}  
 .cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}  
 .cmtt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace;}  
+.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
+.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
+.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
+.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
 .cmr-9{font-size:90%;}  
 .cmss-8{font-size:80%; font-family: sans-serif;}  
 .cmss-8{ font-family: sans-serif;}  
@@ -45,10 +49,6 @@
 .cmtt-9{font-family: monospace,monospace;}  
 .cmtt-9{font-family: monospace,monospace;}  
 .cmti-10{ font-style: italic;}  
-.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
-.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
-.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
-.cmssbx-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold;}  
 .cmitt-10{font-family: monospace,monospace; font-style: italic;}  
 .cmmi-9{font-size:90%;font-style: italic;}  
 .cmssi-10{ font-family: sans-serif; font-style: oblique;}  
@@ -66,6 +66,7 @@
 p + p{margin-top:1em;}  
 p + div, p + pre {margin-top:1em;}  
 div + p, pre + p {margin-top:1em;}  
+a { overflow-wrap: break-word; word-wrap: break-word; word-break: break-word; hyphens: auto; }  
 @media print {div.crosslinks {visibility:hidden;}}  
 a img { border-top: 0; border-left: 0; border-right: 0; }  
 center { margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; }  
@@ -72,9 +73,12 @@
 td center { margin-top:0em; margin-bottom:0em; }  
 .Canvas { position:relative; }  
 img.math{vertical-align:middle;}  
+div.par-math-display, div.math-display{text-align:center;}  
 li p.indent { text-indent: 0em }  
 li p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }  
+li p:first-child{ margin-bottom; }  
 li p:last-child, li div:last-child { margin-bottom:0.5em; }  
+li p:first-child{ margin-bottom:0; }  
 li p~ul:last-child, li p~ol:last-child{ margin-bottom:0.5em; }  
 .enumerate1 {list-style-type:decimal;}  
 .enumerate2 {list-style-type:lower-alpha;}  
@@ -88,7 +92,7 @@
 td.displaylines {text-align:center; white-space:nowrap;}  
 .centerline {text-align:center;}  
 .rightline {text-align:right;}  
-div.verbatim {font-family: monospace,monospace; white-space: nowrap; text-align:left; clear:both; }  
+pre.verbatim {font-family: monospace,monospace; text-align:left; clear:both; }  
 .fbox {padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }  
 div.fbox {display:table}  
 div.center div.fbox {text-align:center; clear:both; padding-left:3.0pt; padding-right:3.0pt; text-indent:0pt; border:solid black 0.4pt; }  
@@ -159,7 +163,6 @@
 p.bibitem-p { text-indent: 0em; margin-left: 2em; margin-top:0.6em; margin-bottom:0.6em; }  
 .paragraphHead, .likeparagraphHead { margin-top:2em; font-weight: bold;}  
 .subparagraphHead, .likesubparagraphHead { font-weight: bold;}  
-.quote {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; margin-right:1em; text-align:justify;}  
 .verse{white-space:nowrap; margin-left:2em}  
 div.maketitle {text-align:center;}  
 h2.titleHead{text-align:center;}  
@@ -166,12 +169,12 @@
 div.maketitle{ margin-bottom: 2em; }  
 div.author, div.date {text-align:center;}  
 div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10%; font-size:85%; font-style:italic; }  
-.quotation {margin-bottom:0.25em; margin-top:0.25em; margin-left:1em; }  
 h1.partHead{text-align: center}  
-.abstract p {margin-left:5%; margin-right:5%;}  
+div.abstract p {margin-left:5%; margin-right:5%;}  
 div.abstract {width:100%;}  
+.abstracttitle{text-align:center;margin-bottom:1em;}  
 .alltt P { margin-bottom : 0em; margin-top : 0em; }  
-.alltt { margin-bottom : 1em; margin-top : 1em; }  
+.alltt { margin-bottom : 1em; margin-top : 1em; font-family:monospace,monospace; }  
 .equation td{text-align:center; }  
 .equation-star td{text-align:center; }  
 table.equation-star { width:100%; }  
@@ -219,12 +222,12 @@
 >
 <!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" >
 </p><!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" ><span 
-class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.45: an extension to the</span>
+class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.46: an extension to the</span>
 <span 
 class="cmr-17">glossaries package</span>
 </p>
 <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-1" class="tabular" 
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"  
+ 
 ><colgroup id="TBL-1-1g"><col 
 id="TBL-1-1" /></colgroup><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-1-1-"><td  style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:center;" id="TBL-1-1-1"  
@@ -243,7 +246,7 @@
 class="cmtt-12">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a></td></tr></table>
 </div>
 <!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" ><span 
-class="cmr-12">2020-04-01</span></p></div>
+class="cmr-12">2021-09-20</span></p></div>
    <div 
 class="abstract" 
 >
@@ -252,11 +255,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<div class="center" 
->
-<!--l. 237--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 237--><p class="noindent" ><span 
-class="cmbx-10">Abstract</span></p></div>
+   <h3 class="abstracttitle">
+<span 
+class="cmbx-10">Abstract</span>
+</h3>
 <!--l. 238--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package is an extension to the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, providing
@@ -278,12 +280,20 @@
  id="dx1-2"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>.
+</p><!--l. 252--><p class="indent" >   <span 
+class="cmbx-10">The </span><span 
+class="cmssbx-10">glossaries-extra </span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">package uses a different set of defaults to the base</span>
+<span 
+class="cmssbx-10">glossaries </span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">package. </span>See the Introduction for more details.
+</p><!--l. 254--><p class="indent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
    </div>
-<!--l. 253--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since <span 
+<!--l. 256--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>internally loads the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, you also need to have
 <span 
@@ -313,18 +323,21 @@
 href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/55437/how-do-i-update-my-tex-distribution" >How do I update my TeX&#x00A0;distribution?</a> or <a 
 href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/14925/updating-tex-on-linux" >Updating TeX&#x00A0;on Linux</a>.)
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 268--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 270--><p class="indent" >   Additional resources: </p>
+</p><!--l. 271--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 273--><p class="indent" >   Additional resources: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
-     <li class="itemize">The <span 
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 275--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>documented code <a 
 href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf" >glossaries-extra-code.pdf</a>.
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize">The <a 
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 278--><p class="noindent" >The <a 
 href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/gallery/#glossaries-extra" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>gallery</a>.
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize"><span 
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 281--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra      </span>and      <a 
  id="dx1-11"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>:      An      Introductory      Guide.
@@ -331,18 +344,21 @@
      (<a 
 href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls-begin.pdf" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls-begin.pdf</span></a>).
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize"><a 
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 285--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="https://www.dickimaw-books.com/latex/buildglossaries/" >Incorporating  makeglossaries  or  makeglossaries-lite  or  bib2gls  into  the
      document build</a>.
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize">The <a 
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 289--><p class="noindent" >The <a 
 href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/software/bib2gls" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> application.
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize">The base <a 
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 293--><p class="noindent" >The base <a 
 href="https://ctan.org/pkg/glossaries" ><span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></a> package.</li></ul>
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span></a> package.</p></li></ul>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -479,15 +495,15 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-<!--l. 295--><p class="indent" >   <div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">1. <a 
+<!--l. 298--><p class="indent" >   <div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">1. <a 
  id="sec:intro"></a>Introduction</h2>
-</p><!--l. 298--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 301--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is a flexible package, but it’s also a heavy-weight package
 that uses a lot of resources. As package developer, I’m caught between those users
 who complain about the drawbacks of a heavy-weight package with a large user
 manual and those users who want more features (which necessarily adds to the
 package weight and manual size).
-</p><!--l. 305--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 308--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package is an attempt to provide a&#x00A0;compromise for this
 conflict. Version 4.22 of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is the last version to incorporate new
@@ -503,10 +519,10 @@
 extra features available will have more of a chance of getting their feature requests
 accepted.
 </p>
-<!--l. 319--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 322--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:defaults"></a>Package Defaults</h3>
-<!--l. 322--><p class="noindent" >I’m not happy with some of the default settings assumed by the <span 
+<!--l. 325--><p class="noindent" >I’m not happy with some of the default settings assumed by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package,
 and, judging from code I’ve seen, other users also seem unhappy with them, as
 certain package options are often used in questions posted on various sites. I can’t
@@ -516,9 +532,10 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is a separate package, I have decided to implement some of
 these commonly-used options by default. You can switch them back if they’re not
 appropriate.
-</p><!--l. 332--><p class="indent" >   The new defaults are: </p>
+</p><!--l. 335--><p class="indent" >   The new defaults are: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
-     <li class="itemize"><a 
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 337--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#styopt.toc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">toc</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=true</span><a 
@@ -528,8 +545,9 @@
 class="cmss-10">=false</span><a 
  id="dx1-3002"></a> to
      switch this back off.
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize"><a 
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 340--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=true</span><a 
@@ -543,8 +561,9 @@
 class="cmss-10">postdot</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-3005"></a>  to  restore  the
      terminating full stop (period).
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize"><a 
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 345--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#styopt.noredefwarn"><span 
 class="cmss-10">noredefwarn</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=true</span><a 
@@ -564,8 +583,12 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has already been loaded
      before you use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package.
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize">If  <span 
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 352--><p class="noindent" >If  <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
  id="dx1-3010"></a> has been loaded, the <a 
 href="#styopt.translate"><span 
@@ -582,11 +605,20 @@
      change to the default if <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
  id="dx1-3014"></a> hasn’t been loaded.
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 357--><p class="noindent" >The default style used by <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3015"></a> is <a 
+href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
+class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
+ id="dx1-3016"></a>. (That is, the long
+     form is not shown on <a 
+ id="dx1-3017"></a><a 
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.)
+</p>
      </li></ul>
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-<!--l. 356--><p class="indent" >   The examples below illustrate the difference in explicit package options between
+<!--l. 363--><p class="indent" >   The examples below illustrate the difference in explicit package options between
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. There may be other differences resulting from
@@ -593,146 +625,201 @@
 modifications to commands provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>(see <a 
 href="#sec:modifications"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2 </a><a 
-href="#sec:modifications">Modifications to Existing
-Commands and Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:modifications --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 362--><p class="indent" >
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:modifications
+</a><a 
+href="#sec:modifications">Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:modifications --></a>).
+</p><!--l. 369--><p class="indent" >
      </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
-     <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-3016x1">
+<li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-3019x1">
+     <!--l. 370--><p class="noindent" >Basic defaults:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1">
+</p>
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-1">
      \documentclass{article}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 367--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
+     \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 374--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-2">
      \documentclass{article}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[toc,nopostdot]{glossaries}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 373--><p class="nopar" >
+     \usepackage[toc,nopostdot]{glossaries}
+     \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 380--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></li>
-     <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-3018x2">
+<li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-3021x2">
+     <!--l. 382--><p class="noindent" >Language defaults:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3">
+</p>
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-3">
      \documentclass[british]{article}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{babel}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 380--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
+     \usepackage{babel}
+     \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 387--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4">
      \documentclass[british]{article}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{babel}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[toc,nopostdot,translate=babel]{glossaries}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 387--><p class="nopar" >
+     \usepackage{babel}
+     \usepackage[toc,nopostdot,translate=babel]{glossaries}
+     \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 394--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></li>
-     <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-3020x3">
+<li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-3023x3">
+     <!--l. 396--><p class="noindent" >Combined with <span 
+class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3024"></a>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5">
+</p>
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-5">
      \documentclass{memoir}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 393--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
+     \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 400--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-6">
      \documentclass{memoir}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[toc,nopostdot,noredefwarn]{glossaries}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 399--><p class="nopar" > <span 
+     \usepackage[toc,nopostdot,noredefwarn]{glossaries}
+     \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 406--><p class="nopar" > <span 
 class="cmti-10">However</span>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-7">
      \documentclass{memoir}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 405--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
+     \usepackage{glossaries}
+     \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 412--><p class="nopar" > This is like:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-8">
      \documentclass{memoir}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[toc,nopostdot]{glossaries}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 411--><p class="nopar" > Since by the time <span 
+     \usepackage[toc,nopostdot]{glossaries}
+     \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 418--><p class="nopar" > Since by the time <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>has been loaded, <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>has already
      redefined <span 
 class="cmss-10">memoir</span><a 
- id="dx1-3021"></a>’s glossary-related commands.</p></li></ol>
-<!--l. 417--><p class="indent" >   Another noticeable change is that by default <span 
+ id="dx1-3025"></a>’s glossary-related commands.
+     </p></li>
+<li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-3027x4">
+     <!--l. 423--><p class="noindent" >Abbreviations are defined with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>:
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9">
+     \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+     \newabbreviation{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
+     \begin{document}
+     First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{svm}.&#x00A0;Explicit&#x00A0;full&#x00A0;form:&#x00A0;\glsxtrfull{svm}.
+     \end{document}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 430--><p class="nopar" > This is the closest to:
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10">
+     \usepackage{glossaries}
+     \newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
+     \begin{document}
+     First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{svm}.&#x00A0;Explicit&#x00A0;full&#x00A0;form:&#x00A0;\acrfull{svm}.
+     \end{document}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 438--><p class="nopar" > If you want to continue using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>then you will need to change the
+     style for the <span 
+class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
+ id="dx1-3028"></a> category:
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+</p>
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11">
+     \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+     \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
+     \newacronym{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
+     \begin{document}
+     First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{svm}.&#x00A0;Explicit&#x00A0;full&#x00A0;form:&#x00A0;\glsxtrfull{svm}.
+     \end{document}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 448--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol>
+<!--l. 451--><p class="indent" >   Another noticeable change is that by default <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>will now display
 information text in the document if the external glossary file doesn’t exist. This is
 explanatory text to help new users who can’t work out what to do next to complete
 the document build. Once the document is set up correctly and the external files have
 been generated, this text will disappear.
-</p><!--l. 424--><p class="indent" >   This change is mostly likely to be noticed by users with one or more
+</p><!--l. 458--><p class="indent" >   This change is mostly likely to be noticed by users with one or more
 redundant empty glossaries who ignore transcript messages, explicitly use
 <a 
- id="dx1-3022"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-3029"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>/<a 
- id="dx1-3023"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-3030"></a><a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> on just the non-empty glossary (or glossaries) and use the iterative
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-3024"></a> command instead of <span 
+ id="dx1-3031"></a> command instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-3025"></a>. For example, consider the
+ id="dx1-3032"></a>. For example, consider the
 following:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-9">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light&#x00A0;amplification&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;stimulated
-&#x00A0;<br />emission&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;radiation}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{laser}
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 448--><p class="nopar" > The above document will only display the list of acronyms at the place where
+\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries}
+\makeglossaries
+\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light&#x00A0;amplification&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;stimulated
+emission&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;radiation}
+\begin{document}
+\gls{laser}
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 482--><p class="nopar" > The above document will only display the list of acronyms at the place where
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-3026"></a> occurs. However it will also attempt to input the <span 
+ id="dx1-3033"></a> occurs. However it will also attempt to input the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>file
 associated with the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary.
-</p><!--l. 454--><p class="indent" >   If you use <a 
- id="dx1-3027"></a><a 
+</p><!--l. 488--><p class="indent" >   If you use <a 
+ id="dx1-3034"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span></a>, you’ll get the warning message:
                                                                   
@@ -739,15 +826,15 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-10">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13">
 Warning:&#x00A0;File&#x00A0;'test.glo'&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;empty.
-&#x00A0;<br />Have&#x00A0;you&#x00A0;used&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;defined&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;glossary&#x00A0;'main'?
-&#x00A0;<br />Remember&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;package&#x00A0;option&#x00A0;'nomain'&#x00A0;if&#x00A0;you
-&#x00A0;<br />don't&#x00A0;want&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;main&#x00A0;glossary.
-</div>
-<!--l. 460--><p class="nopar" > (where the original file is called <span 
+Have&#x00A0;you&#x00A0;used&#x00A0;any&#x00A0;entries&#x00A0;defined&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;glossary&#x00A0;'main'?
+Remember&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;package&#x00A0;option&#x00A0;'nomain'&#x00A0;if&#x00A0;you
+don't&#x00A0;want&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;main&#x00A0;glossary.
+</pre>
+<!--l. 494--><p class="nopar" > (where the original file is called <span 
 class="cmtt-10">test.tex</span>) but if you simply call <a 
- id="dx1-3028"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-3035"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> directly
 to generate the <span 
@@ -758,28 +845,28 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-11">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14">
 No&#x00A0;file&#x00A0;test.gls.
-</div>
-<!--l. 467--><p class="nopar" > This doesn’t occur with <a 
- id="dx1-3029"></a><a 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 501--><p class="nopar" > This doesn’t occur with <a 
+ id="dx1-3036"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span></a> as it will create the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>file containing
 the single command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\null</span>.
-</p><!--l. 471--><p class="indent" >   If you simply change from <span 
+</p><!--l. 505--><p class="indent" >   If you simply change from <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>in this document, you’ll
 find a change in the resulting PDF if you don’t use <a 
- id="dx1-3030"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-3037"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries </span>and you only
 generate the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.acr </span>file with <a 
- id="dx1-3031"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-3038"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 476--><p class="indent" >   The transcript file will still contain the message about the missing <span 
+</p><!--l. 510--><p class="indent" >   The transcript file will still contain the message about the missing <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.gls</span>, but now
 you’ll also see information in the actual PDF document. The simplest remedy is to
 follow the advice inserted into the document at that point, which is to add the
@@ -786,36 +873,38 @@
 <a 
 href="#styopt.nomain"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nomain</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-3032"></a> package option:
+ id="dx1-3039"></a> package option:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-12">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[nomain,acronym,postdot]{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light&#x00A0;amplification&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;stimulated
-&#x00A0;<br />emission&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;radiation}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{laser}
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 500--><p class="nopar" > (Note the need to set the acronym style using <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle </span>before
-<span 
+\usepackage[nomain,acronym,postdot]{glossaries-extra}
+\makeglossaries
+\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
+\newacronym{laser}{laser}{light&#x00A0;amplification&#x00A0;by&#x00A0;stimulated
+emission&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;radiation}
+\begin{document}
+\gls{laser}
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 534--><p class="nopar" > (Note the need to set the acronym style using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span>
+before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. See <a 
 href="#sec:abbreviations"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4 </a><a 
-href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a> for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 505--><p class="noindent" >
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbreviations </a><a 
+href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a> for further
+details.)
+</p><!--l. 539--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 505--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 539--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">1.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:pkgopts"></a>New or Modified Package Options</h3>
-<!--l. 508--><p class="noindent" >If you haven’t already loaded <span 
+<!--l. 542--><p class="noindent" >If you haven’t already loaded <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, you can use any of the package options
 provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>when you load <span 
@@ -830,7 +919,7 @@
 remember that not all of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package options may be used in that
 command.
-</p><!--l. 516--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section only lists options that are either unrecognised by the <span 
+</p><!--l. 550--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This section only lists options that are either unrecognised by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
 package or are a modified version of options of the same name provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>.
@@ -837,8 +926,8 @@
 See the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual for details about the unmodified options.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 522--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 524--><p class="indent" >   The new and modified options provided by <span 
+</p><!--l. 556--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 558--><p class="indent" >   The new and modified options provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>are described
 below:
                                                                   
@@ -845,11 +934,13 @@
 
                                                                   
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 563--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="styopt.debug"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">debug</span><a 
- id="dx1-4002"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">The <span 
+ id="dx1-4002"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 563--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has a <span 
 class="cmss-10">debug </span>option that allows the values <span 
 class="cmss-10">false</span>,
@@ -865,7 +956,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>you
      must make sure that your version of <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>supports it.
-     <!--l. 537--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     </p><!--l. 571--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package extends this option to provide the additional
      values <a 
 href="#styopt.debug"><span 
@@ -876,7 +967,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">debug</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=all</span><a 
  id="dx1-4005"></a>.
-     </p><!--l. 541--><p class="noindent" >The <a 
+     </p><!--l. 575--><p class="noindent" >The <a 
 href="#styopt.debug"><span 
 class="cmss-10">debug</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=showwrgloss</span><a 
@@ -885,16 +976,16 @@
 class="cmss-10">debug</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=true</span><a 
  id="dx1-4007"></a> and uses
-     </p><!--l. 543--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 577--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-4008"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwrglossmark </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 545--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 579--><p class="noindent" >
      to show a mark <span 
 class="cmsy-10">&#x22C5; </span>just before the write operation performed by the
      indexing commands. If you use <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
-class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a 
+class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a 
  id="dx1-4009"></a> there will be a mark
      for the write operation to the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file for <a 
@@ -909,7 +1000,7 @@
  id="dx1-4012"></a><a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a>.
-     </p><!--l. 553--><p class="noindent" >The <a 
+     </p><!--l. 587--><p class="noindent" >The <a 
 href="#styopt.debug"><span 
 class="cmss-10">debug</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=all</span><a 
@@ -924,35 +1015,42 @@
 class="cmss-10">=showwrgloss</span><a 
  id="dx1-4015"></a>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 590--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="styopt.postdot"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">postdot</span><a 
- id="dx1-4016"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(New to version 1.12.) This option is just a shortcut for <a 
+ id="dx1-4016"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 590--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.12.) This option is just a shortcut for <a 
 href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=false</span><a 
  id="dx1-4017"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 593--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="styopt.postpunc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">postpunc</span><a 
- id="dx1-4018"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(New to version 1.21.) This option sets the post-description punctuation to
-     the given value. For example: <span 
+ id="dx1-4018"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 593--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.21.) This option sets the post-description punctuation to the
+     given value. For example: <span 
 class="cmss-10">postpunc=; </span>does
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-13">
+</p>
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16">
      \renewcommand{\glspostdescription}{;}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 564--><p class="nopar" > The value may also be one of the following keywords:
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 598--><p class="nopar" > The value may also be one of the following keywords:
          </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+         <!--l. 601--><p class="noindent" >
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">comma</span><span 
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
+class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+         <!--l. 601--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#styopt.postpunc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">postpunc</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=comma</span><a 
@@ -960,15 +1058,18 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-14">
+</p>
+         <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17">
          \renewcommand{\glspostdescription}{,}
-</div>
-         <!--l. 571--><p class="nopar" >
+</pre>
+         <!--l. 605--><p class="nopar" >
          </p></dd><dt class="description">
+         <!--l. 607--><p class="noindent" >
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">dot</span><span 
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
+class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+         <!--l. 607--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#styopt.postpunc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">postpunc</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=dot</span><a 
@@ -976,15 +1077,18 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-15">
+</p>
+         <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18">
          \renewcommand{\glspostdescription}{.\spacefactor\sfcode`\.&#x00A0;}
-</div>
-         <!--l. 577--><p class="nopar" >
+</pre>
+         <!--l. 611--><p class="nopar" >
          </p></dd><dt class="description">
+         <!--l. 613--><p class="noindent" >
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">none</span><span 
-class="cmbx-10">:</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description"><a 
+class="cmbx-10">:</span> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+         <!--l. 613--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#styopt.postpunc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">postpunc</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=none</span><a 
@@ -992,21 +1096,22 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-16">
+</p>
+         <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19">
          \renewcommand{\glspostdescription}{}
-</div>
-         <!--l. 583--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl>
-     <!--l. 585--><p class="noindent" >The default definition is
+</pre>
+         <!--l. 617--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl>
+     <!--l. 619--><p class="noindent" >The default definition is
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20">
      \newcommand*{\glspostdescription}{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsnopostdot\else.\spacefactor\sfcode`\.&#x00A0;\fi
-     &#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 590--><p class="nopar" > where the conditional is determined by the <a 
+     &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsnopostdot\else.\spacefactor\sfcode`\.&#x00A0;\fi
+     }
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 624--><p class="nopar" > where the conditional is determined by the <a 
 href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-4022"></a> package option.
@@ -1024,7 +1129,7 @@
  id="dx1-4025"></a> will restore
      the original definition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>.
-     </p><!--l. 597--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     </p><!--l. 631--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a 
  id="dx1-4026"></a> package adjusts the predefined styles
      that had a hard-coded <span 
@@ -1046,11 +1151,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21">
      \usepackage[postpunc=comma,stylemods]{glossaries-extra}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrprelocation}{\hfil}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 607--><p class="nopar" > Be careful with doing this as it will look odd if the <a 
+     \renewcommand{\glsxtrprelocation}{\hfil}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 641--><p class="nopar" > Be careful with doing this as it will look odd if the <a 
  id="dx1-4030"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is missing.
      (With <a 
@@ -1063,27 +1168,31 @@
      has a <a 
  id="dx1-4032"></a>number list.)
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 648--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="styopt.prefix"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">prefix</span><a 
- id="dx1-4033"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Load the <span 
+ id="dx1-4033"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 648--><p class="noindent" >Load the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a 
  id="dx1-4034"></a> package (if not already loaded).
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 651--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="styopt.accsupp"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">accsupp</span><a 
- id="dx1-4035"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Load the <span 
+ id="dx1-4035"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 651--><p class="noindent" >Load the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-4036"></a> package (if not already loaded).
-     <!--l. 620--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span 
+     </p><!--l. 654--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-4037"></a> package is still experimental and so accessibility features
      are liable to change. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 623--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 625--><p class="noindent" >If you want to define styles that can interface with the accessibility support
+     </p><!--l. 657--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 659--><p class="noindent" >If you want to define styles that can interface with the accessibility support
      provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-4038"></a> use the <span 
@@ -1104,13 +1213,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span>) but if it
      has been loaded, then the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmitt-10">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands will add the
-     accessibility information. (See <a 
+class="cmitt-10">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands will add the accessibility
+     information. (See <a 
 href="#sec:accsupp"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>12.2 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:accsupp </a><a 
 href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a> for further
      details.)
-     </p><!--l. 635--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a 
+     </p><!--l. 669--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a 
 href="#styopt.accsupp"><span 
 class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-4042"></a> option can only be used as a&#x00A0;package option (and can’t
@@ -1122,23 +1232,29 @@
      be loaded before <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>if it’s required.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 674--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="styopt.stylemods"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">stylemods</span><a 
- id="dx1-4045"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is a &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-4045"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     <!--l. 674--><p class="noindent" >This is a &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; option used to load the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a 
- id="dx1-4046"></a>
-     package. The value may be a comma-separated list of options to pass to that
-     package. (Remember to group &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; if it contains any commas.) The value may
-     be omitted if no options need to be passed. See <a 
+ id="dx1-4046"></a> package.
+     The value may be a comma-separated list of options to pass to that package.
+     (Remember to group &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; if it contains any commas.) The value may be
+     omitted if no options need to be passed. See <a 
 href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.10.1 </a><a 
-href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style
-     Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a> for further details. There are two special keyword values:
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glosstylemods </a><a 
+href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary
+     Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a> for further details. There are two special keyword values:
      <a 
 href="#styopt.stylemods"><span 
 class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><span 
@@ -1149,33 +1265,32 @@
 class="cmss-10">=all</span><a 
  id="dx1-4048"></a>, which
      loads all the predefined styles.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 685--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="styopt.undefaction"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">undefaction</span><a 
- id="dx1-4049"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is a &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-4049"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 685--><p class="noindent" >This is a &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; option, which has two allowed values: <span 
-class="cmss-10">warn </span>and
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-     <span 
-class="cmss-10">error</span>. This indicates what to do if an undefined glossary entry is referenced. The
-     default behaviour is <a 
+class="cmss-10">warn </span>and <span 
+class="cmss-10">error</span>. This
+     indicates what to do if an undefined glossary entry is referenced. The default
+     behaviour is <a 
 href="#styopt.undefaction"><span 
 class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=error</span><a 
- id="dx1-4050"></a>, which produces an error message (the
-     default for <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>). You can switch this to a warning message (and ??
-     appearing in the text) with <a 
+ id="dx1-4050"></a>, which produces an error message (the default
+     for <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>). You can switch this to a warning message (and ?? appearing in
+     the text) with <a 
 href="#styopt.undefaction"><span 
 class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a 
  id="dx1-4051"></a>.
-     <!--l. 660--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Undefined entries can’t be picked up by any commands that iterate
+     </p><!--l. 694--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Undefined entries can’t be picked up by any commands that iterate
      over a glossary list. This includes <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\forglsentries</span><a 
  id="dx1-4052"></a> and <span 
@@ -1182,27 +1297,30 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><a 
  id="dx1-4053"></a>.
      </div>
-     </p><!--l. 664--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 666--><p class="noindent" >Note that <span 
+     </p><!--l. 698--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 700--><p class="noindent" >Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a 
- id="dx1-4054"></a> will display ?? in the document text with
-     <a 
+ id="dx1-4054"></a> will display ?? in the document text with <a 
 href="#styopt.undefaction"><span 
 class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a 
- id="dx1-4055"></a> if the entry hasn’t been defined, as the underlying boolean
-     variable doesn’t exist and so is neither true nor false. (There will also
-     be a warning in the transcript.) See <a 
+ id="dx1-4055"></a>
+     if the entry hasn’t been defined, as the underlying boolean variable
+     doesn’t exist and so is neither true nor false. (There will also be a
+     warning in the transcript.) See <a 
 href="#sec:glsunset"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.6 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glsunset </a><a 
 href="#sec:glsunset">First Use Flag<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a> for further
      details.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 706--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="styopt.indexcrossrefs"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">indexcrossrefs</span><a 
- id="dx1-4056"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is a boolean option. If <span 
+ id="dx1-4056"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 706--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option. If <span 
 class="cmss-10">true</span>, this will automatically index any
      cross-referenced entries that haven’t been marked as used at the end of the
      document. Note that this necessarily adds to the overall document build time,
@@ -1228,7 +1346,7 @@
  id="dx1-4062"></a> to
      <span 
 class="cmss-10">false</span>.
-     <!--l. 684--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a 
+     </p><!--l. 718--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a 
  id="dx1-4063"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can automatically find dependent entries when it
@@ -1243,23 +1361,28 @@
 class="cmss-10">=false</span><a 
  id="dx1-4065"></a>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     <!--l. 723--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="styopt.autoseeindex"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">autoseeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-4066"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description"> (New to v1.16.) This is a boolean option. If true (default), this makes
-     the <span 
+ id="dx1-4066"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 723--><p class="noindent" > (New to v1.16.) This is a boolean option. If true (default), this makes the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-4067"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-4067"></a>
+     and <span 
 class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a 
- id="dx1-4068"></a> keys automatically index the cross-reference when an entry
-     is defined. If false, the value of those keys will still be stored in their
+ id="dx1-4068"></a> keys automatically index the cross-reference when an entry is
+     defined. If false, the value of those keys will still be stored in their
      corresponding fields (and can be accessed using commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee</span>
      and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso</span>) but cross-reference won’t be automatically
      indexed.
-     <!--l. 698--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a 
+     </p><!--l. 732--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=only</span><a 
@@ -1268,37 +1391,37 @@
 class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=false</span><a 
  id="dx1-4070"></a>.
-     </p><!--l. 701--><p class="noindent" >For example, if an entry is defined as
+     </p><!--l. 735--><p class="noindent" >For example, if an entry is defined as
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-19">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22">
      \newglossaryentry{foo}{name={foo},description={},see={bar,baz}}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 704--><p class="nopar" > then with <span 
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 738--><p class="nopar" > then with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">autoseeindex=true</span>, this is equivalent to
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23">
      \newglossaryentry{foo}{name={foo},description={}}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\glssee{foo}{bar,baz}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\glossariesextrasetup{indexcrossrefs=true}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrSetField{foo}{see}{bar,baz}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 711--><p class="nopar" > but with <span 
+     \glssee{foo}{bar,baz}
+     \glossariesextrasetup{indexcrossrefs=true}
+     \GlsXtrSetField{foo}{see}{bar,baz}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 745--><p class="nopar" > but with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">autoseeindex=false</span>, this is equivalent to
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-21">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24">
      \newglossaryentry{foo}{name={foo},description={}}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrSetField{foo}{see}{bar,baz}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 716--><p class="nopar" > Note that <a 
+     \GlsXtrSetField{foo}{see}{bar,baz}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 750--><p class="nopar" > Note that <a 
 href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span 
 class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-4071"></a> isn’t automatically implemented by the presence of the
@@ -1308,9 +1431,9 @@
 href="#styopt.autoseeindex"><span 
 class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-4073"></a> is false.
-     </p><!--l. 721--><p class="noindent" >It’s therefore possible to remove the cross-references from the location lists and
+     </p><!--l. 755--><p class="noindent" >It’s therefore possible to remove the cross-references from the location lists and
      set their position within the glossary style.
-     </p><!--l. 724--><p class="noindent" >Another method of preventing the automatic indexing is to define the entries
+     </p><!--l. 758--><p class="noindent" >Another method of preventing the automatic indexing is to define the entries
      before the external indexing files have been opened with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>.
      Since the appropriate file isn’t open, the information can’t be written to it.
@@ -1319,33 +1442,50 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) to
      prevent an error occurring.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 765--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="styopt.record"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">record</span><a 
- id="dx1-4074"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(New to v1.08.) This is a &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-4074"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 765--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.08.) This is a &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; option provided for the benefit of
-     <a 
+class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; option provided for the benefit of <a 
  id="dx1-4075"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> (see <a 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>
+     (see <a 
 href="#sec:bib2gls"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:bib2gls </a><a 
 href="#sec:bib2gls"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>).
-     <!--l. 735--><p class="noindent" >The option may only be set in the preamble and can’t be used after
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>). If you want to
+     use <a 
+ id="dx1-4076"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>, the recommended setting is <a 
+href="#styopt.record"><span 
+class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">=nameref</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4077"></a> if you have hyperlinks
+     and <a 
+href="#styopt.record"><span 
+class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">=only</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4078"></a> if you don’t have hyperlinks.
+     </p><!--l. 771--><p class="noindent" >The option may only be set in the preamble and can’t be used after
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. If the value is missing <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=only</span><a 
- id="dx1-4076"></a> is assumed.
+ id="dx1-4079"></a> is assumed.
      Permitted values:
          </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+         <!--l. 775--><p class="noindent" >
      <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">off</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is the default setting. The indexing is performed as normal using
+class="cmssbx-10">off</span> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+         <!--l. 775--><p class="noindent" >This is the default setting. The indexing is performed as normal using
          either  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>.  This  setting
@@ -1353,94 +1493,118 @@
 href="#styopt.undefaction"><span 
 class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=error</span><a 
- id="dx1-4077"></a>.
-         </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-4080"></a>.
+         </p></dd><dt class="description">
+         <!--l. 779--><p class="noindent" >
      <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">only</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description">The   indexing   is   performed   by   <a 
- id="dx1-4078"></a><span 
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls  </span>(see   <a 
+class="cmssbx-10">only</span> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+         <!--l. 779--><p class="noindent" >The indexing (recording) is performed by <a 
+ id="dx1-4081"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>(see <a 
 href="#sec:bib2gls"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9   </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:bib2gls
+         </a><a 
 href="#sec:bib2gls"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>:
-         Managing  Reference  Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>).  Neither  <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>nor
-         <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries  </span>is  permitted.   This  setting  implements
-         <a 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>:            Managing            Reference            Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>).
+         Neither <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>nor <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>is permitted.
+         This setting implements <a 
 href="#styopt.undefaction"><span 
 class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a 
- id="dx1-4079"></a>   and   automatically   loads   the   supplementary
-         <span 
+ id="dx1-4082"></a> and automatically loads
+         the supplementary <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-4080"></a> package. (There should be no need to explicitly
-         load <span 
+ id="dx1-4083"></a> package. (There should be
+         no need to explicitly load <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-4081"></a>.)
-         <!--l. 750--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries should be displayed using <span 
+ id="dx1-4084"></a>.)
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+         </p><!--l. 786--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries should be displayed using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>(or
          <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span>).
-         </p><!--l. 753--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span 
+         </p><!--l. 789--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span 
 class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>):
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-22">
+         <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25">
          pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
-         &#x00A0;<br />bib2gls&#x00A0;myDoc
-         &#x00A0;<br />pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
-</div>
-         <!--l. 759--><p class="nopar" >
-         </p><!--l. 761--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a 
+         bib2gls&#x00A0;myDoc
+         pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
+</pre>
+         <!--l. 795--><p class="nopar" > If you want letter groups you will need the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span> switch when
+         invoking <a 
+ id="dx1-4085"></a><a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>:
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+</p>
+         <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26">
+         pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
+         bib2gls&#x00A0;-g&#x00A0;myDoc
+         pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
+</pre>
+         <!--l. 802--><p class="nopar" >
+         </p><!--l. 804--><p class="noindent" >Note that <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=only</span><a 
- id="dx1-4082"></a> will prevent the <span 
+ id="dx1-4086"></a> will prevent the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-4083"></a> from automatically
+ id="dx1-4087"></a> from automatically
          implementing <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>. (<a 
- id="dx1-4084"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4088"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> deals with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-4085"></a> field.) You
+ id="dx1-4089"></a> field.) You
          may explicitly use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssee </span>in the document, but <a 
- id="dx1-4086"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-4090"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>will
          ignore the cross-reference if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-4087"></a> field was already set for that
+ id="dx1-4091"></a> field was already set for that
          entry.
-         </p><!--l. 767--><p class="noindent" >The <a 
+         </p><!--l. 810--><p class="noindent" >The <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=only</span><a 
- id="dx1-4088"></a> option will automatically set the <span 
+ id="dx1-4092"></a> option will automatically set the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s
          <a 
 href="#styopt.sort"><span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=none</span><a 
- id="dx1-4089"></a> option if available. (That option value was only introduced to
+ id="dx1-4093"></a> option if available. (That option value was only introduced to
          <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.30.)
          </p></dd><dt class="description">
+         <!--l. 815--><p class="noindent" >
      <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">nameref</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(New to v1.37 and requires <a 
- id="dx1-4090"></a><span 
+class="cmssbx-10">nameref</span> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+         <!--l. 815--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.37 and requires <a 
+ id="dx1-4094"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+.) This option is like
          <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=only</span><a 
- id="dx1-4091"></a> but additionally records the current label information given by
+ id="dx1-4095"></a> but additionally records the current label information given by
          <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabel </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@currentHref</span>, and provides a more reliable way of
@@ -1449,7 +1613,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9; for the given location. This option requires
          <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-4092"></a> otherwise it will fall back on the usual location records.
+ id="dx1-4096"></a> otherwise it will fall back on the usual location records.
          Remember that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@currentHref </span>is always globally updated whenever
          <span 
@@ -1459,176 +1623,247 @@
          <a 
 href="#styopt.indexcounter"><span 
 class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4093"></a> option increments the associated counter every time an entry
+ id="dx1-4097"></a> option increments the associated counter every time an entry
          is indexed, which affects this option. See <a 
 href="#sec:recordnameref"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9.3.2 </a><a 
-href="#sec:recordnameref">Nameref Record<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:recordnameref --></a> for further
-         details.
-         <!--l. 785--><p class="noindent" >This option is best used with <a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:recordnameref </a><a 
+href="#sec:recordnameref">Nameref
+         Record<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:recordnameref --></a> for further details.
+         </p><!--l. 828--><p class="noindent" >This option is best used with <a 
 href="#styopt.counter"><span 
 class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=chapter</span><a 
- id="dx1-4094"></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-4098"></a> or <a 
 href="#styopt.counter"><span 
 class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=section</span><a 
- id="dx1-4095"></a> if you
+ id="dx1-4099"></a> if you
          want the title included in the location list. If the indexing counter is the
          default <span 
 class="cmss-10">page</span><a 
- id="dx1-4096"></a>, only the location number is shown. Similarly for
+ id="dx1-4100"></a>, only the location number is shown. Similarly for
          <a 
 href="#styopt.counter"><span 
 class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=equation</span><a 
- id="dx1-4097"></a> (or <a 
+ id="dx1-4101"></a> (or <a 
 href="#styopt.equations"><span 
 class="cmss-10">equations</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-4098"></a>).
+ id="dx1-4102"></a>).
          </p></dd><dt class="description">
+         <!--l. 834--><p class="noindent" >
      <span 
-class="cmssbx-10">alsoindex</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is a hybrid setting that uses <a 
- id="dx1-4099"></a><span 
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to fetch entry information
-         from <span 
+class="cmssbx-10">alsoindex</span> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+         <!--l. 834--><p class="noindent" >Deprecated synonym of <span 
+class="cmss-10">hybrid</span>.
+         </p></dd><dt class="description">
+         <!--l. 836--><p class="noindent" >
+     <span 
+class="cmssbx-10">hybrid</span> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+         <!--l. 836--><p class="noindent" >This is a hybrid setting that uses <a 
+ id="dx1-4103"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to fetch entry information from
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+         <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files, but uses <a 
- id="dx1-4100"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4104"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a 
- id="dx1-4101"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4105"></a><a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> to create the glossary
-         files. This option should be used with <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>but not
-         with its optional argument. This option should not be used with
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> to create the glossary files (which
+         are input with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4106"></a>). Note that this requires a slower and
+         more complicated build process (see below).
+         </p><!--l. 843--><p class="noindent" >This hybrid approach is provided for the rare instances where an existing
+         <a 
+ id="dx1-4107"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> rule or module is too complicated to convert to a <a 
+ id="dx1-4108"></a><a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> rule but
+         the entries need to be fetched from a <span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4109"></a> file. There’s no benefit in using
+         this option with <a 
+ id="dx1-4110"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>.
+         </p><!--l. 848--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Since it’s redundant to make <a 
+ id="dx1-4111"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>also sort, use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">sort=none </span>in
          <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>. You may need to change the transcript file used
-         by <a 
- id="dx1-4102"></a><span 
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to avoid a clash with the transcript file used by <a 
- id="dx1-4103"></a><span 
-class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>
-         or <a 
- id="dx1-4104"></a><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>. (This can be done with <a 
- id="dx1-4105"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>for a faster build. </div>
+         </p><!--l. 851--><p class="noindent" >
+         </p><!--l. 853--><p class="noindent" >This option must be used with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4112"></a> but not with its optional
+         argument. This option should not be used with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>.
+         You may need to change the transcript file used by <a 
+ id="dx1-4113"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to avoid a
+         clash with the transcript file used by <a 
+ id="dx1-4114"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>or <a 
+ id="dx1-4115"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>. (This can be
+         done with <a 
+ id="dx1-4116"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">--log-file</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">-t</span></span></span>
-         option.)
-         <!--l. 802--><p class="noindent" >The glossaries should be displayed using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">-t</span></span></span> option.)
+         </p><!--l. 860--><p class="noindent" >Each glossary should be displayed using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>(or
          <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>). This option is expected to be used with <a 
- id="dx1-4106"></a><span 
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s
-         <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries </span>for all of them). This option is expected to be used
+         with <a 
+ id="dx1-4117"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sort=none </span>setting and so <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-4107"></a> is not automatically
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-         loaded.
-         </p><!--l. 807--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span 
+ id="dx1-4118"></a> is not
+         automatically loaded.
+         </p><!--l. 865--><p class="noindent" >The document build process is (assuming the file is called <span 
 class="cmtt-10">myDoc.tex</span>):
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-23">
+         <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27">
          pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
-         &#x00A0;<br />bib2gls&#x00A0;myDoc
-         &#x00A0;<br />pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
-         &#x00A0;<br />makeglossaries&#x00A0;myDoc
-         &#x00A0;<br />pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
-</div>
-         <!--l. 815--><p class="nopar" ></p></dd></dl>
-     <!--l. 818--><p class="noindent" >With the recording on (<a 
+         bib2gls&#x00A0;myDoc
+         pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
+         makeglossaries&#x00A0;myDoc
+         pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
+</pre>
+         <!--l. 873--><p class="nopar" > Note that, in this case, it’s redundant to call <a 
+ id="dx1-4119"></a><a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span>
+         or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span> switch as <a 
+ id="dx1-4120"></a><a 
+href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>/<a 
+ id="dx1-4121"></a><a 
+href="#glo:xindy"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> will insert the group heading
+         information into the corresponding glossary file. (If you want
+         <a 
+ id="dx1-4122"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to form the letter groups then this hybrid method is
+         inappropriate.)</p></dd></dl>
+     <!--l. 881--><p class="noindent" >With the recording on (<a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=only</span><a 
- id="dx1-4108"></a> or <a 
+ id="dx1-4123"></a>, <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
-class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-4109"></a>), any of the commands
-     that would typically index the entry (such as <span 
+class="cmss-10">=nameref</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4124"></a> or <a 
+href="#styopt.record"><span 
+class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4125"></a>), any of
+     the commands that would typically index the entry (such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>)
-     will add a <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or
+     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>) will add a <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record </span>entry to the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. <a 
- id="dx1-4110"></a><a 
-href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can then
-     read these lines to find out which entries have been used. (Remember
-     that commands like <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>don’t index, so any use of these
-     commands won’t add a corresponding <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record </span>entry to the
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file.) See <a 
+ id="dx1-4126"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>can then
+     read these lines to find out which entries have been used. (Remember that
+     commands like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>don’t index, so any use of these commands
+     won’t add a corresponding <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record </span>entry to the <span 
+class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file.) See
+     <a 
 href="#sec:bib2gls"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:bib2gls </a><a 
 href="#sec:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a> for further
      details.
+     </p><!--l. 891--><p class="noindent" >The hybrid method additionally performs the standard indexing action that’s
+     required for <a 
+ id="dx1-4127"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>or <a 
+ id="dx1-4128"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>to work.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 894--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="styopt.equations"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">equations</span><a 
- id="dx1-4111"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(New to v1.37.) This option will cause the default location counter to
+ id="dx1-4129"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 894--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.37.) This option will cause the default location counter to
      automatically switch to <span 
 class="cmss-10">equation</span><a 
- id="dx1-4112"></a> when inside a numbered equation
+ id="dx1-4130"></a> when inside a numbered equation
      environment, such as <span 
 class="cmss-10">equation</span><a 
- id="dx1-4113"></a><a 
- id="dx1-4114"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-4131"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4132"></a> or <span 
 class="cmss-10">align</span><a 
- id="dx1-4115"></a><a 
- id="dx1-4116"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden
+ id="dx1-4133"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4134"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden
      with <span 
 class="cmss-10">counter</span><a 
- id="dx1-4117"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span 
+ id="dx1-4135"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>as
      usual.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 901--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="styopt.floats"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">floats</span><a 
- id="dx1-4118"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(New to v1.37.) This option will cause the default location counter to
+ id="dx1-4136"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 901--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.37.) This option will cause the default location counter to
      automatically switch to the corresponding counter when inside a floating
      environment, such as <span 
 class="cmss-10">figure</span><a 
- id="dx1-4119"></a><a 
- id="dx1-4120"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-4137"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4138"></a> or <span 
 class="cmss-10">table</span><a 
- id="dx1-4121"></a><a 
- id="dx1-4122"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden
+ id="dx1-4139"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4140"></a>. The counter can be explicitly overridden
      with <span 
 class="cmss-10">counter</span><a 
- id="dx1-4123"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span 
+ id="dx1-4141"></a> in the optional arguments of commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>as
      usual. Remember that within floats it’s the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\caption </span>command that
-     actually uses <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter</span>, so indexing before the caption will
-     result in the wrong reference. The commands for use in captions and
-     sections, such as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\caption </span>command that actually
+     uses <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter</span>, so indexing before the caption will result in the wrong
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     reference. The commands for use in captions and sections, such as
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span>, don’t index. (See <a 
 href="#sec:headtitle"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:headtitle
      </a><a 
 href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a>). You may
      want to consider using <span 
@@ -1637,35 +1872,38 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24">
+</p>
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28">
      \begin{figure}[htbp]
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\centering
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\includegraphics{example-image}
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\caption{Sample&#x00A0;\glsfmttext{foobar}&#x00A0;figure}
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsadd{foobar}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\end{figure}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 854--><p class="nopar" >
+     &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\centering
+     &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\includegraphics{example-image}
+     &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\caption{Sample&#x00A0;\glsfmttext{foobar}&#x00A0;figure}
+     &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsadd{foobar}
+     \end{figure}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 920--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 922--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="styopt.indexcounter"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">indexcounter</span><a 
- id="dx1-4124"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(New to v1.29.) This option (which doesn’t take a value) is primarily
+ id="dx1-4142"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 922--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.29.) This option (which doesn’t take a value) is primarily
      intended for use with <a 
- id="dx1-4125"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4143"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> (v1.4+) and <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-4126"></a>. It can be used
+ id="dx1-4144"></a>. It can be used
      with <a 
- id="dx1-4127"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4145"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a 
- id="dx1-4128"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4146"></a><a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> but it will interfere with the <a 
- id="dx1-4129"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4147"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>
      collation, so you won’t have ranges and you’ll have duplicate page numbers
      present (but each page number will link to the relevant part of the page
@@ -1674,43 +1912,43 @@
 href="#styopt.counter"><span 
 class="cmss-10">counter</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=wrglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-4130"></a>.
-     <!--l. 865--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option works by incrementing <span 
+ id="dx1-4148"></a>.
+     </p><!--l. 931--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option works by incrementing <span 
 class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-4131"></a> and adding <span 
+ id="dx1-4149"></a> and adding <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\label</span><a 
- id="dx1-4132"></a>. This can
+ id="dx1-4150"></a>. This can
      cause a problem if the indexing occurs in an <span 
 class="cmss-10">equation</span><a 
- id="dx1-4133"></a><a 
- id="dx1-4134"></a> environment as <span 
+ id="dx1-4151"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4152"></a> environment as <span 
 class="cmss-10">amsmath</span><a 
- id="dx1-4135"></a>
+ id="dx1-4153"></a>
      forbids multiple occurrences of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\label </span>(resulting in the “Multiple <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\label</span>’s”
      error). It’s best to change the counter to <span 
 class="cmss-10">page</span><a 
- id="dx1-4136"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-4154"></a> or <span 
 class="cmss-10">equation</span><a 
- id="dx1-4137"></a> when in maths mode
+ id="dx1-4155"></a> when in maths mode
      with this option. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-25">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29">
      \renewcommand{\glslinkpresetkeys}{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsaddpresetkeys}{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 878--><p class="nopar" > </div>
-     </p><!--l. 879--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 881--><p class="noindent" >By default (with <span 
+     &#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}
+     \renewcommand{\glsaddpresetkeys}{%
+     &#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 944--><p class="nopar" > </div>
+     </p><!--l. 945--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 947--><p class="noindent" >By default (with <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
- id="dx1-4138"></a>), the page numbers in <a 
- id="dx1-4139"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4156"></a>), the page numbers in <a 
+ id="dx1-4157"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number lists</a> link back to the
      top of the relevant page (provided the format uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber</span>). The
@@ -1717,10 +1955,10 @@
      <a 
 href="#styopt.indexcounter"><span 
 class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4140"></a> option is designed to link back to the place within the page where
+ id="dx1-4158"></a> option is designed to link back to the place within the page where
      the indexing occurred. It does this by creating a new counter (called <span 
 class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-4141"></a>)
+ id="dx1-4159"></a>)
      that’s incremented with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>every time an entry is indexed (but
      not via cross-referencing commands, such as <span 
@@ -1731,57 +1969,57 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\pageref</span>. The location, as seen by the indexing application, is
      the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-4142"></a> counter but this value is substituted with the page
+ id="dx1-4160"></a> counter but this value is substituted with the page
      reference when <a 
- id="dx1-4143"></a>number list is typeset. Since the counter is used by all
+ id="dx1-4161"></a>number list is typeset. Since the counter is used by all
      entries and is incremented every time any indexing occurs, neither
      <a 
- id="dx1-4144"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4162"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> nor <a 
- id="dx1-4145"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4163"></a><a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> can correctly collate the lists. For example, if the first
      term to be referenced is indexed three times on page&#x00A0;5 without any
      intervening terms then the actual locations obtained from <span 
 class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-4146"></a>
+ id="dx1-4164"></a>
      will be 1, 2 and 3, which <a 
- id="dx1-4147"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-4165"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>and <a 
- id="dx1-4148"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-4166"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>will try to form into
      the range 1–3, but they should actually all simply appear as page&#x00A0;5,
      whereas it can actually end up with 5–5. Conversely, a range may not be
      formed where it would naturally occur if just the <span 
 class="cmss-10">page</span><a 
- id="dx1-4149"></a> counter was
+ id="dx1-4167"></a> counter was
      used.
-     </p><!--l. 905--><p class="noindent" >Since <a 
- id="dx1-4150"></a><a 
+     </p><!--l. 971--><p class="noindent" >Since <a 
+ id="dx1-4168"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> is designed specifically to work with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>,
      <a 
- id="dx1-4151"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-4169"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>(v1.4+) will check for <span 
 class="cmss-10">wrglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-4152"></a> locations. If the default
+ id="dx1-4170"></a> locations. If the default
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">--merge-wrglossary-records </span>is on, then any records for the same page
      for a given entry will be merged. In the above example with three
      references on page&#x00A0;5, only a single record for page&#x00A0;5 for that entry will be
      added to the <a 
- id="dx1-4153"></a>number list and it will link back to the first instance on
+ id="dx1-4171"></a>number list and it will link back to the first instance on
      that page. Whereas if you use the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">--no-merge-wrglossary-records</span>
      switch, the <a 
- id="dx1-4154"></a>number list will contain three instance of page&#x00A0;5, with
+ id="dx1-4172"></a>number list will contain three instance of page&#x00A0;5, with
      each linking to the corresponding place on that page. In both cases,
      consecutive pages can form ranges, but it may look strange in the second
      case.
-     </p><!--l. 918--><p class="noindent" >See the <a 
- id="dx1-4155"></a><span 
+     </p><!--l. 984--><p class="noindent" >See the <a 
+ id="dx1-4173"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>documentation for the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">save-index-counter </span>resource option
      for more details.
@@ -1789,38 +2027,42 @@
 
                                                                   
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 987--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="styopt.docdef"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">docdef</span><a 
- id="dx1-4156"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This option governs the use of <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. It was originally a
-     boolean option, but as from version 1.06, it can now take one of the following
-     values (if the value is omitted, <span 
-class="cmss-10">true </span>is assumed):
+ id="dx1-4174"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 987--><p class="noindent" >This option governs the use of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. It was originally a boolean
+     option, but as from version 1.06, it can now take one of the following values (if
+     the value is omitted, <span 
+class="cmss-10">true </span>is assumed): </p>
          <ul class="itemize1">
-         <li class="itemize"><span 
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 992--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-4158"></a> is not permitted in the <span 
+ id="dx1-4176"></a> is not permitted in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
- id="dx1-4159"></a><a 
- id="dx1-4160"></a> environment
+ id="dx1-4177"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4178"></a> environment
          (default).
-         </li>
-         <li class="itemize"><span 
+         </p></li>
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 995--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>behaves as it does in the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.
          That is, where its use is permitted in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
- id="dx1-4162"></a><a 
- id="dx1-4163"></a> environment, it
+ id="dx1-4180"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4181"></a> environment, it
          uses the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>temporary file to store the entry definitions so
          that on the next LaTeX&#x00A0;run the entries are defined at the beginning
          of  the  <span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
- id="dx1-4164"></a><a 
- id="dx1-4165"></a>  environment.  This  allows  the  entry  information
+ id="dx1-4182"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4183"></a>  environment.  This  allows  the  entry  information
          to be referenced in the glossary, even if the glossary occurs before
          <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. (For example, when the glossary is displayed
@@ -1828,31 +2070,32 @@
          next LaTeX&#x00A0;run has drawbacks that are detailed in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
          user manual.
-         <!--l. 942--><p class="noindent" >Remember that if  <span 
+         </p><!--l. 1008--><p class="noindent" >Remember that if  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>wouldn’t be allowed in the
          <span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
- id="dx1-4166"></a><a 
- id="dx1-4167"></a> environment with the base <span 
+ id="dx1-4184"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4185"></a> environment with the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, then it still
          won’t be allowed with <a 
 href="#styopt.docdefs"><span 
 class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-4168"></a>. If your glossaries occur at the
+ id="dx1-4186"></a>. If your glossaries occur at the
          end of the document, consider using <a 
 href="#styopt.docdef"><span 
 class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a 
- id="dx1-4169"></a> instead.
+ id="dx1-4187"></a> instead.
          </p></li>
-         <li class="itemize">(new  to  version  1.06)  <span 
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 1015--><p class="noindent" >(new  to  version  1.06)  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-4171"></a> is  permitted  in  the
+ id="dx1-4189"></a> is  permitted  in  the
          <span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
- id="dx1-4172"></a><a 
- id="dx1-4173"></a> environment without using the <span 
+ id="dx1-4190"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4191"></a> environment without using the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file. This means
          that all entries must be defined before the glossary is displayed, but
          it avoids the complications associated with saving the entry details
@@ -1861,15 +2104,15 @@
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;=&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; mechanism
          (that is, the comma and equal sign) and any <a 
- id="dx1-4174"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4192"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a 
- id="dx1-4175"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4193"></a><a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a>
          character that occurs in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-4176"></a> key or label. If any of those characters
+ id="dx1-4194"></a> key or label. If any of those characters
          are made active in the document, then it can cause problems with
          the entry definition. This option will allow <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>to
@@ -1877,52 +2120,77 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>, but note that
          <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>remains a preamble-only command.
-         <!--l. 965--><p class="noindent" >With this option, if an entry appears in the glossary before it has been
+         </p><!--l. 1031--><p class="noindent" >With this option, if an entry appears in the glossary before it has been
          defined, an error will occur (or a warning if the <a 
 href="#styopt.undefaction"><span 
 class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a 
- id="dx1-4177"></a>
+ id="dx1-4195"></a>
          option is used.) If you edit your document and either remove an entry
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
          or change its label, you may need to delete the document’s temporary
          files (such as the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.gls </span>files).
          </p></li>
-         <li class="itemize">(new to version 1.34) This option behaves like <a 
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" >(new to version 1.34) This option behaves like <a 
 href="#styopt.docdef"><span 
 class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a 
- id="dx1-4179"></a> but
+ id="dx1-4197"></a> but
          creates the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file for <a 
 href="https://atom.io/packages/autocomplete-glossaries" >atom’s autocomplete support</a>. This file
          isn’t input by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and so associated problems with the
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
          use of this file are avoided, but it allows the autocomplete support
          to find the labels in the file. As with <a 
 href="#styopt.docdef"><span 
 class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a 
- id="dx1-4180"></a>, entries may
+ id="dx1-4198"></a>, entries may
          be defined in the preamble or anywhere in the document, but they
          may only be referenced after they have been defined. Entries must
          be defined before the associated glossary is displayed.
+         </p><!--l. 1050--><p class="noindent" >If you need a list of all entry labels for the use of an editor or helper
+         script you may also want to consider the package options <a 
+href="#styopt.writeglslabels"><span 
+class="cmss-10">writeglslabels</span></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4199"></a>
+         and <a 
+href="#styopt.writeglslabelnames"><span 
+class="cmss-10">writeglslabelnames</span></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4200"></a> provided by the base <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4201"></a> package. Note
+         that with these options and <a 
+href="#styopt.docdef"><span 
+class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span 
+class="cmss-10">=atom</span><a 
+ id="dx1-4202"></a>, only the entry labels visible
+         to LaTeX&#x00A0;can be saved. So if you are using <a 
+ id="dx1-4203"></a><a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> you will only
+         get the labels of the entries that are selected by <a 
+ id="dx1-4204"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>.
+</p>
          </li></ul>
-     <!--l. 986--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     <!--l. 1060--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package allows <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>within the <span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
- id="dx1-4181"></a><a 
- id="dx1-4182"></a>
+ id="dx1-4205"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4206"></a>
      environment (when used with <a 
- id="dx1-4183"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4207"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a 
- id="dx1-4184"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4208"></a><a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a>) but the user manual warns
      against this usage. By default the <span 
@@ -1931,13 +2199,13 @@
      allowing definitions within the preamble. If you are really determined to define
      entries in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
- id="dx1-4185"></a><a 
- id="dx1-4186"></a> environment, despite all the associated drawbacks, you
+ id="dx1-4209"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-4210"></a> environment, despite all the associated drawbacks, you
      can restore this with <a 
 href="#styopt.docdef"><span 
 class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-4187"></a>. Note that this doesn’t change the
+ id="dx1-4211"></a>. Note that this doesn’t change the
      prohibitions that the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package has in certain circumstances (for
      example, when using “option&#x00A0;1”). See the <span 
@@ -1947,56 +2215,63 @@
 href="#styopt.docdef"><span 
 class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=restricted</span><a 
- id="dx1-4188"></a>. Only use <a 
+ id="dx1-4212"></a>. Only use <a 
 href="#styopt.docdef"><span 
 class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-4189"></a> if document definitions
+ id="dx1-4213"></a> if document definitions
      are necessary and one or more of the glossaries occurs in the front
      matter.
-     </p><!--l. 1003--><p class="noindent" >This option affects commands that internally use <span 
+     </p><!--l. 1077--><p class="noindent" >This option affects commands that internally use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>, such as
      <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>, but not the “on-the-fly” commands described in <a 
+class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>, but not the “on-the-fly” commands described in
+     <a 
 href="#sec:onthefly"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>11
-     </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:onthefly </a><a 
 href="#sec:onthefly">On-the-Fly Document Definitions<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:onthefly --></a>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 1082--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="styopt.nomissingglstext"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">nomissingglstext</span><a 
- id="dx1-4190"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is a boolean option. If true, this will suppress the
-     warning written to the transcript and the warning text that will appear
-     in the document if the external glossary files haven’t been generated
-     due to an incomplete document build. However, it’s probably simpler
-     just to fix whatever has caused the failure to build the external file or
-     files.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-4214"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 1082--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean option. If true, this will suppress the warning written to the
+     transcript and the warning text that will appear in the document if the
+     external glossary files haven’t been generated due to an incomplete document
+     build. However, it’s probably simpler just to fix whatever has caused the failure
+     to build the external file or files.
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 1090--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="styopt.abbreviations"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">abbreviations</span><a 
- id="dx1-4191"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This option has no value and can’t be cancelled. If used, it will
-     automatically create a new glossary with the label <span 
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviations </span>and
-     redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-4215"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 1090--><p class="noindent" >This option has no value and can’t be cancelled. If used, it will automatically
+     create a new glossary with the label <span 
+class="cmtt-10">abbreviations </span>and redefines
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype </span>to this label. (The file extensions are <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glg-abr</span><a 
- id="dx1-4192"></a>,
+ id="dx1-4216"></a>,
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">gls-abr</span><a 
- id="dx1-4193"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-4217"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glo-abr</span><a 
- id="dx1-4194"></a>.) In addition, this option defines a shortcut
+ id="dx1-4218"></a>.) In addition, this option defines a shortcut
      command
-     <!--l. 1023--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-4195"></a>  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 1097--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-4219"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printabbreviations[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 1025--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1099--><p class="noindent" >
      which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
      <span 
@@ -2003,67 +2278,65 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary[type=\glsxtrabbrvtype,</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
 </div>
      </div> If <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-4196"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally
+ id="dx1-4220"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally
      provide:
-     <!--l. 1032--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-4197"></a>  <span 
+     <!--l. 1106--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-4221"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtabbreviations[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 1034--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1108--><p class="noindent" >
      which uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-4198"></a>.
-     </p><!--l. 1037--><p class="noindent" >The title of the new glossary is given by
-     </p><!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-4199"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-4222"></a>.
+     </p><!--l. 1111--><p class="noindent" >The title of the new glossary is given by
+     </p><!--l. 1112--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-4223"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 1040--><p class="noindent" >
-     If this command is already defined, it’s left unchanged. Otherwise it’s defined
-     to “Abbreviations” if <span 
+     </p><!--l. 1114--><p class="noindent" >
+     If this command is already defined, it’s left unchanged. Otherwise it’s defined to
+     “Abbreviations” if <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-4200"></a> hasn’t been loaded or <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\acronymname </span>if
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-4224"></a> hasn’t been loaded or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\acronymname </span>if <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-4201"></a> has been loaded. However, if you’re using <span 
+ id="dx1-4225"></a> has
+     been loaded. However, if you’re using <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
- id="dx1-4202"></a> it’s likely you
-     will need to change this. (See <a 
+ id="dx1-4226"></a> it’s likely you will need
+     to change this. (See <a 
 href="#sec:lang"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>14 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:lang </a><a 
 href="#sec:lang">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lang --></a> for further
      details.)
-     </p><!--l. 1047--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the <a 
+     </p><!--l. 1121--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the <a 
 href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span 
 class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4203"></a> package option, the <span 
+ id="dx1-4227"></a> package option, the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span>
      command won’t be defined (unless it’s defined by an included language file).
      </div>
-     </p><!--l. 1051--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 1053--><p class="noindent" >If the <a 
+     </p><!--l. 1125--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1127--><p class="noindent" >If the <a 
 href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span 
 class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4204"></a> option is used and the <a 
+ id="dx1-4228"></a> option is used and the <a 
 href="#styopt.acronym"><span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4205"></a> option provided by the
+ id="dx1-4229"></a> option provided by the
      <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package hasn’t been used, then <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a 
- id="dx1-4206"></a> will be set to
+ id="dx1-4230"></a> will be set to
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvtype</span><a 
- id="dx1-4207"></a> so that acronyms defined with <span 
+ id="dx1-4231"></a> so that acronyms defined with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-4208"></a> can be added
+ id="dx1-4232"></a> can be added
      to the list of abbreviations. If you want acronyms in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">main </span>glossary and
      other abbreviations in the <span 
@@ -2075,27 +2348,29 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-26">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30">
      \renewcommand*{\acronymtype}{main}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 1063--><p class="nopar" >
-     </p><!--l. 1065--><p class="noindent" >Note that there are no analogous options to the <span 
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 1137--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p><!--l. 1139--><p class="noindent" >Note that there are no analogous options to the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s <a 
 href="#styopt.acronymlists"><span 
 class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4209"></a>
+ id="dx1-4233"></a>
      option (or associated commands) as the abbreviation mechanism is handled
      differently with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 1144--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="styopt.symbols"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">symbols</span><a 
- id="dx1-4210"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is passed to <span 
+ id="dx1-4234"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 1144--><p class="noindent" >This is passed to <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but will additionally define
-     <!--l. 1072--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-4211"></a>  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 1146--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-4235"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -2103,7 +2378,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">symbol</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 1074--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1148--><p class="noindent" >
      which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
      <span 
@@ -2123,39 +2398,44 @@
 </div>
      </div> Note that the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-4212"></a> key is set to the &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-4236"></a> key is set to the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; not the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">symbol</span>&#x27E9; as the symbol will
      likely contain commands.
-     <!--l. 1083--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
+     <!--l. 1157--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-4213"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally
+ id="dx1-4237"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally
      provide:
-     </p><!--l. 1085--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-4214"></a> <span 
+     </p><!--l. 1159--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-4238"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtsymbols[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 1087--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1161--><p class="noindent" >
      which uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-4215"></a>.
+ id="dx1-4239"></a>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 1164--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="styopt.numbers"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">numbers</span><a 
- id="dx1-4216"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is passed to <span 
+ id="dx1-4240"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 1164--><p class="noindent" >This is passed to <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but will additionally define
-     <!--l. 1092--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-4217"></a>  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 1166--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-4241"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">number</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 1094--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1168--><p class="noindent" >
      which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
      <div class="obeylines-v">
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -2171,93 +2451,100 @@
 class="cmtt-10">},type=numbers,category=number,</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmsy-10">}</span>
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
 </div>
      </div>
-     <!--l. 1101--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
+     <!--l. 1175--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-4218"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally
+ id="dx1-4242"></a> is also loaded then this option will additionally
      provide:
-     </p><!--l. 1103--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-4219"></a> <span 
+     </p><!--l. 1177--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-4243"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtnumbers[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 1105--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1179--><p class="noindent" >
      which uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-4220"></a>.
+ id="dx1-4244"></a>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="styopt.acronyms"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">acronyms</span><a 
- id="dx1-4221"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-4245"></a> <span 
 class="cmbx-10">(or </span><a 
  id="styopt.acronym"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">acronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-4222"></a><span 
-class="cmbx-10">)</span> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is passed to <span 
+ id="dx1-4246"></a><span 
+class="cmbx-10">)</span> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 1182--><p class="noindent" >This is passed to <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but if <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-4223"></a> is
-     also loaded then this option will additionally provide:
-     <!--l. 1112--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-4224"></a>  <span 
+ id="dx1-4247"></a> is also loaded then this
+     option will additionally provide:
+     </p><!--l. 1186--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-4248"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtacronyms[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 1114--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1188--><p class="noindent" >
      which uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-4225"></a>.
-     </p><!--l. 1117--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option defines a new glossary with the label <span 
+ id="dx1-4249"></a>.
+     </p><!--l. 1191--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This option defines a new glossary with the label <span 
 class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>not <span 
 class="cmtt-10">acronyms</span>. You
      may find it easier to reference it with the command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymtype</span><a 
- id="dx1-4226"></a>.
+ id="dx1-4250"></a>.
      </div>
-     </p><!--l. 1121--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1195--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 1197--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="styopt.index"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">index</span><a 
- id="dx1-4227"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is passed to <span 
+ id="dx1-4251"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 1197--><p class="noindent" >This is passed to <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>but if <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-4228"></a> is also loaded then this
+ id="dx1-4252"></a> is also loaded then this
      option will additionally provide:
-     <!--l. 1127--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-4229"></a>  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 1201--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-4253"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtindex[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 1129--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1203--><p class="noindent" >
      which uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-4230"></a>.
+ id="dx1-4254"></a>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 1206--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="styopt.shortcuts"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span><a 
- id="dx1-4231"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Unlike the <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option of the same name, this option isn’t
-     boolean but has multiple values:
+ id="dx1-4255"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 1206--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package option of the same name, this option isn’t boolean
+     but has multiple values: </p>
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
          <ul class="itemize1">
-         <li class="itemize"><a 
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 1210--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=acronyms</span><a 
- id="dx1-4232"></a> (or <a 
+ id="dx1-4256"></a> (or <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=acro</span><a 
- id="dx1-4233"></a>): set the shortcuts provided
+ id="dx1-4257"></a>): set the shortcuts provided
          by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package for acronyms (such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ac</span>). Note that the
@@ -2273,13 +2560,14 @@
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a 
- id="dx1-4234"></a>.
-         </li>
-         <li class="itemize"><a 
+ id="dx1-4258"></a>.
+         </p></li>
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 1218--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a 
- id="dx1-4235"></a>: set the shortcuts provided by the <span 
+ id="dx1-4259"></a>: set the shortcuts provided by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package for
          acronyms (such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ac</span>) but uses the <span 
@@ -2291,138 +2579,146 @@
          as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>rather than <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-         </li>
-         <li class="itemize"><a 
+         </p></li>
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 1225--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a 
- id="dx1-4236"></a>                 (or                 <a 
+ id="dx1-4260"></a>  (or  <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=abbr</span><a 
- id="dx1-4237"></a>):
-         set the abbreviation shortcuts provided by <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a 
+ id="dx1-4261"></a>):  set  the  abbreviation
+         shortcuts  provided  by  <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>.  (See  <a 
 href="#sec:abbrshortcuts"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.3
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbrshortcuts
          </a><a 
 href="#sec:abbrshortcuts">Shortcut Commands<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrshortcuts --></a>.) These settings don’t switch on the acronym
          shortcuts provided by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package.
-         </li>
-         <li class="itemize"><a 
+         </p></li>
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 1231--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=other</span><a 
- id="dx1-4238"></a>: set the “other” shortcut commands, but not the shortcut
+ id="dx1-4262"></a>: set the “other” shortcut commands, but not the shortcut
          commands for abbreviations or the acronym shortcuts provided by
          <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. The “other” shortcuts are:
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>. The “other” shortcuts are: </p>
              <ul class="itemize2">
-             <li class="itemize"><span 
+             <li class="itemize">
+             <!--l. 1236--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-4239"></a> equivalent to <span 
+ id="dx1-4263"></a> equivalent to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
- id="dx1-4240"></a>
-             </li>
-             <li class="itemize"><span 
+ id="dx1-4264"></a>
+             </p></li>
+             <li class="itemize">
+             <!--l. 1237--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newsym</span><a 
- id="dx1-4241"></a> equivalent  to  <span 
+ id="dx1-4265"></a> equivalent  to  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span><a 
- id="dx1-4242"></a> (see  the  <a 
+ id="dx1-4266"></a> (see  the  <a 
 href="#styopt.symbols"><span 
 class="cmss-10">symbols</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4243"></a>
+ id="dx1-4267"></a>
              option).
-             </li>
-             <li class="itemize"><span 
+             </p></li>
+             <li class="itemize">
+             <!--l. 1239--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newnum</span><a 
- id="dx1-4244"></a> equivalent  to  <span 
+ id="dx1-4268"></a> equivalent  to  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber</span><a 
- id="dx1-4245"></a> (see  the  <a 
+ id="dx1-4269"></a> (see  the  <a 
 href="#styopt.numbers"><span 
 class="cmss-10">numbers</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4246"></a>
-             option).</li></ul>
+ id="dx1-4270"></a>
+             option).</p></li></ul>
          </li>
-         <li class="itemize"><a 
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 1243--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=all</span><a 
- id="dx1-4247"></a> (or <a 
+ id="dx1-4271"></a> (or <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=true</span><a 
- id="dx1-4248"></a>): implements <a 
+ id="dx1-4272"></a>): implements <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a 
- id="dx1-4249"></a>,
+ id="dx1-4273"></a>,
          <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a 
- id="dx1-4250"></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-4274"></a> and <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=other</span><a 
- id="dx1-4251"></a>.
-         </li>
-         <li class="itemize"><a 
+ id="dx1-4275"></a>.
+         </p></li>
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 1247--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=none</span><a 
- id="dx1-4252"></a> (or <a 
+ id="dx1-4276"></a> (or <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=false</span><a 
- id="dx1-4253"></a>): don’t define any of the shortcut
-         commands (default).</li></ul>
-     <!--l. 1177--><p class="noindent" >Note that multiple invocations of the <a 
+ id="dx1-4277"></a>): don’t define any of the shortcut
+         commands (default).</p></li></ul>
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     <!--l. 1251--><p class="noindent" >Note that multiple invocations of the <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4254"></a> option <span 
+ id="dx1-4278"></a> option <span 
 class="cmti-10">within the same option</span>
      <span 
 class="cmti-10">list </span>will override each other.</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 1181--><p class="indent" >   After the <span 
+<!--l. 1255--><p class="indent" >   After the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package has been loaded, you can set available options
 using
-</p><!--l. 1183--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-4255"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 1257--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-4279"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossariesextrasetup{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1185--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1259--><p class="noindent" >
 The <a 
 href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span 
 class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4256"></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-4280"></a> and <a 
 href="#styopt.docdef"><span 
 class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4257"></a> options may only be used in the preamble. Additionally,
+ id="dx1-4281"></a> options may only be used in the preamble. Additionally,
 <a 
 href="#styopt.docdef"><span 
 class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-4258"></a> can’t be used after <span 
+ id="dx1-4282"></a> can’t be used after <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-4259"></a>.
+ id="dx1-4283"></a>.
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 1190--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 1190--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 1264--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 1264--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">2. <a 
  id="sec:modifications"></a>Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles</h2>
 </p>
-<!--l. 1193--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 1267--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1   </span> <a 
  id="definingentries"></a>Defining Entries</h3>
-<!--l. 1195--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+<!--l. 1269--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a 
  id="dx1-6001"></a> which may be used in the <span 
@@ -2431,10 +2727,10 @@
 suppress the post-description hook. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides another
 command
-</p><!--l. 1199--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 1273--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-6003"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1201--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1275--><p class="noindent" >
 which has a similar function but only suppresses the post-description punctuation. It
 doesn’t suppress the use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span>which allows the use of
@@ -2446,19 +2742,20 @@
 post-description hook can counter-act the effect of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span>
 using
-</p><!--l. 1210--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 1284--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-6004"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestorepostpunc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1212--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1286--><p class="noindent" >
 These commands have no effect outside of the glossary (except with standalone
 entries that use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost </span>and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>, see <a 
+class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>, see
+<a 
 href="#sec:glossentry"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>10.4
-</a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glossentry </a><a 
 href="#sec:glossentry">Standalone Entry Items<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glossentry --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 1217--><p class="indent" >   The commands used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 1291--><p class="indent" >   The commands used by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to automatically produce an error if an entry is
 undefined (such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span><a 
@@ -2467,39 +2764,49 @@
 class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-6006"></a> option into
 account.
-</p><!--l. 1221--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 1295--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>command has three new keys: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
-     <li class="itemize"><span 
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 1297--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">category</span><a 
  id="dx1-6007"></a>, which sets the category label for the given entry. By default this
      is <span 
 class="cmtt-10">general</span>. See <a 
 href="#sec:categories"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a 
-href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further information about categories.
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize"><span 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a 
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further information about
+     categories.
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 1301--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">alias</span><a 
  id="dx1-6008"></a>, which allows an entry to be alias to another entry. See <a 
 href="#sec:alias"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>10.5 </a><a 
-href="#sec:alias">Entry
-     Aliases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:alias --></a> for further details.
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize"><span 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:alias
+     </a><a 
+href="#sec:alias">Entry Aliases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:alias --></a> for further details.
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 1303--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a 
  id="dx1-6009"></a>, which performs much like <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
  id="dx1-6010"></a>, but allows for separate “see” and
-     “see also” treatment. See <a 
+     “see  also”  treatment.  See  <a 
 href="#sec:see"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.3 </a><a 
-href="#sec:see">Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:see --></a> for
-     further details.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 1233--><p class="noindent" >This apply to all entry defining commands (such as <span 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:see  </a><a 
+href="#sec:see">Cross-References  (“see”  and  “see
+     also”)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:see --></a> for further details.</p></li></ul>
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+<!--l. 1307--><p class="noindent" >This apply to all entry defining commands (such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>).
-</p><!--l. 1236--><p class="indent" >   The test file <span 
+</p><!--l. 1310--><p class="indent" >   The test file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-xr.tex </span>contains dummy entries with a
 mixture of <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
@@ -2515,10 +2822,7 @@
  id="dx1-6014"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>.
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-</p><!--l. 1243--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 1317--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>command now has a starred version (as from v1.12)
 that doesn’t automatically insert
                                                                   
@@ -2525,11 +2829,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">
 \leavevmode\unskip\nopostdesc
-</div>
-<!--l. 1247--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field.
-</p><!--l. 1249--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1321--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field.
+</p><!--l. 1323--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-6015"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry*{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -2538,17 +2842,17 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">description</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1251--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1325--><p class="noindent" >
 The <span 
 class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-6016"></a> key is left unset unless explicitly set in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 1255--><p class="indent" >   The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes
+</p><!--l. 1329--><p class="indent" >   The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes
 trailing space and suppresses the post-description hook) but instead uses:
-</p><!--l. 1258--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 1332--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-6017"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1260--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1334--><p class="noindent" >
 This can be redefined to allow the post-description hook to work but retain the
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\unskip </span>part if required. For example:
@@ -2556,12 +2860,12 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-28">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostlongdescription}{\leavevmode\unskip}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1266--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won’t
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1340--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won’t
 suppress the post-description hook.
-</p><!--l. 1270--><p class="indent" >   The unstarred version also alters the base <span 
+</p><!--l. 1344--><p class="indent" >   The unstarred version also alters the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-6018"></a> package’s treatment of the
 <span 
@@ -2580,10 +2884,10 @@
 singular.<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x2" id="fn1x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a 
  id="x1-6022f1"></a>
-</p><!--l. 1285--><p class="indent" >   Note that this modified unstarred version doesn’t append <span 
+</p><!--l. 1359--><p class="indent" >   Note that this modified unstarred version doesn’t append <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span>
 to the description’s plural form.
-</p><!--l. 1288--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 1362--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a 
  id="dx1-6028"></a> command (defined through the <a 
 href="#styopt.index"><span 
@@ -2593,21 +2897,22 @@
 class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
  id="dx1-6030"></a>. The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-6031"></a> command is modified
-to use the new abbreviation interface provided by <span 
+ id="dx1-6031"></a> command is modified to use
+the new abbreviation interface provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a 
 href="#sec:abbreviations"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbreviations
 </a><a 
 href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 1294--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 1368--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>command now has an optional argument.
-</p><!--l. 1295--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 1369--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-6032"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1297--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1371--><p class="noindent" >
 If &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9; is empty, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>behaves as per its original definition in the
@@ -2615,22 +2920,22 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, otherwise &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9; can be a comma-separated list of glossaries that
 need processing with an external indexing application.
-</p><!--l. 1303--><p class="indent" >   This command is not permitted with the <a 
+</p><!--l. 1377--><p class="indent" >   This command is not permitted with the <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=only</span><a 
  id="dx1-6033"></a> package option. Without
-the optional argument, it’s permitted with <a 
+the optional argument, it’s required with <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
-class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-6034"></a>. With the optional
-argument, it’s only permitted with the default <a 
+class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a 
+ id="dx1-6034"></a>. With the optional argument,
+it’s only permitted with the default <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=off</span><a 
  id="dx1-6035"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1308--><p class="indent" >   It should then be possible to use <span 
+</p><!--l. 1382--><p class="indent" >   It should then be possible to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>for those glossaries listed in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9;
 and <span 
@@ -2637,14 +2942,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>for the other glossaries. (See the accompanying file
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-mixedsort.tex </span>for an example.)
-</p><!--l. 1313--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 1387--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9;, you can’t define entries in the document
 (even with the <a 
 href="#styopt.docdef"><span 
 class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-6036"></a> option). </div>
-</p><!--l. 1316--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1318--><p class="indent" >   You will need at least version 2.20 of <a 
+</p><!--l. 1390--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1392--><p class="indent" >   You will need at least version 2.20 of <a 
  id="dx1-6037"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span></a> or at least version 1.3 of
@@ -2662,18 +2967,18 @@
 class="cmss-10">automake</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-6040"></a>
 option.
-</p><!--l. 1324--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1398--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-<!--l. 1324--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 1398--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:wrglossary"></a>Entry Indexing</h3>
-<!--l. 1327--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.31, there is a new command like <span 
+<!--l. 1401--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.31, there is a new command like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>where the mandatory
 argument is a comma-separated list of labels:
-</p><!--l. 1330--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 1404--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-7001"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddeach[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -2680,7 +2985,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1332--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1406--><p class="noindent" >
 This simply iterates over &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9; and does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -2689,7 +2994,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>for each entry in the
 list.
-</p><!--l. 1336--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.37, you can make commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 1410--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.37, you can make commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>
 automatically use <span 
@@ -2701,7 +3006,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>etc).
-</p><!--l. 1341--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 1415--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-7002"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -2711,7 +3016,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">glsadd options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1343--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1417--><p class="noindent" >
 The optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>and indicates the label to use in
@@ -2726,61 +3031,63 @@
 class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>prepended to the
 list.
-</p><!--l. 1351--><p class="indent" >   For example, with:
+</p><!--l. 1425--><p class="indent" >   For example, with:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-29">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">
 \GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat{hyperbf}{counter=chapter}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1354--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1428--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-30">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">
 \glsadd[format=hyperbf,counter=chapter]{sample}\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1358--><p class="nopar" > Note that the explicit range markers will prevent a match unless you include
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1432--><p class="nopar" > Note that the explicit range markers will prevent a match unless you include
 them in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">format list</span>&#x27E9; (in which case, be sure to add both the start and end
 formats).
-</p><!--l. 1363--><p class="indent" >   Here’s another example:
+</p><!--l. 1437--><p class="indent" >   Here’s another example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-31">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">
 \GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat[dual.\glslabel]{hyperbf}{}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1366--><p class="nopar" > In this case <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1440--><p class="nopar" > In this case <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}</span></span></span> will now be equivalent to:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-32">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">
 \glsadd[format=hyperbf]{dual.sample}\gls[format=hyperbf]{sample}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1371--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1373--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1445--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1447--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrAutoAddOnFormat </span>is not applied to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>as it could cause an infinite
 loop. </div>
-</p><!--l. 1376--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1378--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 1450--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1452--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides extra keys for commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>:
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 1455--><p class="noindent" >
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">noindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-7003"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is a boolean key. If true, this suppresses the indexing. (That is,
-     it prevents <span 
+ id="dx1-7003"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 1455--><p class="noindent" >This is a boolean key. If true, this suppresses the indexing. (That is, it
+     prevents <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or whatever from adding a line to the external glossary
      file.) This is more useful than the <a 
 href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span 
@@ -2793,71 +3100,75 @@
      want to apply <a 
 href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span 
 class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-7006"></a> to selected entries, rather than all of them, you
-     can use the <a 
+ id="dx1-7006"></a> to selected entries, rather than all of them,
+     you can use the <a 
 href="#catattr.indexonlyfirst"><span 
 class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-7007"></a> attribute, see <a 
 href="#sec:categories"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a 
-href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.)
-     Note that the <span 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a 
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>
+     for further details.) Note that the <span 
 class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-7008"></a> key isn’t available for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a 
- id="dx1-7009"></a> (and <span 
+ id="dx1-7009"></a>
+     (and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><a 
- id="dx1-7010"></a>)
-     since the whole purpose of that command is to index an entry.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-7010"></a>) since the whole purpose of that command is to index
+     an entry.
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 1468--><p class="noindent" >
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">wrgloss</span><a 
- id="dx1-7011"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(New to v1.14.) This is may only take the values <span 
+ id="dx1-7011"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 1468--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.14.) This is may only take the values <span 
 class="cmss-10">before </span>or <span 
-class="cmss-10">after</span>. By
-     default, commands that both index and display link text (such as <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>,
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>), perform the indexing before the link text as the
-     indexing creates a whatsit that can cause problems if it occurs after the
-     link text. However, it may be that in some cases (such as long phrases) you
-     may actually want the indexing performed after the link text. In this case
-     you can use <span 
-class="cmtt-10">wrgloss=after </span>for specific instances. Note that this option
-     doesn’t have an effect if the indexing has been suppressed through other
-     settings (such as <span 
+class="cmss-10">after</span>. By default,
+     commands that both index and display link text (such as <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>
+     and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>), perform the indexing before the link text as the indexing
+     creates a whatsit that can cause problems if it occurs after the link text.
+     However, it may be that in some cases (such as long phrases) you may
+     actually want the indexing performed after the link text. In this case you
+     can use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">wrgloss=after </span>for specific instances. Note that this option doesn’t
+     have an effect if the indexing has been suppressed through other settings
+     (such as <span 
 class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-7012"></a>).
-     <!--l. 1408--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using
-     </p><!--l. 1409--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 1482--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using
+     </p><!--l. 1483--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-7013"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 1411--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1485--><p class="noindent" >
      which is defined as:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">
      \newcommand*{\glsxtrinitwrgloss}{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsifattribute{\glslabel}{wrgloss}{after}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrinitwrglossbeforefalse
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrinitwrglossbeforetrue
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 1423--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional
-     </p><!--l. 1426--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+     &#x00A0;\glsifattribute{\glslabel}{wrgloss}{after}%
+     &#x00A0;{%
+     &#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrinitwrglossbeforefalse
+     &#x00A0;}%
+     &#x00A0;{%
+     &#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrinitwrglossbeforetrue
+     &#x00A0;}%
+     }
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 1497--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional
+     </p><!--l. 1500--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinitwrgloss</span><a 
  id="dx1-7014"></a> </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 1427--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1501--><p class="noindent" >
      which is used to determine where to perform the indexing.
-     </p><!--l. 1430--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a 
+     </p><!--l. 1504--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a 
 href="#catattr.wrgloss"><span 
 class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-7015"></a> attribute to <span 
@@ -2871,15 +3182,17 @@
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span>.)
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 1511--><p class="noindent" >
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">hyperoutside</span><a 
- id="dx1-7018"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(New to v1.21.) This is a boolean key. The default is <span 
+ id="dx1-7018"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 1511--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.21.) This is a boolean key. The default is <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hyperoutside=true</span>,
      which puts the hyperlink outside <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span>, so that commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
-     will effectively do <div class="alltt">
+     will effectively do </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -2910,6 +3223,9 @@
 class="cmitt-10">&#x00A0;text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span><span 
 class="cmsy-10">}</span>
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
 </div>
      </div> You can use the <a 
 href="#catattr.hyperoutside"><span 
@@ -2925,10 +3241,10 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-34">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{mathrelation}{hyperoutside}{false}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 1457--><p class="nopar" > will set <span 
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 1531--><p class="nopar" > will set <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hyperoutside=false </span>for all entries that are assigned to the category
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">mathrelation </span>and
@@ -2936,10 +3252,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{mathrelation}{textformat}{mathrel}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 1462--><p class="nopar" > will use <span 
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 1536--><p class="nopar" > will use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\mathrel </span>instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat </span>resulting in: </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -2959,63 +3275,73 @@
  id="dx1-7021"></a> key set to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">mathrelation</span>.
      </dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 1544--><p class="noindent" >
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">textformat</span><a 
- id="dx1-7022"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This key must have a control sequence name as its value. The
-     command formed from this name must exist and must take one argument.
-     (Use <span 
-class="cmtt-10">relax </span>for default behaviour.) If set, this overrides the <a 
+ id="dx1-7022"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 1544--><p class="noindent" >This key must have a control sequence name as its value. The command formed
+     from this name must exist and must take one argument. (Use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">relax </span>for
+     default behaviour.) If set, this overrides the <a 
 href="#catattr.textformat"><span 
 class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-7023"></a>
-     attribute and <span 
+ id="dx1-7023"></a> attribute and
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span>. See the <span 
 class="cmss-10">soul</span><a 
  id="dx1-7024"></a> example in <a 
 href="#sec:glsunset"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.6 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glsunset </a><a 
 href="#sec:glsunset">First Use
      Flag<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 1551--><p class="noindent" >
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">prefix</span><a 
- id="dx1-7025"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Locally redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-7025"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 1551--><p class="noindent" >Locally redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span><a 
  id="dx1-7026"></a> to the given value. It should match the
      prefix for the desired glossary.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 1555--><p class="noindent" >
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">thevalue</span><a 
- id="dx1-7027"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Explicitly set the location to this value (see below).
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-7027"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 1555--><p class="noindent" >Explicitly set the location to this value (see below).
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 1558--><p class="noindent" >
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">theHvalue</span><a 
- id="dx1-7028"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Set the corresponding hyperlink location (see below).
+ id="dx1-7028"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 1558--><p class="noindent" >Set the corresponding hyperlink location (see below).
+</p>
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 1489--><p class="indent" >   You can set the default options used by <span 
+<!--l. 1563--><p class="indent" >   You can set the default options used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a 
  id="dx1-7029"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-7030"></a> etc with:
-</p><!--l. 1491--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 1565--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-7031"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1493--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1567--><p class="noindent" >
 For example, if you mostly don’t want to index entries then you can do:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40">
 \GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{noindex}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1498--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1572--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex=false]{sample}</span></span></span> when you actually want
 the location added to the <a 
  id="dx1-7032"></a><a 
@@ -3024,7 +3350,7 @@
 argument of commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1505--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you don’t want <span 
+</p><!--l. 1579--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you don’t want <span 
 class="cmti-10">any </span>indexing, just omit <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>and
 <span 
@@ -3035,18 +3361,18 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span><a 
  id="dx1-7034"></a>
 instead.
-</p><!--l. 1511--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
+</p><!--l. 1585--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts </span>doesn’t affect <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 1513--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1515--><p class="indent" >   If you want to change the default value of <span 
+</p><!--l. 1587--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1589--><p class="indent" >   If you want to change the default value of <span 
 class="cmss-10">format</span><a 
  id="dx1-7035"></a>, you can instead use:
-</p><!--l. 1517--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"> <span 
+</p><!--l. 1591--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1519--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1593--><p class="noindent" >
 This has the advantage of also working for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. For example, if you
 want all locations in the back matter to appear in italic (unless explicitly
@@ -3055,12 +3381,12 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-37">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41">
 \backmatter
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{hyperit}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1526--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1528--><p class="indent" >   Commands like <span 
+\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{hyperit}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1600--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1602--><p class="indent" >   Commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-7036"></a> have star (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">*</span>) and plus (<span 
@@ -3070,7 +3396,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way to add a
 third modifier, if required, using
-</p><!--l. 1532--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 1606--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-7037"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">char</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -3077,7 +3403,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1534--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1608--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9; is the character used as the modifier and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9; is the default set of
@@ -3084,19 +3410,19 @@
 options (which may be overridden). Note that &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9; must be a single character (not a
 UTF-8 character, unless you are using <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">&#x018e;</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>&#x00A0;or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>).
-</p><!--l. 1541--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 1615--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9; take care of any changes in category code.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 1544--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1546--><p class="indent" >   Example:
+</p><!--l. 1618--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1620--><p class="indent" >   Example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-38">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42">
 \GlsXtrSetAltModifier{!}{noindex}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1549--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1623--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls!{sample}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span>. It’s
 not possible to mix modifiers. For example, if you want to do
@@ -3104,51 +3430,51 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">
 \gls[noindex,hyper=false]{sample}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1555--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1629--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls*[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls![hyper=false]{sample}</span></span></span> but you
 can’t combine the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">* </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">! </span>modifiers.
-</p><!--l. 1560--><p class="indent" >   There is a new hook that’s used each time indexing information is written to the
+</p><!--l. 1634--><p class="indent" >   There is a new hook that’s used each time indexing information is written to the
 external glossary files:
-</p><!--l. 1562--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 1636--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-7038"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1564--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1638--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label. This does nothing by default but may be redefined.
 (See, for example, the accompanying sample file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-indexhook.tex</span>, which uses
 this hook to determine which entries haven’t been indexed.)
-</p><!--l. 1571--><p class="indent" >   There’s also a new hook (from v1.26) that’s used immediately before the options
+</p><!--l. 1645--><p class="indent" >   There’s also a new hook (from v1.26) that’s used immediately before the options
 are set by the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands:
-</p><!--l. 1574--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 1648--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-7039"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1576--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1650--><p class="noindent" >
 (The base package provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a 
  id="dx1-7040"></a> that’s used immediately after the
 options are set.)
-</p><!--l. 1580--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.30 there are also similar hooks for <span 
+</p><!--l. 1654--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.30 there are also similar hooks for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>:
-</p><!--l. 1581--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 1655--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-7041"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddpresetkeys </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1583--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1657--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 1585--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 1659--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-7042"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddpostsetkeys </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1587--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1661--><p class="noindent" >
 For example, to default to using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">equation</span><a 
  id="dx1-7043"></a> counter in maths mode:
@@ -3156,13 +3482,13 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-40">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
 \renewcommand{\glslinkpresetkeys}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsaddpresetkeys}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1595--><p class="nopar" > In this case, the counter can be overridden with an explicit use of <span 
+&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}
+\renewcommand{\glsaddpresetkeys}{%
+&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1669--><p class="nopar" > In this case, the counter can be overridden with an explicit use of <span 
 class="cmss-10">counter</span><a 
  id="dx1-7044"></a> in the
 optional argument of <span 
@@ -3172,19 +3498,19 @@
 href="#styopt.equations"><span 
 class="cmss-10">equations</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-7045"></a> package option.)
-</p><!--l. 1601--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively, to enforce this (overriding the option argument):
+</p><!--l. 1675--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively, to enforce this (overriding the option argument):
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45">
 \renewcommand{\glslinkpostsetkeys}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsaddpostsetkeys}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1608--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1610--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span 
+&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{counter=equation}\fi}
+\renewcommand{\glsaddpostsetkeys}{%
+&#x00A0;\ifmmode&#x00A0;\setkeys{glossadd}{counter=equation}\fi}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1682--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1684--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>: <span 
 class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a 
  id="dx1-7046"></a> and <span 
@@ -3199,7 +3525,7 @@
  id="dx1-7048"></a> keys is intended
 primarily for adding locations in supplementary material that can’t be obtained from
 a counter.
-</p><!--l. 1619--><p class="indent" >   The principle key <span 
+</p><!--l. 1693--><p class="indent" >   The principle key <span 
 class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a 
  id="dx1-7049"></a> is for the location value. The other key <span 
 class="cmss-10">theHvalue</span><a 
@@ -3212,12 +3538,12 @@
 class="cmti-10">location</span>&#x27E9;. In general,
 there’s little need for this key as the prefix is typically associated with a counter that
 can be used to form hypertargets.
-</p><!--l. 1627--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span 
+</p><!--l. 1701--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span 
 class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a 
  id="dx1-7052"></a>, you must make sure that you use an indexing application
 that will accept the given value. </div>
-</p><!--l. 1630--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1632--><p class="indent" >   For example, <span 
+</p><!--l. 1704--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1706--><p class="indent" >   For example, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-7053"></a> will only accept locations in the form [&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">num</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -3238,10 +3564,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-42">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">
 \glsadd[thevalue={Supplementary&#x00A0;Material}]{sample}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1642--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1716--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a 
  id="dx1-7055"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, since it will allow any location and
@@ -3256,24 +3582,24 @@
  id="dx1-7058"></a> key to prevent a
 hyperlink if one can’t naturally be formed from the prefix, counter and location
 value.
-</p><!--l. 1651--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose the file <span 
+</p><!--l. 1725--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose the file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">suppl.tex </span>contains:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\thepage}{S.\arabic{page}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />First&#x00A0;page.
-&#x00A0;<br />\newpage
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{sample}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1666--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
+\renewcommand{\thepage}{S.\arabic{page}}
+\begin{document}
+First&#x00A0;page.
+\newpage
+\gls{sample}.
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1740--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this
 location in the glossary. Then this can be done by setting <span 
 class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a 
  id="dx1-7059"></a> to <span 
@@ -3283,24 +3609,24 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />Some&#x00A0;\gls{sample}&#x00A0;text.
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsadd[thevalue={S.2}]{sample}
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1685--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span 
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\makeglossaries
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
+\begin{document}
+Some&#x00A0;\gls{sample}&#x00A0;text.
+\printglossaries
+\glsadd[thevalue={S.2}]{sample}
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1759--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-7060"></a> as it’s in the form &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">num</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">sep</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">num</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 1689--><p class="indent" >   If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the
+</p><!--l. 1763--><p class="indent" >   If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the
 <a 
 href="#catattr.externallocation"><span 
 class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a 
@@ -3309,21 +3635,21 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49">
 \glssetcategoryattribute{supplemental}{externallocation}{suppl.pdf}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{category=supplemental,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1697--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span 
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{category=supplemental,
+&#x00A0;name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1771--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glsxtrsupphypernumber </span>as the format:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-46">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50">
 \glsadd[thevalue={S.2},format=glsxtrsupphypernumber]{sample}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1701--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1775--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-7062"></a> package. Remember that the counter
 used for the location also needs to match. If <span 
@@ -3339,14 +3665,14 @@
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-7064"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1711--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span 
+</p><!--l. 1785--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span 
 class="cmti-10">may not </span>take you to the
 relevant place in the external PDF file <span 
 class="cmti-10">depending on your PDF viewer</span>. Some may not
 support external links, and some may take you to the first page or last visited page.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 1716--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1718--><p class="indent" >   For example, if both <span 
+</p><!--l. 1790--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1792--><p class="indent" >   For example, if both <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-hyp.pdf </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf</span>
 are in the same directory, then viewing <span 
@@ -3354,7 +3680,7 @@
 take you to the correct location in the linked document (when you click on the S.2
 external link), but Okular will take you to the top of the first page of the linked
 document.
-</p><!--l. 1725--><p class="indent" >   This method can only be used where there is one external source for the
+</p><!--l. 1799--><p class="indent" >   This method can only be used where there is one external source for the
 designated category (identified by the <a 
 href="#catattr.externallocation"><span 
 class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a 
@@ -3368,103 +3694,90 @@
 of the designated external documents without the need to explicitly use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1733--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1807--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 1733--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 1807--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:see"></a>Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)</h3>
-<!--l. 1736--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span 
+<!--l. 1810--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-8001"></a> key is now saved as a field. This isn’t the case with <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>,
-where the <span 
+ id="dx1-8001"></a> key is now saved as a field. This isn’t the case with
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, where the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-8002"></a> value is simply used to directly write a line to the corresponding
-glossary file and is then discarded. This is why the <span 
+ id="dx1-8002"></a> value is simply used to directly write a line to the
+corresponding glossary file and is then discarded. This is why the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-8003"></a> key can’t be used
-before <span 
+ id="dx1-8003"></a> key
+can’t be used before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-8004"></a> (since the file hasn’t been opened yet). It’s also the
-reason why the <span 
-class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-8005"></a> key doesn’t have any effect when used in entries that
-are defined in the <span 
-class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
- id="dx1-8006"></a><a 
- id="dx1-8007"></a> environment. Since the value isn’t saved, it’s
-not available when the <span 
-class="cmtt-10">.glsdefs </span>file is created at the end of the document
-and so isn’t available at the start of the <span 
-class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
- id="dx1-8008"></a><a 
- id="dx1-8009"></a> environment on the next
-run.
-</p><!--l. 1749--><p class="indent" >   This modification allows <span 
+ id="dx1-8004"></a> (since the file hasn’t been opened
+yet).
+</p><!--l. 1818--><p class="indent" >   This modification allows <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to provide
-</p><!--l. 1750--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-8010"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 1819--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-8005"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddallcrossrefs </span></div><hr>
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-</p><!--l. 1752--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1821--><p class="noindent" >
 which is used at the end of the document to automatically add any unused
 cross-references unless the package option <a 
 href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span 
 class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-8011"></a> was set to false.
-</p><!--l. 1757--><p class="indent" >   As a by-product of this enhancement, the <span 
+ id="dx1-8006"></a> was set to false.
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+</p><!--l. 1826--><p class="indent" >   Note that even though the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-8012"></a> key will now work for entries
-defined in the <span 
+ id="dx1-8007"></a> key will now work for entries defined in the
+<span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
- id="dx1-8013"></a><a 
- id="dx1-8014"></a> environment, but it’s still best to define entries in the
-preamble, and the <span 
+ id="dx1-8008"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-8009"></a> environment, it’s still best to define entries in the preamble, and
+the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-8015"></a> key still can’t perform any indexing before the file has been
-opened by <span 
+ id="dx1-8010"></a> key still can’t perform any indexing before the file has been opened
+by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>. Note that <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.24 introduced the <a 
 href="#styopt.seenoindex"><span 
 class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-8016"></a>
+ id="dx1-8011"></a>
 package option, which can be used to suppress the error when the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-8017"></a> key
+ id="dx1-8012"></a> key
 is used before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>, so <a 
 href="#styopt.seenoindex"><span 
 class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=ignore</span><a 
- id="dx1-8018"></a> will allow the <span 
+ id="dx1-8013"></a> will allow the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-8019"></a>
+ id="dx1-8014"></a>
 value to be stored even though it may not be possible to index it at that
 point.
-</p><!--l. 1768--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given
+</p><!--l. 1837--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given
 entry using
-</p><!--l. 1770--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-8020"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 1839--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-8015"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1772--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1841--><p class="noindent" >
 This internally uses
-</p><!--l. 1774--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-8021"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 1843--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-8016"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseeformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1776--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1845--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">tag</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9; are obtained from the value of the entry’s <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-8022"></a> field (if
+ id="dx1-8017"></a> field (if
 non-empty). By default, this just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -3473,17 +3786,17 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}</span><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{}</span></span></span>,
 which is how the cross-reference is displayed in the <a 
- id="dx1-8023"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-8018"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>. Note that
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>does nothing if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-8024"></a> field hasn’t been set for the entry given by
+ id="dx1-8019"></a> field hasn’t been set for the entry given by
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 1785--><p class="indent" >   As with the base <span 
+</p><!--l. 1854--><p class="indent" >   As with the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-8025"></a> package, <span 
+ id="dx1-8020"></a> package, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseeformat </span>is defined to do <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\emph{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -3494,30 +3807,30 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>. The third argument is always ignored and is present for
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-8026"></a>, which always requires a final argument to encapsulate the associated
+ id="dx1-8021"></a>, which always requires a final argument to encapsulate the associated
 location. The command
-</p><!--l. 1791--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1860--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a 
- id="dx1-8027"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-8022"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1792--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1861--><p class="noindent" >
 used to iterate over the list of cross-reference labels is also unchanged from
 the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-8028"></a> package, with each item in the list formatted according
+ id="dx1-8023"></a> package, with each item in the list formatted according
 to:
-</p><!--l. 1797--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1866--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitem</span><a 
- id="dx1-8029"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-8024"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1798--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1867--><p class="noindent" >
 This is defined by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-8030"></a> package to: </p><div class="alltt">
+ id="dx1-8025"></a> package to: </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glshyperlink[\glsseeitemformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -3529,46 +3842,45 @@
 </div> So the actual formatting for each cross-referenced entry is performed by
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat</span><a 
- id="dx1-8031"></a>, which is redefined by <span 
+ id="dx1-8026"></a>, which is redefined by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-8032"></a>, as described in <a 
+ id="dx1-8027"></a>, as described in
+<a 
 href="#sec:modifications"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2
-</a><a 
-href="#sec:modifications">Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:modifications --></a>. This now displays the value of the
-<span 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:modifications </a><a 
+href="#sec:modifications">Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:modifications --></a>. This now
+displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
- id="dx1-8033"></a> field for abbreviations and the value of the <span 
+ id="dx1-8028"></a> field for abbreviations and the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-8034"></a> field otherwise. There’s no
-indication of the entry hierarchy, which could confuse the reader. Therefore, as from
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-<span 
+ id="dx1-8029"></a> field
+otherwise. There’s no indication of the entry hierarchy, which could confuse
+the reader. Therefore, as from <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-8035"></a> v1.37, there are some new commands that include the hierarchical
-information. You may prefer to redefine <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat </span>to use one of this if you
-have sub-entries. For example:
+ id="dx1-8030"></a> v1.37, there are some new
+commands that include the hierarchical information. You may prefer to
+redefine <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat </span>to use one of this if you have sub-entries. For
+example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">
 \renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{\glsxtrhiername{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1816--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1818--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1885--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1887--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides
-</p><!--l. 1819--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-8036"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 1888--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-8031"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1821--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1890--><p class="noindent" >
 to format items in a cross-reference list (identified with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-8037"></a> key or <span 
+ id="dx1-8032"></a> key or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>). This
 was originally defined to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -3577,19 +3889,19 @@
 cross-reference to match the way the term appears in the glossary. Unfortunately this
 caused a problem when the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-8038"></a> field was sanitized, which used to be the default
+ id="dx1-8033"></a> field was sanitized, which used to be the default
 setting, so <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v3.0 changed the default definition of this command to
 use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>instead. Since the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-8039"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-8034"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
- id="dx1-8040"></a> field are quite often
+ id="dx1-8035"></a> field are quite often
 the same, this change usually doesn’t have a noticeable effect. However,
 now that the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-8041"></a> field is no longer sanitized (following the redesign of
+ id="dx1-8036"></a> field is no longer sanitized (following the redesign of
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.0) it makes more sense to restore this command to its original
 behaviour, but to take account of abbreviations <span 
@@ -3599,50 +3911,51 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">
 \renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifglshasshort{\glslabel}{\glsfmttext{#1}}{\glsfmtname{#1}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1840--><p class="nopar" > (Note that as from <span 
+&#x00A0;\ifglshasshort{\glslabel}{\glsfmttext{#1}}{\glsfmtname{#1}}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1909--><p class="nopar" > (Note that as from <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>version 1.42, this now uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext </span>and
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname </span>instead of just referencing the <span 
 class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
- id="dx1-8042"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-8037"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-8043"></a> fields. This helps to ensure
+ id="dx1-8038"></a> fields. This helps to ensure
 that any formatting is correctly applied.)
-</p><!--l. 1846--><p class="indent" >   If you want to restore the <span 
+</p><!--l. 1915--><p class="indent" >   If you want to restore the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v3.0+ definition just do:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53">
 \renewcommand*{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{\glsentrytext{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1849--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1851--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1918--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1920--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-8044"></a> package provides <span 
+ id="dx1-8039"></a> package provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername</span><a 
- id="dx1-8045"></a> and its case-changing
+ id="dx1-8040"></a> and its case-changing
 variants that may be used within the definition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat </span>if required.
 These display the hierarchy for sub-entries rather than just the name, which may be
 more helpful in cross-references.
-</p><!--l. 1856--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-8046"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 1925--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-8041"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1858--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1927--><p class="noindent" >
 performs a recursive action:
      </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
-     <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-8048x1">If the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
+<li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-8043x1">
+     <!--l. 1930--><p class="noindent" >If the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has a parent, then <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiername{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">parent</span>
@@ -3650,84 +3963,85 @@
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>is done followed by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiernamesep </span>then:
-     </li>
-     <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-8050x2">If the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
+     </p></li>
+<li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-8045x2">
+     <!--l. 1933--><p class="noindent" >If the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is an abbreviation (that is, it has the <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
- id="dx1-8051"></a> field
+ id="dx1-8046"></a> field
      set) then the short form is displayed (using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span>) otherwise the
      name is displayed (using <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname</span>).</li></ol>
-<!--l. 1869--><p class="noindent" >The first step above is skipped if the entry doesn’t have a parent. Each level is separated
+class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname</span>).</p></li></ol>
+<!--l. 1938--><p class="noindent" >The first step above is skipped if the entry doesn’t have a parent. Each level is separated
 by:
-</p><!--l. 1871--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-8052"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 1940--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-8047"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhiernamesep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1873--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1942--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to “ <span 
 class="cmmi-9">&#x22B3; </span>”. This can be redefined as appropriate.
-</p><!--l. 1877--><p class="indent" >   There are some case-changing variants:
-</p><!--l. 1878--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-8053"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 1946--><p class="indent" >   There are some case-changing variants:
+</p><!--l. 1947--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-8048"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrhiername{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1880--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1949--><p class="noindent" >
 The top-level has the first letter changed to upper case (either <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort </span>or
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtname</span>). There’s no case-change for sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 1885--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-8054"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 1954--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-8049"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrhiername{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1887--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1956--><p class="noindent" >
 All levels have the first letter changed to upper case (either <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort </span>or
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtname</span>).
-</p><!--l. 1891--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-8055"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 1960--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-8050"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrhiername{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1893--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1962--><p class="noindent" >
 The top-level is converted to upper case (either <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtshort </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtname</span>).
 There’s no case-change for sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 1898--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-8056"></a>  <span 
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+</p><!--l. 1967--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-8051"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSXTRhiername{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1900--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1969--><p class="noindent" >
 All levels are converted to upper case (either <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtshort </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtname</span>).
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-</p><!--l. 1904--><p class="indent" >   Suppose you want to suppress the <a 
- id="dx1-8057"></a>number list using <a 
+</p><!--l. 1973--><p class="indent" >   Suppose you want to suppress the <a 
+ id="dx1-8052"></a>number list using <a 
 href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-8058"></a>. This
+ id="dx1-8053"></a>. This
 will automatically prevent the cross-references from being displayed. The
 <a 
 href="#styopt.seeautonumberlist"><span 
 class="cmss-10">seeautonumberlist</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-8059"></a> package option will automatically enable the <a 
- id="dx1-8060"></a>number list for entries
+ id="dx1-8054"></a> package option will automatically enable the <a 
+ id="dx1-8055"></a>number list for entries
 that have the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-8061"></a> key set, but this will also show the rest of the <a 
- id="dx1-8062"></a>number
+ id="dx1-8056"></a> key set, but this will also show the rest of the <a 
+ id="dx1-8057"></a>number
 list.
-</p><!--l. 1911--><p class="indent" >   Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook
+</p><!--l. 1980--><p class="indent" >   Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook
 with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>to append the cross-reference after the description. For
 example:
@@ -3735,22 +4049,22 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifglshasfield{see}{\glscurrententrylabel}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{,&#x00A0;\glsxtrusesee{\glscurrententrylabel}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1920--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a 
- id="dx1-8063"></a><a 
+&#x00A0;\ifglshasfield{see}{\glscurrententrylabel}
+&#x00A0;{,&#x00A0;\glsxtrusesee{\glscurrententrylabel}}%
+&#x00A0;{}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 1989--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a 
+ id="dx1-8058"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> has been
 suppressed.
-</p><!--l. 1924--><p class="indent" >   As from v1.16, there’s a separate <span 
+</p><!--l. 1993--><p class="indent" >   As from v1.16, there’s a separate <span 
 class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a 
- id="dx1-8064"></a> key. Unlike <span 
+ id="dx1-8059"></a> key. Unlike <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-8065"></a>, this doesn’t have an
+ id="dx1-8060"></a>, this doesn’t have an
 optional part for the textual tag. The syntax <span 
 class="cmtt-10">seealso={</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xr-labels</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -3761,76 +4075,76 @@
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>but the
 information is stored in a separate field. If you need a different tag, use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-8066"></a> key
+ id="dx1-8061"></a> key
 instead (or redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat</span>, described
 below).
-</p><!--l. 1932--><p class="indent" >   You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span 
+</p><!--l. 2001--><p class="indent" >   You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a 
- id="dx1-8067"></a> key
+ id="dx1-8062"></a> key
 using:
-</p><!--l. 1934--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-8068"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 2003--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-8063"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1936--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2005--><p class="noindent" >
 This works in much the same way as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>but it internally uses
-</p><!--l. 1939--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-8069"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 2008--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-8064"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1941--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2010--><p class="noindent" >
 For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-51">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifglshasfield{see}{\glscurrententrylabel}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{,&#x00A0;\glsxtrusesee{\glscurrententrylabel}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifglshasfield{seealso}{\glscurrententrylabel}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{&#x00A0;(\glsxtruseseealso{\glscurrententrylabel})}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 1952--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1954--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+&#x00A0;\ifglshasfield{see}{\glscurrententrylabel}
+&#x00A0;{,&#x00A0;\glsxtrusesee{\glscurrententrylabel}}%
+&#x00A0;{}%
+&#x00A0;\ifglshasfield{seealso}{\glscurrententrylabel}
+&#x00A0;{&#x00A0;(\glsxtruseseealso{\glscurrententrylabel})}%
+&#x00A0;{}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2021--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2023--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">alias</span><a 
- id="dx1-8070"></a> key only contains a single label not a list, but if you want to ensure
+ id="dx1-8065"></a> key only contains a single label not a list, but if you want to ensure
 consistent formatting with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso </span>you can use
 (from v1.42):
-</p><!--l. 1957--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-8071"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 2026--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-8066"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusealias{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1959--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1961--><p class="indent" >   The actual unformatted comma-separated list &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 2028--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2030--><p class="indent" >   The actual unformatted comma-separated list &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">xr-list</span>&#x27E9; stored in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a 
- id="dx1-8072"></a> field
+ id="dx1-8067"></a> field
 can be accessed with:
-</p><!--l. 1963--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-8073"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 2032--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-8068"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseealsolabels{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1965--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2034--><p class="noindent" >
 This will just expand to the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">xr-labels</span>&#x27E9; provided in the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a 
- id="dx1-8074"></a> key. There’s
+ id="dx1-8069"></a> key. There’s
 no corresponding command to access the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-8075"></a> field. If you really need to access it, you
+ id="dx1-8070"></a> field. If you really need to access it, you
 can use commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielduse</span>, but remember that it may start with
 <span 
@@ -3838,10 +4152,10 @@
 class="cmti-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>, so it can’t be automatically treated as a simple comma-separated
 list.
-</p><!--l. 1973--><p class="indent" >   As mentioned above, the base <span 
+</p><!--l. 2042--><p class="indent" >   As mentioned above, the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a 
- id="dx1-8076"></a>, which
+ id="dx1-8071"></a>, which
 requires a comma-separated list of labels as the argument. The argument isn’t fully
 expanded, so it’s not suitable to use, for example, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseealsolabels{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -3849,25 +4163,25 @@
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>as
 the argument. For convenience, <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides
-</p><!--l. 1978--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-8077"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 2047--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-8072"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseelist{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1980--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2049--><p class="noindent" >
 which fully expands its argument and passes it to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1983--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 2052--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a 
- id="dx1-8078"></a> key implements the automatic indexing using
-</p><!--l. 1984--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-8079"></a>  <span 
+ id="dx1-8073"></a> key implements the automatic indexing using
+</p><!--l. 2053--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-8074"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexseealso{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1986--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2055--><p class="noindent" >
 which just does </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -3884,42 +4198,42 @@
 </div> unless the <a 
 href="#styopt.xindy"><span 
 class="cmss-10">xindy</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-8080"></a> option is used with <span 
+ id="dx1-8075"></a> option is used with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-8081"></a> v4.30+, in which case a distinct
+ id="dx1-8076"></a> v4.30+, in which case a distinct
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">seealso </span>cross-reference class is used instead.
-<!--l. 1995--><p class="indent" >   The command that produces this “see also” text is
-</p><!--l. 1996--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-8082"></a>  <span 
+<!--l. 2064--><p class="indent" >   The command that produces this “see also” text is
+</p><!--l. 2065--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-8077"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1998--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2067--><p class="noindent" >
 If <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alsoname</span><a 
- id="dx1-8083"></a> (provided by language packages) is defined then <span 
+ id="dx1-8078"></a> (provided by language packages) is defined then <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span>will
 simply be defined to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alsoname </span>otherwise it will be defined to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">see also</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2003--><p class="indent" >   The language-sensitive <span 
+</p><!--l. 2072--><p class="indent" >   The language-sensitive <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alsoname </span>is used by general indexing packages, such as
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">makeidx</span><a 
- id="dx1-8084"></a>, so if you redefine <span 
+ id="dx1-8079"></a>, so if you redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alsoname </span>the change will apply to normal indexes as well
 as glossaries. If you only want to change the text produced by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a 
- id="dx1-8085"></a> key
+ id="dx1-8080"></a> key
 without affecting general indexing (with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index</span>) then redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname</span>
 instead.
-</p><!--l. 2010--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2079--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2010--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2079--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4   </span> <a 
  id="sec:entryfmtmods"></a>Entry Display Style Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 2013--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span 
+<!--l. 2082--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package that commands such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>display text at
 that point in the document (optionally with a hyperlink to the relevant
@@ -3930,7 +4244,7 @@
 it’s displayed depends on the command used (such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>) and the entry
 format.
-</p><!--l. 2020--><p class="indent" >   The default entry format (<span 
+</p><!--l. 2089--><p class="indent" >   The default entry format (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a 
  id="dx1-9002"></a>) used in the <a 
  id="dx1-9003"></a>link-text by commands like
@@ -3953,35 +4267,39 @@
 entries, which are determined as follows:
 </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
-     <li class="itemize">If an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a 
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 2097--><p class="noindent" >If an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-9010"></a> attribute set (see <a 
+ id="dx1-9010"></a> attribute set
+     (see <a 
 href="#sec:categories"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6
-     </a><a 
-href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>), the entry is considered a&#x00A0;regular entry, even if it has a&#x00A0;value
-     for  the  <span 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a 
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>), the entry is considered a&#x00A0;regular entry,
+     even  if  it  has  a&#x00A0;value  for  the  <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
  id="dx1-9011"></a>  key.  In  this  case  <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>uses  <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span>
+     uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a 
- id="dx1-9012"></a>
-     (provided by <span 
+ id="dx1-9012"></a> (provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>), which uses the <span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
- id="dx1-9013"></a> (or <span 
+ id="dx1-9013"></a> (or
+     <span 
 class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-9014"></a>) value on <a 
  id="dx1-9015"></a><a 
-href="#glo:firstuse">first
-     use</a> and the <span 
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> and the <span 
 class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
  id="dx1-9016"></a> (or <span 
 class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
- id="dx1-9017"></a>) value on subsequent use.
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize">An  entry  that  doesn’t  have  a&#x00A0;value  for  the  <span 
+ id="dx1-9017"></a>) value on subsequent
+     use.
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 2105--><p class="noindent" >An  entry  that  doesn’t  have  a&#x00A0;value  for  the  <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
  id="dx1-9018"></a>  key  is  assumed  to
      be  a&#x00A0;regular  entry,  even  if  the  <a 
@@ -3993,42 +4311,45 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a 
  id="dx1-9020"></a>.
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize">If an entry does has a&#x00A0;value for the <span 
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 2111--><p class="noindent" >If an entry does has a&#x00A0;value for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
- id="dx1-9021"></a> key and hasn’t been marked as
-     a&#x00A0;regular entry through the <a 
+ id="dx1-9021"></a> key and hasn’t been marked
+     as  a&#x00A0;regular  entry  through  the  <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-9022"></a> attribute, it’s not considered a regular
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-     entry. In this case <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>uses <span 
+ id="dx1-9022"></a>  attribute,  it’s  not  considered
+     a  regular  entry.  In  this  case  <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>uses  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span><a 
- id="dx1-9023"></a> (defined by
-     <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>)  which  is  governed  by  the  abbreviation  style  (see  <a 
+ id="dx1-9023"></a>
+     (defined by <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>) which is governed by the abbreviation style
+     (see <a 
 href="#sec:abbrstyle"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.2
-     </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbrstyle </a><a 
 href="#sec:abbrstyle">Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrstyle --></a>).
+</p>
      </li></ul>
-<!--l. 2051--><p class="indent" >   This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather
+<!--l. 2120--><p class="indent" >   This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather
 than abbreviations if it’s more appropriate for the desired style.
-</p><!--l. 2055--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.04, <span 
+</p><!--l. 2124--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.04, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a 
  id="dx1-9024"></a> now puts <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-9025"></a> in the argument of
 the new command
-</p><!--l. 2057--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2126--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-9026"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2059--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2128--><p class="noindent" >
 This just does its argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; by default. This means that if you want regular
 entries in a different font but don’t want that font to apply to abbreviations, then
@@ -4041,15 +4362,15 @@
 href="#catattr.textformat"><span 
 class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-9028"></a> attribute.
-</p><!--l. 2068--><p class="indent" >   For example:
+</p><!--l. 2137--><p class="indent" >   For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2071--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2140--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. For example, you can query the
 category:
                                                                   
@@ -4056,11 +4377,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsifcategory{\glslabel}{general}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2077--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute, for example, provide a custom attribute called
+&#x00A0;\glsifcategory{\glslabel}{general}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2146--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute, for example, provide a custom attribute called
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">font</span>:
                                                                   
@@ -4067,34 +4388,34 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-54">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58">
 \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{font}{sf}
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsifattribute{\glslabel}{font}{sf}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2085--><p class="nopar" > As from version 1.21, it’s simpler to just do, for example:
+\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%
+&#x00A0;\glsifattribute{\glslabel}{font}{sf}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2154--><p class="nopar" > As from version 1.21, it’s simpler to just do, for example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
 \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{textformat}{textsf}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2089--><p class="nopar" > without redefining <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2158--><p class="nopar" > without redefining <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2092--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.30, there is also a command for abbreviations that encapsulates
+</p><!--l. 2161--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.30, there is also a command for abbreviations that encapsulates
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span>:
-</p><!--l. 2094--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2163--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-9029"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbreviationfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2096--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2165--><p class="noindent" >
 This also just does its argument by default. Font changes made by abbreviation styles
 are within &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 2100--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 2169--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span>provided by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to insert information
 after the <a 
@@ -4103,29 +4424,29 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>is redefined
 to
-</p><!--l. 2103--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2172--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-9031"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkhook </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2105--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" >
 This command will discard a following full stop (period) if the <a 
 href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span 
 class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-9032"></a> attribute
 is set to “true” for the current entry’s category. It will also do
-</p><!--l. 2109--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2178--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-9033"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2111--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2180--><p class="noindent" >
 if a full stop hasn’t be discarded and
-</p><!--l. 2113--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2182--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-9034"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2115--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2184--><p class="noindent" >
 if a full stop has been discarded.
-</p><!--l. 2118--><p class="indent" >   It may be that you want to check some other setting (rather than a category
+</p><!--l. 2187--><p class="indent" >   It may be that you want to check some other setting (rather than a category
 attribute) to determine whether or not to discard a following full stop. In which case
 you can redefine:
-</p><!--l. 2121--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2190--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-9035"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcustomdiscardperiod{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">true</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -4132,7 +4453,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2123--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2192--><p class="noindent" >
 You can access the field’s label using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. This command should do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9; if the
@@ -4143,12 +4464,12 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrifcustomdiscardperiod}[2]{#2}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2130--><p class="nopar" > which means that no additional checks are performed. (Only the recognised category
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2199--><p class="nopar" > which means that no additional checks are performed. (Only the recognised category
 attributes will be checked.)
-</p><!--l. 2134--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span 
+</p><!--l. 2203--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands within the
 post-link hook as they will cause interference. Consider using commands like
@@ -4157,11 +4478,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesstext </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>(<a 
 href="#sec:nested"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.8 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:nested </a><a 
 href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a>) instead.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 2139--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2141--><p class="indent" >   By default <span 
+</p><!--l. 2208--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2210--><p class="indent" >   By default <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span>just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<a 
@@ -4173,7 +4495,7 @@
  id="dx1-9037"></a> category, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral </span>if it has been
 defined.)
-</p><!--l. 2146--><p class="indent" >   You can define the post-link hook command using <span 
+</p><!--l. 2215--><p class="indent" >   You can define the post-link hook command using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newcommand</span>, for
 example:
                                                                   
@@ -4180,13 +4502,13 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-57">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2152--><p class="nopar" > or, as from v1.31, you can use
-</p><!--l. 2154--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+&#x00A0;\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2221--><p class="nopar" > or, as from v1.31, you can use
+</p><!--l. 2223--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-9038"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostlink{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -4193,7 +4515,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2156--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2225--><p class="noindent" >
 This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -4207,7 +4529,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div>
 </div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined.
-<!--l. 2164--><p class="indent" >   The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command
+<!--l. 2233--><p class="indent" >   The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<a 
@@ -4222,18 +4544,18 @@
 adjusted (in case the entry is in uppercase) unless the entry is followed by additional
 material, in which case the following full stop is no longer redundant and needs to be
 reinserted.
-</p><!--l. 2177--><p class="indent" >   There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing
+</p><!--l. 2246--><p class="indent" >   There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing
 the post-<a 
  id="dx1-9041"></a><a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> category hooks:
-</p><!--l. 2179--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2248--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-9042"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2181--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2250--><p class="noindent" >
 This will add the description in parentheses on <a 
  id="dx1-9043"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.
-</p><!--l. 2184--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a 
+</p><!--l. 2253--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a 
  id="dx1-9044"></a>first
 use for entries in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a 
@@ -4242,24 +4564,24 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-58">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinksymbol}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2191--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2193--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2260--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2262--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-9046"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2195--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2264--><p class="noindent" >
 This will append the symbol (if defined) in parentheses on <a 
  id="dx1-9047"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. (Does nothing if
 the symbol hasn’t been set.)
-</p><!--l. 2199--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2268--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-9048"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolDescOnFirstUse </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2201--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2270--><p class="noindent" >
 (New to v1.31.) On <a 
  id="dx1-9049"></a>first use, this will append <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\space</span>(&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -4268,7 +4590,7 @@
 symbol is defined otherwise it just appends <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\space</span>(&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">description</span>&#x27E9;).
-</p><!--l. 2207--><p class="indent" >   If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use
+</p><!--l. 2276--><p class="indent" >   If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a 
  id="dx1-9050"></a> within the post-<a 
@@ -4277,7 +4599,7 @@
  id="dx1-9052"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will have
 been unset. Instead you can use
-</p><!--l. 2210--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2279--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-9053"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">true</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -4284,7 +4606,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2212--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2281--><p class="noindent" >
 This will do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9; if the last used entry was the <a 
  id="dx1-9054"></a>first use for that entry, otherwise it
@@ -4295,7 +4617,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so don’t rely on it outside of the post-<a 
  id="dx1-9055"></a>link-text
 hook.
-</p><!--l. 2220--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 2289--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a 
  id="dx1-9056"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a 
@@ -4318,8 +4640,8 @@
  id="dx1-9063"></a>first use otherwise
 the inline full format would include the footnote, which is inappropriate.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 2229--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2231--><p class="indent" >   For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a 
+</p><!--l. 2298--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2300--><p class="indent" >   For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a 
  id="dx1-9064"></a>link-text
 on <a 
  id="dx1-9065"></a>first use for the <span 
@@ -4329,13 +4651,13 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2237--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2239--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}{}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2306--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2308--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-9067"></a> abbreviation style uses the post-<a 
@@ -4342,22 +4664,23 @@
  id="dx1-9068"></a><a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook to place the
 footnote after trailing punctuation characters.
-</p><!--l. 2244--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2313--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2244--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2313--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5   </span> <a 
  id="sec:entrycountmods"></a>Entry Counting Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 2247--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a 
+<!--l. 2316--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a 
  id="dx1-10001"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> you may find it more convenient to use the record
-count commands described in <a 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> you may find it more convenient to use the record count
+commands described in <a 
 href="#sec:bib2gls"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:bib2gls </a><a 
 href="#sec:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>
 instead.
-</p><!--l. 2251--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 2320--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a 
  id="dx1-10002"></a> command is modified to allow for the <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
@@ -4365,45 +4688,47 @@
  id="dx1-10003"></a>
 attribute. This means that you not only need to enable entry counting with
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, but you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see <a 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, but you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see
+<a 
 href="#sec:categories"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6
-</a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a 
 href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 2257--><p class="indent" >   For example, instead of just doing:
+</p><!--l. 2326--><p class="indent" >   For example, instead of just doing:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">
 \glsenableentrycount
-</div>
-<!--l. 2260--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do:
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2329--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
 \glsenableentrycount
-&#x00A0;<br />\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2265--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span 
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2334--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a 
  id="dx1-10004"></a> category, but any
 entries assigned to other categories will be unchanged.
-</p><!--l. 2270--><p class="indent" >   Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is
+</p><!--l. 2339--><p class="indent" >   Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is
 described in <a 
 href="#sec:entrycount"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>7.1 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entrycount </a><a 
 href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2273--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2342--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2273--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2342--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6   </span> <a 
  id="sec:glsunset"></a>First Use Flag</h3>
-<!--l. 2276--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+<!--l. 2345--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides
-</p><!--l. 2278--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2347--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a 
  id="dx1-11001"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -4413,7 +4738,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2279--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2348--><p class="noindent" >
 to determine whether or not an entry has been used. This requires the entry to have
 been defined. If the entry is undefined, then the underlying boolean variable doesn’t
 exist and so is neither true nor false. This command will produce an error with the
@@ -4432,7 +4757,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">false</span>&#x27E9; will be performed if &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; doesn’t
 exist.
-</p><!--l. 2290--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+</p><!--l. 2359--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-11004"></a> option automatically implements <a 
@@ -4445,7 +4770,7 @@
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. In this case, you may prefer
 to use:
-</p><!--l. 2294--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2363--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-11007"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -4454,7 +4779,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2296--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2365--><p class="noindent" >
 (new to v1.34) which does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9; if the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is undefined or if
@@ -4461,31 +4786,32 @@
 the entry is marked as unused. Remember that neither <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused </span>nor
 <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined </span>should be used in the post-link hook as the
-<a 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined </span>should be used in the post-link hook as the <a 
  id="dx1-11008"></a><a 
-href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will have already been unset before the hook is performed.
-(Instead, <span 
+href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use
+flag</a> will have already been unset before the hook is performed. (Instead,
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span><a 
  id="dx1-11009"></a> should be used, see <a 
 href="#sec:entryfmtmods"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.4 </a><a 
-href="#sec:entryfmtmods">Entry Display Style
-Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entryfmtmods --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 2305--><p class="indent" >   There are two new commands provided with version 1.31+:
-</p><!--l. 2306--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entryfmtmods </a><a 
+href="#sec:entryfmtmods">Entry Display
+Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entryfmtmods --></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 2374--><p class="indent" >   There are two new commands provided with version 1.31+:
+</p><!--l. 2375--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-11010"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreseteach{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2308--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2377--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 2310--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2379--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-11011"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunseteach{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2312--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2381--><p class="noindent" >
 These behave like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset </span>but the argument is a
@@ -4493,7 +4819,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 2316--><p class="indent" >   The internal command used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 2385--><p class="indent" >   The internal command used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is modified first to allow for the
 changing in entry counting, described above, but also to allow for buffering pending
 unsets when commands like <span 
@@ -4506,18 +4832,18 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">
 \ul{Some&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\gls{html}.}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2325--><p class="nopar" > This causes the confusing error:
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2394--><p class="nopar" > This causes the confusing error:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-63">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67">
 Glossary&#x00A0;entry&#x00A0;`{html}'&#x00A0;has&#x00A0;not&#x00A0;been&#x00A0;defined.
-</div>
-<!--l. 2329--><p class="nopar" > The simplest workaround is to put <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2398--><p class="nopar" > The simplest workaround is to put <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{html}</span></span></span> inside the argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\mbox</span>. For
 example:
@@ -4525,27 +4851,27 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
 \ul{Some&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\mbox{\gls{html}}.}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2334--><p class="nopar" > This can work provided it’s not the first use of this entry. It if is, then unsetting the
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2403--><p class="nopar" > This can work provided it’s not the first use of this entry. It if is, then unsetting the
 first use flag causes a problem and results in the error:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
 !&#x00A0;Package&#x00A0;soul&#x00A0;Error:&#x00A0;Reconstruction&#x00A0;failed.
-</div>
-<!--l. 2340--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2409--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of temporarily switching off <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsunset</span>
 so that it just makes a note of the entry’s label but doesn’t actually perform the
 change:
-</p><!--l. 2344--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2413--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-11013"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2346--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2415--><p class="noindent" >
 The unstarred version doesn’t check for duplicates, so the internal list may
 end up with multiple occurrences of the same label. The starred version
 only adds a label to the internal list if it’s not already in it. Note that this
@@ -4553,12 +4879,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>and does not affect the local
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2354--><p class="indent" >   Later you can restore <span 
+</p><!--l. 2423--><p class="indent" >   Later you can restore <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>and unset all buffered labels using:
-</p><!--l. 2356--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2425--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-11014"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2358--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2427--><p class="noindent" >
 The starred form <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering* </span>uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset </span>instead. For
@@ -4567,84 +4893,84 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{soul}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering
-&#x00A0;<br />\ul{Some&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\mbox{\gls{html}}.}
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering
-&#x00A0;<br />Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2377--><p class="nopar" > Before you stop the unset buffering, you can iterate over the current buffer
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{soul}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+\begin{document}
+\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering
+\ul{Some&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\mbox{\gls{html}}.}
+\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering
+Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2446--><p class="nopar" > Before you stop the unset buffering, you can iterate over the current buffer
 using
-</p><!--l. 2380--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2449--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-11015"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForUnsetBufferedList{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2382--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2451--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; is a control sequence that takes a single argument (which is the entry label).
 This is best used with the starred version <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering* </span>to avoid
 duplicates.
-</p><!--l. 2387--><p class="indent" >   You can discard the buffer and restore <span 
+</p><!--l. 2456--><p class="indent" >   You can discard the buffer and restore <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>to its normal behaviour with
 (new to v1.42):
-</p><!--l. 2389--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2458--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-11016"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrDiscardUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2391--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2393--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the change in the first use flag now doesn’t occur until
+</p><!--l. 2460--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2462--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the change in the first use flag now doesn’t occur until
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering</span>, multiple references of the same term within the
 buffering zone will always be treated as first use (if the term wasn’t used before the
 buffering started). </div>
-</p><!--l. 2399--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2401--><p class="indent" >   There can still be a problem here as content within <span 
+</p><!--l. 2468--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2470--><p class="indent" >   There can still be a problem here as content within <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\mbox </span>can’t break across a
 line so you may end up with an overfull line or excessive white space within the
 paragraph.
-</p><!--l. 2405--><p class="indent" >   An alternative is to use <span 
+</p><!--l. 2474--><p class="indent" >   An alternative is to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\protect</span>:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
 \GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering
-&#x00A0;<br />\ul{Some&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\protect\gls{html}.}
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering
-</div>
-<!--l. 2410--><p class="nopar" > but the formatting (underlining in this example) won’t be applied. Another
+\ul{Some&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\protect\gls{html}.}
+\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2479--><p class="nopar" > but the formatting (underlining in this example) won’t be applied. Another
 possibility is:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">
 \usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{soul}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newrobustcmd{\gul}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\def\glsxtrabbreviationfont##1{\GlsXtrExpandedFmt{\ul}{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\def\glsxtrregularfont##1{\GlsXtrExpandedFmt{\ul}{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#1%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\ul{Some&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;}\gls[textformat=gul]{html}.
-&#x00A0;<br />Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2433--><p class="nopar" > This moves <span 
+\usepackage{soul}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+\newrobustcmd{\gul}[1]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\def\glsxtrabbreviationfont##1{\GlsXtrExpandedFmt{\ul}{##1}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\def\glsxtrregularfont##1{\GlsXtrExpandedFmt{\ul}{##1}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#1%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+}
+\begin{document}
+\ul{Some&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;}\gls[textformat=gul]{html}.
+Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2502--><p class="nopar" > This moves <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>outside of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ul </span>and uses <span 
 class="cmss-10">textformat</span><a 
@@ -4659,7 +4985,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\gul</span>, which locally changes the regular
 font and the default abbreviation font to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ul</span>. It then uses
-</p><!--l. 2440--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2509--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-11019"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrExpandedFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -4666,7 +4992,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2442--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2511--><p class="noindent" >
 which (protected) fully expands &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; before applying &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;, which must be a control
@@ -4678,12 +5004,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\ul </span>can’t deal with. For example, if an abbreviation style is used
 that contains complex formatting or if the field value contains problematic
 content.
-</p><!--l. 2452--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2521--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2452--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2521--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7   </span> <a 
  id="plurals"></a>Plurals</h3>
-<!--l. 2454--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from
+<!--l. 2523--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from
 the singular with a suffix appended. This isn’t an absolute rule. There are
 plenty of exceptions (for example, geese, children, churches, elves, fairies,
 sheep). The <span 
@@ -4697,7 +5023,7 @@
                                                                   
 the term is a symbol) and in some cases the plural may be identical to the
 singular.
-</p><!--l. 2463--><p class="indent" >   To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be
+</p><!--l. 2532--><p class="indent" >   To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be
 formed by appending a suffix to the singular, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-12003"></a> package lets the <span 
@@ -4713,11 +5039,11 @@
 class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
  id="dx1-12007"></a> supplied as well, and you only need to use it for the
 exceptions.
-</p><!--l. 2472--><p class="indent" >   For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span 
+</p><!--l. 2541--><p class="indent" >   For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
  id="dx1-12008"></a> field will always need to
 be supplied, where needed.
-</p><!--l. 2475--><p class="indent" >   There are other plural fields, such as <span 
+</p><!--l. 2544--><p class="indent" >   There are other plural fields, such as <span 
 class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-12009"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a 
@@ -4727,11 +5053,12 @@
 you are using a language that doesn’t have a simple suffix rule, you’ll have to
 supply the plural forms if you need them (and if a plural makes sense in the
 context).
-</p><!--l. 2481--><p class="indent" >   If these fields are omitted, the <span 
+</p><!--l. 2550--><p class="indent" >   If these fields are omitted, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-12012"></a> package follows these rules: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
-     <li class="itemize">If <span 
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 2553--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
 class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-12013"></a> is missing, then <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>is appended to the <span 
@@ -4763,8 +5090,9 @@
  id="dx1-12024"></a> field) with
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>appended.
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize">If the <span 
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 2563--><p class="noindent" >If the <span 
 class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-12025"></a> field is missing, then <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>is appended to
@@ -4773,8 +5101,9 @@
  id="dx1-12026"></a> field, if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
  id="dx1-12027"></a> field has been supplied.
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize">If the <span 
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 2567--><p class="noindent" >If the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-12028"></a> field is missing then, <span 
 class="cmti-10">with the base </span><span 
@@ -4787,8 +5116,9 @@
  id="dx1-12030"></a> is appended to the <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
  id="dx1-12031"></a> field.
+</p>
      </li></ul>
-<!--l. 2504--><p class="indent" >   This <span 
+<!--l. 2573--><p class="indent" >   This <span 
 class="cmti-10">last case is changed </span>with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. With this extension package, the
 <span 
@@ -4803,12 +5133,15 @@
 implemented, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is redefined. In most cases its redefined to
 use
-</p><!--l. 2512--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2581--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-12035"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2514--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2583--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to just <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>. Some of the abbreviation styles have their
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
 own command for the plural suffix, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrscsuffix</span>, so if you want to
 completely strip all the plural suffixes used for abbreviations then you need to
@@ -4819,10 +5152,7 @@
 the style. Redefining <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrpluralsuffix </span>will have no affect, since it’s not used by the
 new abbreviation mechanism.
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-</p><!--l. 2524--><p class="indent" >   If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two
+</p><!--l. 2593--><p class="indent" >   If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two
 attributes that affect the short plural suffix formation. The first is <a 
 href="#catattr.aposplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a 
@@ -4832,10 +5162,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
 '\abbrvpluralsuffix
-</div>
-<!--l. 2529--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2598--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is appended. The second
 attribute is <a 
 href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span 
@@ -4846,12 +5176,12 @@
 same as <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
  id="dx1-12039"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2535--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2604--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2535--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2604--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8   </span> <a 
  id="sec:nested"></a>Nested Links</h3>
-<!--l. 2538--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span 
+<!--l. 2607--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-13001"></a> in the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
@@ -4864,22 +5194,23 @@
 For example, SHTML is an abbreviation for SSI enabled HTML, where SSI is an
 abbreviation for Server Side Includes and HTML is an abbreviation for Hypertext
 Markup Language.
-</p><!--l. 2546--><p class="indent" >   Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span 
+</p><!--l. 2615--><p class="indent" >   Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">
 \newacronym{ssi}{SSI}{Server&#x00A0;Side&#x00A0;Includes}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{Hypertext&#x00A0;Markup&#x00A0;Language}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2552--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2554--><p class="indent" >   The main problems are:
+\newacronym{html}{HTML}{Hypertext&#x00A0;Markup&#x00A0;Language}
+\newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2621--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2623--><p class="indent" >   The main problems are:
      </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
-     <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-13006x1"><a 
+<li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-13006x1">
+     <!--l. 2625--><p class="noindent" ><a 
  id="itm:nestedfirstucprob"></a> The first letter upper casing commands, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-13007"></a>, won’t work for the
@@ -4892,10 +5223,11 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
+</p>
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
      \gls{\uppercase&#x00A0;ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 2562--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 2631--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{ssi}</span></span></span> doesn’t work either as this
      will effectively try to do
                                                                   
@@ -4902,10 +5234,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">
      \uppercase{\gls{ssi}}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 2567--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span 
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 2636--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span 
 class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>so the entry won’t be recognised.
      This problem will also occur if you use the all capitals version, such as
      <span 
@@ -4912,8 +5244,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a 
  id="dx1-13009"></a>.
      </p></li>
-     <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-13011x2"><a 
+<li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-13011x2">
+     <!--l. 2641--><p class="noindent" ><a 
  id="itm:nonexpandprob"></a> The long and abbreviated forms accessed through <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><a 
  id="dx1-13012"></a> and
@@ -4921,16 +5254,18 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span><a 
  id="dx1-13013"></a> are no longer expandable and so can’t be used be used in
      contexts that require this, such as PDF bookmarks.
-     </li>
-     <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-13015x3"><a 
+     </p></li>
+<li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-13015x3">
+     <!--l. 2646--><p class="noindent" ><a 
  id="itm:nestedsortprob"></a> The nested commands may end up in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-13016"></a> key, which will confuse the
      indexing.
-     </li>
-     <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-13018x4"><a 
+     </p></li>
+<li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-13018x4">
+     <!--l. 2649--><p class="noindent" ><a 
  id="itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob"></a> The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry produces inconsistent results depending on whether the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">ssi</span>
@@ -4943,18 +5278,19 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
+</p>
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
      This&#x00A0;section&#x00A0;discusses&#x00A0;\gls{ssi},&#x00A0;\gls{html}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{shtml}.
-</div>
-     <!--l. 2586--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
-         </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 2589--><p class="noindent" >This  section  discusses  server  side  includes  (SSI),  hypertext
-         markup language (HTML) and SSI enabled HTML (SHTML).</p></div>
-     <!--l. 2592--><p class="noindent" >So the <a 
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 2655--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+         </p><blockquote class="quote">
+         <!--l. 2658--><p class="noindent" >This  section  discusses  server  side  includes  (SSI),  hypertext
+         markup language (HTML) and SSI enabled HTML (SHTML).</p></blockquote>
+     <!--l. 2661--><p class="noindent" >So the <a 
  id="dx1-13019"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry produces “SSI enabled HTML (SHTML)”.
-     </p><!--l. 2595--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 2664--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry is used before the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>but the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>entry is
@@ -4964,21 +5300,21 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-74">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
      The&#x00A0;sample&#x00A0;files&#x00A0;are&#x00A0;either&#x00A0;\gls{html}&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;\gls{shtml},&#x00A0;but&#x00A0;let's
-     &#x00A0;<br />first&#x00A0;discuss&#x00A0;\gls{ssi}.
-</div>
-     <!--l. 2601--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
-         </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 2604--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML)
+     first&#x00A0;discuss&#x00A0;\gls{ssi}.
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 2670--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+         </p><blockquote class="quote">
+         <!--l. 2673--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML)
          or server side includes (SSI) enabled HTML (SHTML), but let’s
-         first discuss SSI.</p></div>
-     <!--l. 2609--><p class="noindent" >So the <a 
+         first discuss SSI.</p></blockquote>
+     <!--l. 2678--><p class="noindent" >So the <a 
  id="dx1-13020"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI)
      enabled HTML (SHTML)”, which looks a bit strange.
-     </p><!--l. 2613--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 2682--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry is used before (or without) the other two
      entries:
                                                                   
@@ -4985,20 +5321,20 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
      This&#x00A0;article&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;an&#x00A0;introduction&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\gls{shtml}.
-</div>
-     <!--l. 2617--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
-         </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 2620--><p class="noindent" >This  article  is  an  introduction  to  server  side  includes  (SSI)
-         enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML).</p></div>
-     <!--l. 2623--><p class="noindent" >So the <a 
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 2686--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+         </p><blockquote class="quote">
+         <!--l. 2689--><p class="noindent" >This  article  is  an  introduction  to  server  side  includes  (SSI)
+         enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML).</p></blockquote>
+     <!--l. 2692--><p class="noindent" >So the <a 
  id="dx1-13021"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI)
      enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML)”, which is even more
      strange.
-     </p><!--l. 2627--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 2696--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>. For example:
@@ -5006,10 +5342,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80">
      \setacronymstyle{long-short}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 2632--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span 
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 2701--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>when displaying the
      long and short forms, but this value changes with each use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so
@@ -5021,7 +5357,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">html </span>by
      <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{html}</span></span></span>.
-     </p><!--l. 2640--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 2709--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry between uses of the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>
      entry. For example:
@@ -5029,13 +5365,13 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81">
      \gls{shtml}&#x00A0;...&#x00A0;\glsreset{html}\gls{shtml}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 2644--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span 
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 2713--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>produces “Shypertext markup language (HTML)”,
      which is downright weird.
-     </p><!--l. 2648--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which
+     </p><!--l. 2717--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which
      amount to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{S\acronymfont{HTML}}</span></span></span>. This may not be a problem
      for some styles, but if you use one of the “sm” styles (that use <span 
@@ -5043,8 +5379,9 @@
  id="dx1-13023"></a>),
      this will produce an odd result.
      </p></li>
-     <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-13025x5"><a 
+<li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-13025x5">
+     <!--l. 2723--><p class="noindent" ><a 
  id="itm:indexingprob"></a> Each time the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry is used, the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry will also be indexed and
@@ -5055,9 +5392,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">html</span>
      entries. This kind of duplication in the location list isn’t usually particularly
      helpful to the reader.
-     </li>
-     <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-13028x6"><a 
+     </p></li>
+<li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-13028x6">
+     <!--l. 2729--><p class="noindent" ><a 
  id="itm:nestedhyplinkprob"></a> If <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-13029"></a> is in use, you’ll get nested hyperlinks and there’s no consistent way
@@ -5067,8 +5405,9 @@
      HTML (SHTML)” link, they may be directed to the HTML entry
      in the glossary or they may be directed to the SHTML entry in the
      glossary.
+</p>
      </li></ol>
-<!--l. 2669--><p class="indent" >   For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands
+<!--l. 2738--><p class="indent" >   For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands
 like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a 
  id="dx1-13031"></a> or <span 
@@ -5080,23 +5419,23 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82">
 \newacronym
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[description={\acrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\acrshort{html}}]
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{shtml}{SHTML}{SSI&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;HTML}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2677--><p class="nopar" > with <span 
+&#x00A0;[description={\acrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\acrshort{html}}]
+&#x00A0;{shtml}{SHTML}{SSI&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;HTML}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2746--><p class="nopar" > with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>or:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
 \newabbreviation
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[description={\glsxtrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\glsxtrshort{html}}]
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{shtml}{SHTML}{SSI&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;HTML}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2683--><p class="nopar" > with <span 
+&#x00A0;[description={\glsxtrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\glsxtrshort{html}}]
+&#x00A0;{shtml}{SHTML}{SSI&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;HTML}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2752--><p class="nopar" > with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. This fixes all the above listed problems (as long as you don’t
 use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><a 
@@ -5107,7 +5446,7 @@
  id="dx1-13034"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> issue, but it doesn’t fix any of the other problems listed
 above.
-</p><!--l. 2690--><p class="indent" >   If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use
+</p><!--l. 2759--><p class="indent" >   If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>:
                                                                   
@@ -5114,17 +5453,17 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84">
 \setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{ssi}{ssi}{server-side&#x00A0;includes}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{html}{html}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{\glsabbrvfont{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsabbrvfont{html}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2699--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case).
+\newabbreviation{ssi}{ssi}{server-side&#x00A0;includes}
+\newabbreviation{html}{html}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{\glsabbrvfont{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled
+\glsabbrvfont{html}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2768--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case).
 This isn’t a problem in the above example as all the abbreviations use the same
 style.
-</p><!--l. 2704--><p class="indent" >   However if you’re really determined to use <span 
+</p><!--l. 2773--><p class="indent" >   However if you’re really determined to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-13035"></a> in a field that may be included
 within some <a 
@@ -5145,19 +5484,19 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
 \gls{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2715--><p class="nopar" > is treated as
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2784--><p class="nopar" > is treated as
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86">
 {\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}}&#x00A0;enabled
-&#x00A0;<br />{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{html}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2720--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems&#x00A0;<a 
+{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{html}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2789--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob">4<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob --></a>, <a 
 href="#itm:indexingprob">5<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:indexingprob --></a> and <a 
 href="#itm:nestedhyplinkprob">6<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedhyplinkprob --></a> listed above, but still doesn’t fix problems&#x00A0;<a 
@@ -5173,7 +5512,7 @@
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13040"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 2731--><p class="indent" >   Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span 
+</p><!--l. 2800--><p class="indent" >   Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a 
  id="dx1-13041"></a> or
 <span 
@@ -5208,10 +5547,10 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87">
 \newacronym{shtml}{SHTML}{\acrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\acrshort{html}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2744--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2813--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13047"></a> style) the <a 
@@ -5221,20 +5560,20 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88">
 {\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}}&#x00A0;enabled
-&#x00A0;<br />{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}&#x00A0;(SHTML)
-</div>
-<!--l. 2750--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as:
+{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}&#x00A0;(SHTML)
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2819--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89">
 \newabbreviation{shtml}{SHTML}{\glsxtrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsxtrshort{html}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2755--><p class="nopar" > then the <a 
+\glsxtrshort{html}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2824--><p class="nopar" > then the <a 
  id="dx1-13049"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like:
                                                                   
@@ -5241,11 +5580,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90">
 {\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}}&#x00A0;enabled
-&#x00A0;<br />{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}&#x00A0;(SHTML)
-</div>
-<!--l. 2760--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span 
+{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}&#x00A0;(SHTML)
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2829--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>is ignored in
 this context. (The final optional argument will be inserted, if present.) The
@@ -5256,8 +5595,8 @@
  id="dx1-13051"></a>. Note
 that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>doesn’t set the abbreviation style.
-</p><!--l. 2768--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively you can use:
-</p><!--l. 2769--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2837--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively you can use:
+</p><!--l. 2838--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-13052"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -5264,7 +5603,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2771--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2840--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; is the field label and corresponds to a command in the form <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -5274,39 +5613,40 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>).
-</p><!--l. 2776--><p class="indent" >   There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields:
-</p><!--l. 2777--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2845--><p class="indent" >   There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields:
+</p><!--l. 2846--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-13053"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsps{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2779--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2848--><p class="noindent" >
 which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}</span></span></span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>, and
-</p><!--l. 2781--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2850--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-13054"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2783--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2852--><p class="noindent" >
 which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{text}</span></span></span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2786--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 2855--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>command behaves much like the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmt</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; commands described
 in <a 
 href="#sec:headtitle"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5 </a><a 
-href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> but the post-link
-hook is also suppressed and extra grouping is added. It automatically sets
-<span 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:headtitle </a><a 
+href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> but
+the post-link hook is also suppressed and extra grouping is added. It automatically
+sets <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a 
  id="dx1-13055"></a> to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">false </span>and <span 
@@ -5314,38 +5654,38 @@
  id="dx1-13056"></a> to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">true</span>. If you want to change this, you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 2793--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2862--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-13057"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetpopts{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2795--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2864--><p class="noindent" >
 For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91">
 \glsxtrsetpopts{hyper=false}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2799--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2868--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using
 this command or you can end up back to the original problem of nested
 links.
-</p><!--l. 2804--><p class="indent" >   The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the
+</p><!--l. 2873--><p class="indent" >   The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the
 command:
-</p><!--l. 2806--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2875--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-13058"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossxtrsetpopts </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2808--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2877--><p class="noindent" >
 which by default just does
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92">
 \glsxtrsetpopts{noindex}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2812--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2881--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>is used in the
 glossary. For example:
                                                                   
@@ -5352,40 +5692,40 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93">
 \renewcommand{\glossxtrsetpopts}{\glsxtrsetpopts{noindex=false}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2817--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2819--><p class="indent" >   For example,
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2886--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2888--><p class="indent" >   For example,
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-90">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94">
 \glsxtrp{short}{ssi}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2822--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2891--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95">
 {\let\glspostlinkhook\relax
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrshort[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}[]%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2828--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or
+&#x00A0;\glsxtrshort[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}[]%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2897--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96">
 {\let\glspostlinkhook\relax
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrshort[noindex]{ssi}[]%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2834--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.)
-</p><!--l. 2837--><p class="indent" >   If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+&#x00A0;\glsxtrshort[noindex]{ssi}[]%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2903--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.)
+</p><!--l. 2906--><p class="indent" >   If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}{ssi}</span></span></span> occurs in a sectioning mark, it’s equivalent
 to
                                                                   
@@ -5392,14 +5732,14 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97">
 {\glsxtrheadshort{ssi}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2841--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2910--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a 
 href="#catattr.headuc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-13059"></a> attribute.)
-</p><!--l. 2844--><p class="indent" >   If <span 
+</p><!--l. 2913--><p class="indent" >   If <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-13060"></a> has been loaded, then the bookmark will use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -5406,8 +5746,8 @@
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9;
 (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort{ssi}</span></span></span> in the above example).
-</p><!--l. 2848--><p class="indent" >   There are similar commands
-</p><!--l. 2849--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2917--><p class="indent" >   There are similar commands
+</p><!--l. 2918--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-13061"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrp{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -5414,9 +5754,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2851--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2920--><p class="noindent" >
 for first letter upper case and
-</p><!--l. 2853--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 2922--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-13062"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrp{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -5423,9 +5763,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2855--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2924--><p class="noindent" >
 for all upper case.
-</p><!--l. 2858--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span 
+</p><!--l. 2927--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-13063"></a> or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glstext</span><a 
@@ -5437,8 +5777,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a 
  id="dx1-13066"></a>, in the definition of entries for any of the fields that may be used
 by those case-changing commands. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2864--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2866--><p class="indent" >   You can, with care, protect against issue&#x00A0;<a 
+</p><!--l. 2933--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2935--><p class="indent" >   You can, with care, protect against issue&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#itm:nestedfirstucprob">1<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedfirstucprob --></a> by inserting an empty group at the
 start if the long form starts with a command that breaks the first letter uppercasing
 commands like <span 
@@ -5445,54 +5785,54 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>, but you still won’t be able to use the all caps commands, such
 as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2872--><p class="indent" >   If you <span 
+</p><!--l. 2941--><p class="indent" >   If you <span 
 class="cmti-10">really need </span>nested commands, the safest method is
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98">
 \newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{{}\glsxtrp{short}{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsxtrp{short}{html}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2876--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally.
-</p><!--l. 2879--><p class="indent" >   Example document:
+\glsxtrp{short}{html}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2945--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally.
+</p><!--l. 2948--><p class="indent" >   Example document:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-99">
 \documentclass{report}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{slantsc}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[nopostdot=false]{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{ssi}{ssi}{server-side&#x00A0;includes}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{html}{html}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{{}\glsps{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;{}\glsps{html}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\pagestyle{headings}
-&#x00A0;<br />\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{headuc}{true}
-&#x00A0;<br />\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{glossdesc}{title}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\tableofcontents
-&#x00A0;<br />\chapter{\glsfmtfull{shtml}}
-&#x00A0;<br />First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{shtml},&#x00A0;\gls{ssi}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
-&#x00A0;<br />Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{shtml},&#x00A0;\gls{ssi}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\newpage
-&#x00A0;<br />Next&#x00A0;page.
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2917--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2919--><p class="noindent" >
+\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
+\usepackage{slantsc}
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage[nopostdot=false]{glossaries-extra}
+\makeglossaries
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-sc}
+\newabbreviation{ssi}{ssi}{server-side&#x00A0;includes}
+\newabbreviation{html}{html}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{{}\glsps{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;{}\glsps{html}}
+\pagestyle{headings}
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{headuc}{true}
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{glossdesc}{title}
+\begin{document}
+\tableofcontents
+\chapter{\glsfmtfull{shtml}}
+First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{shtml},&#x00A0;\gls{ssi}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
+Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{shtml},&#x00A0;\gls{ssi}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
+\newpage
+Next&#x00A0;page.
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2986--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2919--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.9   </span> <a 
  id="sec:acronymmods"></a>Acronym Style Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 2922--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+<!--l. 2991--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a new way of dealing with abbreviations and
                                                                   
 
@@ -5502,21 +5842,22 @@
  id="dx1-14001"></a> to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(see <a 
 href="#sec:abbreviations"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4 </a><a 
-href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>). The
-simplest way to update a document that uses <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>from <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbreviations
+</a><a 
+href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>). The simplest way to update a document that uses <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>from
 <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is do just add
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100">
 \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2930--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. If you have used commands like <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 2999--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. If you have used commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a 
  id="dx1-14002"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a 
@@ -5550,41 +5891,41 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a 
  id="dx1-14013"></a> etc.
-</p><!--l. 2941--><p class="indent" >   For example, the following document using just <span 
+</p><!--l. 3010--><p class="indent" >   For example, the following document using just <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[acronym,nopostdot,toc]{glossaries}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\setacronymstyle{long-short}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{html}
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2952--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span 
+\usepackage[acronym,nopostdot,toc]{glossaries}
+\makeglossaries
+\setacronymstyle{long-short}
+\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+\begin{document}
+\gls{html}
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3021--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{html}
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 2964--><p class="nopar" > Table&#x00A0;<a 
+\usepackage[acronym]{glossaries-extra}
+\makeglossaries
+\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
+\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+\begin{document}
+\gls{html}
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3033--><p class="nopar" > Table&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#tab:acrabbrvstyles">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:acrabbrvstyles --></a> lists the nearest equivalent <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviation styles for the
 predefined acronym styles provided by <span 
@@ -5591,15 +5932,16 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, but note that the new styles use
 different formatting commands. See <a 
 href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.4 </a><a 
-href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles">Predefined Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:predefabbrvstyles --></a> for further
-details.
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:predefabbrvstyles </a><a 
+href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles">Predefined
+Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:predefabbrvstyles --></a> for further details.
 </p>
    <div class="table">
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-<!--l. 2971--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+<!--l. 3040--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="tab:acrabbrvstyles"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
 >
                                                                   
@@ -5618,39 +5960,39 @@
 class="cmti-10">new-style-name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span></span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-140141 -->
 <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-2" class="tabular" 
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"  
+ 
 ><colgroup id="TBL-2-1g"><col 
 id="TBL-2-1" /><col 
 id="TBL-2-2" /></colgroup><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2978--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Old Style Name</span>      </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2979--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3048--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-10">New Style Name</span>                                         </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2980--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3049--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a 
  id="dx1-14015"></a>                </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2980--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3049--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14016"></a>                                                        </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2981--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3050--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a 
  id="dx1-14017"></a>               </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2981--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3050--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14018"></a>                                                       </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2982--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3051--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a 
  id="dx1-14019"></a>                </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2982--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3051--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14020"></a> <br 
@@ -5667,64 +6009,64 @@
 class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2984--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3053--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span><a 
  id="dx1-14021"></a>                    </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2984--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3053--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14022"></a>                                                            </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2985--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">sc-short-long</span><a 
  id="dx1-14023"></a>                </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2985--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14024"></a>                                                        </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2986--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3055--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">sm-short-long</span><a 
  id="dx1-14025"></a>               </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2986--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3055--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14026"></a>                                                       </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2987--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-14027"></a>             </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2987--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14028"></a>                                                      </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sc-short-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-14029"></a>          </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sc-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14030"></a>                                                  </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2989--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3058--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sm-short-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-14031"></a>         </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2989--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3058--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sm-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14032"></a>                                                 </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2990--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3059--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sp-short-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-14033"></a>         </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2990--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3059--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14034"></a> <br 
@@ -5741,100 +6083,100 @@
 class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2992--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3061--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-14035"></a>             </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2992--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3061--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14036"></a>                                                      </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2993--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3062--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">sc-short-long-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-14037"></a>          </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2993--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3062--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-long-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14038"></a>                                                  </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-14-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2994--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3063--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">sm-short-long-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-14039"></a>         </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2994--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3063--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-long-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14040"></a>                                                 </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-15-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2995--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3064--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">dua</span><a 
  id="dx1-14041"></a>                            </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2995--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3064--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14042"></a>                                                         </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-16-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2996--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3065--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">dua-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-14043"></a>                     </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2996--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3065--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14044"></a>                                                   </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-17-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2997--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3066--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a 
  id="dx1-14045"></a>                      </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2997--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3066--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14046"></a>                                                       </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-18-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2998--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3067--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a 
  id="dx1-14047"></a>                  </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2998--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3067--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14048"></a>                                                   </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-19-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2999--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3068--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a 
  id="dx1-14049"></a>                 </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2999--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3068--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14050"></a>                                                  </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-20-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 3000--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3069--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-14051"></a>               </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 3000--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3069--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14052"></a>                                                </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-21-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 3001--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3070--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-14053"></a>            </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 3001--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3070--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14054"></a>                                             </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-22-"><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 3002--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 3071--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-sm-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-14055"></a>           </p></td><td  style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 3002--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 3071--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-14056"></a>                                            </p></td></tr></table></div>
@@ -5843,7 +6185,7 @@
                                                                   
    </div><hr class="endfloat" />
    </div>
-<!--l. 3006--><p class="indent" >   The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by
+<!--l. 3075--><p class="indent" >   The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is because the original acronym commands provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>are
@@ -5852,13 +6194,13 @@
 However, if you really want to restore the generic acronym function provided by
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>you can use
-</p><!--l. 3013--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3082--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-14057"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3015--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3084--><p class="noindent" >
 (before any use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
-</p><!--l. 3018--><p class="indent" >   <span 
+</p><!--l. 3087--><p class="indent" >   <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span>should not be used in combination with the newer
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviations. Don’t combine old and new style entries with the same
@@ -5868,7 +6210,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>acronym mechanism doesn’t work well with the newer
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>commands.
-</p><!--l. 3024--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span 
+</p><!--l. 3093--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>, don’t use any of the commands provided by
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>intended for abbreviations (such as <span 
@@ -5880,27 +6222,28 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-14061"></a> as it will cause unexpected results.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 3030--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3032--><p class="indent" >   In general, there’s rarely any need for <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. If you have a
-document that uses <span 
+</p><!--l. 3099--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3101--><p class="indent" >   In general, there’s rarely any need for <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. If you have a document
+that uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a 
- id="dx1-14062"></a>, then it’s best to either stick with just
-<span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>for that document or define an equivalent abbreviation style with
-<span 
+ id="dx1-14062"></a>, then it’s best to either stick with just <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>for that
+document or define an equivalent abbreviation style with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviationstyle</span><a 
- id="dx1-14063"></a>. (See <a 
+ id="dx1-14063"></a>.
+(See <a 
 href="#sec:newabbrvstyle"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.5 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:newabbrvstyle </a><a 
 href="#sec:newabbrvstyle">Defining New Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newabbrvstyle --></a> for further
 details.)
-</p><!--l. 3039--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3108--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-14064"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3041--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3110--><p class="noindent" >
 The space command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace </span>used by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a 
@@ -5907,14 +6250,14 @@
  id="dx1-14065"></a> acronym style provided
 by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>is modified so that it uses
-</p><!--l. 3045--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3114--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-14066"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsacspacemax </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3116--><p class="noindent" >
 instead of the hard-coded 3em. This is a command not a length and so can be
 changed using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3051--><p class="indent" >   Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span 
+</p><!--l. 3120--><p class="indent" >   Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span><a 
  id="dx1-14067"></a> (such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
@@ -5926,18 +6269,18 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-99">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3056--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3058--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3125--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3127--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
  id="dx1-14069"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> acronym font command
-</p><!--l. 3059--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition">  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3128--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition">  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3061--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3130--><p class="noindent" >
 is redefined to use the <a 
  id="dx1-14070"></a>first use abbreviation font command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><a 
@@ -5944,12 +6287,12 @@
  id="dx1-14071"></a>.
 This will be reset if you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3066--><p class="indent" >   The subsequent use acronym font command
-</p><!--l. 3067--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition">  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3135--><p class="indent" >   The subsequent use acronym font command
+</p><!--l. 3136--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition">  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3069--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3138--><p class="noindent" >
 is redefined to use the subsequent use abbreviation font command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-14072"></a>.
@@ -5956,10 +6299,10 @@
 This will be reset if you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>.
 </p>
-<!--l. 3074--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 3143--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10   </span> <a 
  id="glossaries"></a>Glossaries</h3>
-<!--l. 3076--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+<!--l. 3145--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a 
  id="dx1-15001"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -5969,24 +6312,25 @@
 be used with the <a 
 href="#catattr.targeturl"><span 
 class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-15002"></a> attribute to create a link to an external URL. (See <a 
+ id="dx1-15002"></a> attribute to create a link to an external URL. (See
+<a 
 href="#sec:categories"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6
-</a><a 
-href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.) As from v1.12 both the starred and unstarred version
-check that the glossary doesn’t already exist. (The <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package omits this
-check.)
-</p><!--l. 3085--><p class="indent" >   You can now provide an ignored glossary with:
-</p><!--l. 3086--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a 
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.) As from v1.12 both the starred and
+unstarred version check that the glossary doesn’t already exist. (The <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
+package omits this check.)
+</p><!--l. 3154--><p class="indent" >   You can now provide an ignored glossary with:
+</p><!--l. 3155--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-15003"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3088--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3157--><p class="noindent" >
 which will only define the glossary if it doesn’t already exist. This also has a starred
 version that doesn’t automatically switch off hyperlinks.
-</p><!--l. 3093--><p class="indent" >   The individual glossary displaying commands <span 
+</p><!--l. 3162--><p class="indent" >   The individual glossary displaying commands <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
  id="dx1-15004"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
@@ -5995,7 +6339,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>have extra keys:
 </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
-     <li class="itemize"><span 
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 3167--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">target</span><a 
  id="dx1-15006"></a>. This is a boolean key which can be used to switch off the automatic
      hypertarget for each entry. Unlike <span 
@@ -6006,8 +6351,9 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize"><span 
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 3174--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">targetnameprefix</span><a 
  id="dx1-15007"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">={</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -6017,8 +6363,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span>
      this doesn’t affect any hyperlinks (such as those created with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>).
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize"><span 
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 3179--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a 
  id="dx1-15008"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">={</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -6032,8 +6379,9 @@
  id="dx1-15010"></a>
      key in commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize"><span 
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 3185--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">label</span><a 
  id="dx1-15011"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">={</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -6046,15 +6394,16 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabelname </span>to the glossary’s TOC title (to provide text for
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\nameref</span>). You can also set the label before the glossary using:
-     <!--l. 3121--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-15012"></a>  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 3190--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-15012"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetglossarylabel{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3123--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3192--><p class="noindent" >
      but take care of duplicate labels if it’s not scoped.
      </p></li>
-     <li class="itemize"><span 
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 3196--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">groups</span><a 
  id="dx1-15013"></a>. This is a boolean key (new to v1.44) designed for use with
      <span 
@@ -6064,7 +6413,7 @@
      with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span>.
-     <!--l. 3132--><p class="noindent" >If true (default), group formation (group header and group skip) will be
+     </p><!--l. 3201--><p class="noindent" >If true (default), group formation (group header and group skip) will be
      attempted if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">group</span><a 
  id="dx1-15014"></a> key has been defined and set. Note that some styles
@@ -6074,7 +6423,8 @@
      there will be no visual separation regardless of style or the group skip
      setting.
      </p></li>
-     <li class="itemize"><span 
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 3210--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">leveloffset</span><a 
  id="dx1-15015"></a>. This key (new to v1.44) is designed for use with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>
@@ -6084,7 +6434,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span>
      and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span>.
-     <!--l. 3146--><p class="noindent" >The value may either be a simple integer &#x27E8;<span 
+     </p><!--l. 3215--><p class="noindent" >The value may either be a simple integer &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9; to indicate assignment or in the
      form <span 
 class="cmtt-10">++</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -6094,22 +6444,26 @@
 class="cmmi-10">N </span>more than it would normally be (where <span 
 class="cmmi-10">N </span>is
      the level offset). For example, a top-level entry (that is, an entry without a
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
      parent) would normally have a hierarchical level of&#x00A0;0. With a level offset of&#x00A0;1,
      it would be treated by the glossary style as though it was actually a
      level&#x00A0;1 entry. (Remember that some styles don’t support hierarchical
      glossaries.)
-     </p><!--l. 3157--><p class="noindent" >Note that the group formation (if supported) will still occur between entries
+     </p><!--l. 3226--><p class="noindent" >Note that the group formation (if supported) will still occur between entries
      that don’t have a parent, regardless of the level offset. This can cause odd
-     results.</p></li></ul>
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-<!--l. 3162--><p class="noindent" >
+     results but can be switched off with <span 
+class="cmss-10">groups</span><a 
+ id="dx1-15016"></a>. See <a 
+href="https://dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-inner" >Gallery: Inner or Nested
+     Glossaries</a> for an example.</p></li></ul>
+<!--l. 3233--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 3162--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 3233--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:glosstylemods"></a>Glossary Style Modifications</h4>
-<!--l. 3165--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+<!--l. 3236--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a 
  id="dx1-16001"></a> package (more conveniently loaded through the
 <span 
@@ -6121,10 +6475,11 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. These modifications are described in more detail
 in <a 
 href="#x1-190002.10.1"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.10.1 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:stylemods </a><a 
 href="#x1-190002.10.1">The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3172--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 3243--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-16003"></a> package tries to determine the group title from its label by first
 checking if <span 
@@ -6145,7 +6500,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;
 which shouldn’t clash with another package. You can set the group title
 using
-</p><!--l. 3184--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3255--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-16006"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -6152,18 +6507,18 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3186--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3257--><p class="noindent" >
 For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104">
 \glsxtrsetgrouptitle{A}{A&#x00A0;(a)}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3190--><p class="nopar" > This uses a global assignment. If you need to scope the change you can
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3261--><p class="nopar" > This uses a global assignment. If you need to scope the change you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 3193--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3264--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-16007"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -6170,12 +6525,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3195--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3197--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3266--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3268--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
    <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
  id="x1-170002.10.1"></a>Style Hooks</h5>
-<!--l. 3200--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span 
+<!--l. 3271--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a 
  id="dx1-17001"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a 
@@ -6191,14 +6546,15 @@
  id="dx1-17005"></a> and <a 
 href="#catattr.glossdescfont"><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossdescfont</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-17006"></a> attributes
-(see <a 
+ id="dx1-17006"></a> attributes (see
+<a 
 href="#sec:categories"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a 
 href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). This means you can make simple font or case-changing
 modifications to the name and description without defining a new glossary
 style.
-</p><!--l. 3207--><p class="indent" >   (New to version 1.42.) The command <span 
+</p><!--l. 3278--><p class="indent" >   (New to version 1.42.) The command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a 
  id="dx1-17007"></a> is modified to take into
 account the <a 
@@ -6229,12 +6585,12 @@
 class="cmti-10">&#x00A0;code</span>&#x27E9; part is robust and deals with the actual typesetting of the symbol.
 The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">PDF</span>&#x27E9; part is simply:
-<!--l. 3220--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+<!--l. 3291--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-17012"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrypdfsymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3222--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3293--><p class="noindent" >
 which is defined to just do <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -6245,7 +6601,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrypdfsymbol </span>to use a more appropriate field. (If you do redefine this
 command, remember that it needs to fully expand.)
-</p><!--l. 3229--><p class="indent" >   For example, if you are using <span 
+</p><!--l. 3300--><p class="indent" >   For example, if you are using <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-17014"></a>, you could use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">symbolaccess</span><a 
@@ -6255,10 +6611,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-101">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105">
 \renewcommand{\glsentrypdfsymbol}[1]{\glsentrysymbolaccess{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3233--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, if you are using <a 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3304--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, if you are using <a 
  id="dx1-17016"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> you can use the TeX&#x00A0;parser library to
@@ -6270,11 +6626,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106">
 &#x00A0;&#x00A0;replicate-fields={symbol=user1},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;interpret-fields={user1}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3240--><p class="nopar" > This stores the interpreted value of the symbol in the <span 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;interpret-fields={user1}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3311--><p class="nopar" > This stores the interpreted value of the symbol in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">user1</span><a 
  id="dx1-17018"></a> field, so you can then
 do:
@@ -6282,17 +6638,17 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107">
 \renewcommand{\glsentrypdfsymbol}[1]{\glsentryuseri{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3245--><p class="nopar" > (You may need <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">&#x018e;</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>&#x00A0;or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;with this method.) This allows
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3316--><p class="nopar" > (You may need <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">&#x018e;</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>&#x00A0;or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;with this method.) This allows
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol </span>to be used in a section heading with standalone definitions.
-</p><!--l. 3250--><p class="indent" >   If you want to adapt a style to use another field instead of <span 
+</p><!--l. 3321--><p class="indent" >   If you want to adapt a style to use another field instead of <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-17019"></a>, you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 3252--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3323--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-17020"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -6299,7 +6655,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3254--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3325--><p class="noindent" >
 This behaves just like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>(that is, it obeys <a 
 href="#catattr.glossname"><span 
@@ -6320,17 +6676,17 @@
 class="cmtt-10">description</span>). See the key to field mappings table in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user
 manual.
-</p><!--l. 3263--><p class="indent" >   There is a hook after <span 
+</p><!--l. 3334--><p class="indent" >   There is a hook after <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a 
  id="dx1-17024"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><a 
  id="dx1-17025"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 3265--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3336--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-17026"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3267--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3338--><p class="noindent" >
 By default this checks the <a 
 href="#catattr.indexname"><span 
 class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a 
@@ -6337,7 +6693,7 @@
  id="dx1-17027"></a> attribute. If the attribute exists for the
 category to which the label belongs, then the name is automatically indexed
 using
-</p><!--l. 3272--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3343--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><a 
  id="dx1-17028"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -6346,12 +6702,13 @@
 class="cmsy-10">{</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">indexname</span><span 
 class="cmsy-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3273--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3344--><p class="noindent" >
 See <a 
 href="#sec:autoindex"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>8 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:autoindex </a><a 
 href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 3277--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span 
+</p><!--l. 3348--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook </span>will also use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -6366,12 +6723,12 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrpostnamesymbol}{\space
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;(\glsentrysymbol{\glscurrententrylabel})}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3288--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use
-</p><!--l. 3290--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+&#x00A0;(\glsentrysymbol{\glscurrententrylabel})}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3359--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use
+</p><!--l. 3361--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-17030"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -6378,7 +6735,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3292--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3363--><p class="noindent" >
 This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -6392,23 +6749,23 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div>
 </div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined.
-<!--l. 3299--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.25, the post-name hook also does
-</p><!--l. 3300--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+<!--l. 3370--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.25, the post-name hook also does
+</p><!--l. 3371--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-17031"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsextrapostnamehook{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3302--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3373--><p class="noindent" >
 (before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9;) to allow for additional non-category related code.
 This does nothing by default.
-</p><!--l. 3307--><p class="indent" >   The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also
+</p><!--l. 3378--><p class="indent" >   The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also
 does
-</p><!--l. 3309--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3380--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-17032"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3311--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3382--><p class="noindent" >
 This occurs before the original <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>, so if the <a 
 href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span 
@@ -6416,7 +6773,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">=false</span><a 
  id="dx1-17033"></a>
 option is used, it will be inserted before the terminating full stop.
-</p><!--l. 3316--><p class="indent" >   This new command will do <span 
+</p><!--l. 3387--><p class="indent" >   This new command will do <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdesc</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9; if it exists, where
 &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -6430,7 +6787,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-17035"></a>. For
 convenience, as from v1.31, you can use
-</p><!--l. 3323--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3394--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-17036"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostdesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -6437,7 +6794,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3325--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3396--><p class="noindent" >
 This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -6451,19 +6808,19 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div>
 </div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined.
-<!--l. 3332--><p class="indent" >   Since both <span 
+<!--l. 3403--><p class="indent" >   Since both <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>set
-</p><!--l. 3333--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3404--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-17037"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel </span></div><hr>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 3335--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3406--><p class="noindent" >
 to the label for the current entry, you can use this within the definition of these
 post-description hooks if you need to reference the label.
-</p><!--l. 3340--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the
+</p><!--l. 3411--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the
 description in the glossary, but only for entries in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">general</span><a 
  id="dx1-17038"></a> category, then you could
@@ -6472,14 +6829,14 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-109">
 \renewcommand{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{\space
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;(plural:&#x00A0;\glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3346--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find
+&#x00A0;(plural:&#x00A0;\glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3417--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find
 more complicated. (It also allows more flexibility if you decide to change the
 underlying glossary style.)
-</p><!--l. 3351--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span 
+</p><!--l. 3422--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>or if
 you redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>without including <span 
@@ -6491,7 +6848,8 @@
 class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-17039"></a> option to suppress the terminating full stop.) See <a 
 href="#x1-190002.10.1"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.10.1 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:stylemods </a><a 
 href="#x1-190002.10.1">The
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a> to patch the predefined styles provided by <span 
@@ -6498,20 +6856,20 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
 that are missing <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3360--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3362--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3431--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3433--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
    <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
  id="x1-180002.10.1"></a>Number List</h5>
-<!--l. 3365--><p class="noindent" >The <a 
+<!--l. 3436--><p class="noindent" >The <a 
  id="dx1-18001"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is now placed inside the argument of
-</p><!--l. 3366--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3437--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-18002"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">number list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3368--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3439--><p class="noindent" >
 This is internally used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>. The <a 
 href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span 
@@ -6522,7 +6880,7 @@
  id="dx1-18004"></a>number list, but it
 still saves the <a 
  id="dx1-18005"></a>number list in case it’s required.
-</p><!--l. 3374--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a 
+</p><!--l. 3445--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a 
  id="dx1-18006"></a>number list always use the <a 
 href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a 
@@ -6529,13 +6887,13 @@
  id="dx1-18007"></a> option
 instead of redefining <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers </span>to do nothing. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3378--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3380--><p class="indent" >   For example, to change the font for the entire <a 
+</p><!--l. 3449--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3451--><p class="indent" >   For example, to change the font for the entire <a 
  id="dx1-18008"></a>number list redefine
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList </span>as appropriate. Don’t modify <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3384--><p class="indent" >   Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a 
+</p><!--l. 3455--><p class="indent" >   Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a 
  id="dx1-18009"></a>number list. This
 is quite fiddly to do with the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, but <span 
@@ -6542,7 +6900,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides a
 way of doing this. First you need to enable this option and specify the text to display
 using:
-</p><!--l. 3389--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3460--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-18010"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">page</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -6549,7 +6907,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">pages</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3391--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3462--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">page</span>&#x27E9; is the text to display if the <a 
  id="dx1-18011"></a>number list only contains a single location and
@@ -6559,28 +6917,28 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110">
 \GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{Page:&#x00A0;}{Pages:&#x00A0;}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3397--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command.
-</p><!--l. 3400--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3468--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command.
+</p><!--l. 3471--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>not <span 
 class="cmtt-10">@gobble </span>as the format if you want to suppress the page
 number (and only index the entry once). </div>
-</p><!--l. 3403--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3405--><p class="indent" >   See the accompanying sample file <span 
+</p><!--l. 3474--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3476--><p class="indent" >   See the accompanying sample file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-pages.tex</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3407--><p class="indent" >   Note that <a 
+</p><!--l. 3478--><p class="indent" >   Note that <a 
  id="dx1-18012"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can be instructed to insert a prefix at the start of non-empty
 location lists, which can be used as an alternative to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3411--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+</p><!--l. 3482--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="dx1-18013"></a><a 
 href="#glo:locationlist">Location lists</a> displayed with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>internally use
-</p><!--l. 3413--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3484--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-18014"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -6591,7 +6949,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3415--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3486--><p class="noindent" >
 This command is provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, but is modified by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to check
@@ -6600,8 +6958,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> which are discarded to
 obtain the actual control sequence name that forms the location formatting
 command.
-</p><!--l. 3422--><p class="indent" >   If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses
-</p><!--l. 3423--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3493--><p class="indent" >   If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses
+</p><!--l. 3494--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-18015"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -6608,9 +6966,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3425--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3496--><p class="noindent" >
 otherwise it uses
-</p><!--l. 3427--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3498--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-18016"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaystartloc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -6617,11 +6975,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3429--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3500--><p class="noindent" >
 for the start of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9;)
 or
-</p><!--l. 3432--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3503--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-18017"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplayendloc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -6628,14 +6986,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3434--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3505--><p class="noindent" >
 for the end of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9;).
-</p><!--l. 3438--><p class="indent" >   By default the start range command saves the format in
-</p><!--l. 3439--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3509--><p class="indent" >   By default the start range command saves the format in
+</p><!--l. 3510--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-18018"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3441--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3512--><p class="noindent" >
 and does <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
    <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -6646,9 +7004,9 @@
    <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
 (If the format is empty, it will be replaced with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 3449--><p class="indent" >   The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range,
+</p><!--l. 3520--><p class="indent" >   The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range,
 does
-</p><!--l. 3451--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3522--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-18019"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplayendlochook{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -6655,7 +7013,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3453--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3524--><p class="noindent" >
 (which does nothing by default), followed by <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
    <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -6669,34 +7027,34 @@
    <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
 and then sets <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span>to empty.
-</p><!--l. 3460--><p class="indent" >   This means that the list
+</p><!--l. 3531--><p class="indent" >   This means that the list
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-111">
 \glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{(textbf}{1},
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{)textbf}{1}.
-</div>
-<!--l. 3465--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from
+\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
+\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{)textbf}{1}.
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3536--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-112">
 \glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}.
-</div>
-<!--l. 3471--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can
+\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
+\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}.
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3542--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can
 accommodate the ranges.
-</p><!--l. 3475--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3546--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
    <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a 
  id="x1-190002.10.1"></a>The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package</h5>
-<!--l. 3478--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span 
+<!--l. 3549--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>now includes the package <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a 
  id="dx1-19001"></a> that
@@ -6708,12 +7066,12 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-109">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-113">
 \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossary-longragged}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3487--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span 
+\usepackage{glossary-longragged}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3558--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossary-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">.sty </span>at the same time by passing &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -6725,11 +7083,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114">
 \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[longragged]{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3495--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a 
+\usepackage[longragged]{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3566--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a 
 href="#styopt.stylemods"><span 
 class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-19003"></a> key when you load <span 
@@ -6743,10 +7101,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-111">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115">
 \usepackage[style=long3col,stylemods]{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3502--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3573--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a 
 href="#styopt.stylemods"><span 
 class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-19005"></a> may be a comma-separated list of the style package
@@ -6755,19 +7113,19 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-112">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116">
 \usepackage[style=mcoltree,stylemods=mcols]{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3507--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas:
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3578--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-113">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117">
 \usepackage[stylemods={mcols,longbooktabs}]{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3511--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3513--><p class="indent" >   Note that the <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3582--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3584--><p class="indent" >   Note that the <span 
 class="cmss-10">inline</span><a 
  id="dx1-19006"></a> style is dealt with slightly differently. The original definition
 provided by the <span 
@@ -6792,7 +7150,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-19009"></a> option, but the post-description
 category hook can still be used.
-</p><!--l. 3527--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 3598--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-19010"></a><a 
  id="dx1-19011"></a>-like styles, such as <span 
@@ -6819,15 +7177,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>, you must also
 reset the glossary style.
-</p><!--l. 3538--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.21, the hard-coded <span 
+</p><!--l. 3609--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.21, the hard-coded <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\space </span>before the <a 
  id="dx1-19016"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> in many of
 the predefined styles is replaced with
-</p><!--l. 3541--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3612--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-19017"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3543--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3614--><p class="noindent" >
 This just defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\space </span>but may be redefined as required. For example:
                                                                   
@@ -6834,33 +7192,33 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118">
 \renewcommand{\glsxtrprelocation}{\dotfill}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3548--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3550--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3619--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3621--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">list</span><a 
  id="dx1-19018"></a> styles use
-</p><!--l. 3551--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3622--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-19019"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3553--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3624--><p class="noindent" >
 (which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span>) for top-level items and
-</p><!--l. 3555--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3626--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-19020"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3557--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3628--><p class="noindent" >
 (which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation</span>) for child items.
-</p><!--l. 3560--><p class="indent" >   As from v1.31, the description (including the post-description hook) is governed
+</p><!--l. 3631--><p class="indent" >   As from v1.31, the description (including the post-description hook) is governed
 by:
-</p><!--l. 3562--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3633--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-19021"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslistdesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3564--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3635--><p class="noindent" >
 for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">list</span><a 
  id="dx1-19022"></a> and <span 
@@ -6868,7 +7226,7 @@
  id="dx1-19023"></a> styles (but not the <span 
 class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a 
  id="dx1-19024"></a> variations).
-</p><!--l. 3568--><p class="indent" >   For just the <span 
+</p><!--l. 3639--><p class="indent" >   For just the <span 
 class="cmss-10">list</span><a 
  id="dx1-19025"></a> style and its letter group variations (not the <span 
 class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a 
@@ -6878,12 +7236,12 @@
 variations) the <a 
  id="dx1-19028"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> for child entries is followed by
-</p><!--l. 3571--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3642--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-19029"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildpostlocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3573--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3644--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to a full stop.
-</p><!--l. 3576--><p class="indent" >   The default value of <span 
+</p><!--l. 3647--><p class="indent" >   The default value of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth</span><a 
  id="dx1-19030"></a> is changed so that it’s set at the start
 of the document (if it hasn’t been changed in the preamble). This should
@@ -6890,14 +7248,14 @@
 take into account situations where <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\hsize </span>isn’t set until the start of the
 document.
-</p><!--l. 3581--><p class="indent" >   The separator between groups (if not <a 
+</p><!--l. 3652--><p class="indent" >   The separator between groups (if not <a 
 href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-19031"></a>) is now given by:
-</p><!--l. 3583--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3654--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-19032"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslistgroupskip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3585--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3656--><p class="noindent" >
 This defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\indexspace </span>with penalties to deter page breaks. This command
 isn’t used if <a 
@@ -6904,7 +7262,7 @@
 href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-19033"></a> is set.
-</p><!--l. 3590--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 3661--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
  id="dx1-19034"></a> package introduced new commands in v4.22, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt</span><a 
@@ -6927,7 +7285,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a 
  id="dx1-19038"></a>
 defines:
-</p><!--l. 3603--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3674--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-19039"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -6935,7 +7293,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 3605--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3676--><p class="noindent" >
 which simply does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -6946,17 +7304,17 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt </span>all in terms of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3611--><p class="indent" >   This means that if you want to change all three to use a particular style you only
+</p><!--l. 3682--><p class="indent" >   This means that if you want to change all three to use a particular style you only
 need to redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt</span>, but if you only want to redefine
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt </span>without affecting the other two commands, then you now
 can.
-</p><!--l. 3617--><p class="indent" >   The separator between groups without headers is given by:
-</p><!--l. 3618--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3688--><p class="indent" >   The separator between groups without headers is given by:
+</p><!--l. 3689--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-19040"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupskip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3620--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3691--><p class="noindent" >
 This defaults to just <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a 
  id="dx1-19041"></a> without penalties. This command isn’t
@@ -6967,17 +7325,17 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreeheadergroupskip </span>in v1.42 as they are inappropriate when there’s no
 header.)
-</p><!--l. 3626--><p class="indent" >   The separator between groups with headers is now given by (as from
+</p><!--l. 3697--><p class="indent" >   The separator between groups with headers is now given by (as from
 v1.42):
-</p><!--l. 3627--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3698--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-19043"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderskip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3629--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3700--><p class="noindent" >
 This defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupskip </span>with penalties to deter page breaks after the
 group heading.
-</p><!--l. 3633--><p class="indent" >   The styles that display the group titles now use:
-</p><!--l. 3634--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 3704--><p class="indent" >   The styles that display the group titles now use:
+</p><!--l. 3705--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-19044"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreePreHeader{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -6984,7 +7342,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3636--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3707--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the group label and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">title</span>&#x27E9; is the group title. This does nothing by
@@ -6996,319 +7354,355 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119">
 \renewcommand{\glstreePreHeader}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\pdfbookmark[1]{#2}{\currentglossary.#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3646--><p class="nopar" > will insert section-level bookmarks. The use of <span 
+&#x00A0;\pdfbookmark[1]{#2}{\currentglossary.#1}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 3717--><p class="nopar" > will insert section-level bookmarks. The use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary </span>helps to provide
 unique bookmark labels in the event of multiple glossaries.
-</p><!--l. 3651--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 3722--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19045"></a> package provides the commands
+</p><!--l. 3723--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19046"></a>  <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstreepredesc </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3725--><p class="noindent" >
+and
+</p><!--l. 3727--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19047"></a>  <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildpredesc </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3729--><p class="noindent" >
+(which both default to a space) and uses them in the <span 
+class="cmss-10">tree</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19048"></a>-like styles, but not for the
+<span 
+class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19049"></a> style. The <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19050"></a> package modifies the <span 
+class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
+ id="dx1-19051"></a> style so that it
+has equivalent hooks:
+</p><!--l. 3734--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19052"></a>  <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsalttreepredesc </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3736--><p class="noindent" >
+and
+</p><!--l. 3738--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19053"></a>  <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsalttreechildpredesc </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3740--><p class="noindent" >
+These do nothing by default.
+</p><!--l. 3743--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
- id="dx1-19045"></a>-like and <span 
+ id="dx1-19054"></a>-like and <span 
 class="cmss-10">tree</span><a 
- id="dx1-19046"></a>-like styles insert the pre-<a 
- id="dx1-19047"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-19055"></a>-like styles insert the pre-<a 
+ id="dx1-19056"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> space with
-</p><!--l. 3653--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19048"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3745--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19057"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3655--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3747--><p class="noindent" >
 (which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span>) for top-level items and
-</p><!--l. 3657--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19049"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3749--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19058"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3659--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3751--><p class="noindent" >
 (which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation</span>) for child items.
-</p><!--l. 3662--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.31, the <span 
+</p><!--l. 3754--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.31, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package also provides:
-</p><!--l. 3664--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19050"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3756--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19059"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamedesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3666--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3758--><p class="noindent" >
 which is used by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a 
- id="dx1-19051"></a> styles to display the pre-description separator, the
+ id="dx1-19060"></a> styles to display the pre-description separator, the
 description and the post-description hook. Similarly for the symbol:
-</p><!--l. 3670--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19052"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3762--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19061"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamesymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3672--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3764--><p class="noindent" >
 The above are just used for top-level entries. Child entries don’t have the name or
 symbol displayed for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a 
- id="dx1-19053"></a> styles, so there’s only a command for the child
+ id="dx1-19062"></a> styles, so there’s only a command for the child
 description:
-</p><!--l. 3676--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19054"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3768--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19063"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamechilddesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3678--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3680--><p class="indent" >   For the <span 
+</p><!--l. 3770--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+</p><!--l. 3772--><p class="indent" >   For the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tree</span><a 
- id="dx1-19055"></a> styles (but not the <span 
+ id="dx1-19064"></a> styles (but not the <span 
 class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a 
- id="dx1-19056"></a> or <span 
+ id="dx1-19065"></a> or <span 
 class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
- id="dx1-19057"></a> styles), the description is
+ id="dx1-19066"></a> styles), the description is
 displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 3682--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19058"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3774--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19067"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreedesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3684--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3776--><p class="noindent" >
 and the symbol with:
-</p><!--l. 3686--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19059"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3778--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19068"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreesymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3688--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3780--><p class="noindent" >
 Again the above two commands are just for top-level entries. The child entries
 use:
-</p><!--l. 3691--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19060"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3783--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19069"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreechilddesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3693--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3785--><p class="noindent" >
 for the description and
-</p><!--l. 3695--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19061"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3787--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19070"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildsymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3697--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3789--><p class="noindent" >
 for the symbol. As from version 1.41, there are now wrapper commands
 for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreedesc </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreechilddesc </span>that check for the description
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
 and symbol to determine what separator to use before the page list. These
 are:
-</p><!--l. 3703--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19062"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3795--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19071"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreeDescLoc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3705--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3797--><p class="noindent" >
 for top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 3707--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19063"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3799--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19072"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreeChildDescLoc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3709--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3801--><p class="noindent" >
 for sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 3712--><p class="indent" >   If either the symbol or description is present these will use <span 
+</p><!--l. 3804--><p class="indent" >   If either the symbol or description is present these will use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation</span>
 or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildprelocation</span>, respectively. Otherwise, both will use (from
 v1.42):
-</p><!--l. 3715--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19064"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3807--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19073"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreeNoDescSymbolPreLocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3717--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3809--><p class="noindent" >
 The default is a space. This means that you could have, say, a comma followed by a
 space for terms that are simply an alias, but just have a space for terms that have a
 description that ends with a full stop (or that just have a symbol without a
 description) where the comma would be inappropriate.
-</p><!--l. 3724--><p class="indent" >   Note that version 1.42 has corrected an error that was introduced to v1.41 that
+</p><!--l. 3816--><p class="indent" >   Note that version 1.42 has corrected an error that was introduced to v1.41 that
 caused the name to run into the location list if there was no symbol and no
 description.
-</p><!--l. 3728--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.05, the <span 
+</p><!--l. 3820--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.05, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package provides some
 additional commands for use with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
- id="dx1-19065"></a> style to make it easier to modify. These
+ id="dx1-19074"></a> style to make it easier to modify. These
 commands are only defined if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
- id="dx1-19066"></a> package has already been loaded,
+ id="dx1-19075"></a> package has already been loaded,
 which is typically the case unless the <a 
 href="#styopt.notree"><span 
 class="cmss-10">notree</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-19067"></a> option has been used when loading
+ id="dx1-19076"></a> option has been used when loading
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3736--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19068"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3828--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19077"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gglssetwidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3738--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3830--><p class="noindent" >
 (New to version 1.21.) This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>(provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
- id="dx1-19069"></a>) but
+ id="dx1-19078"></a>) but
 performs a global assignment.
-</p><!--l. 3743--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19070"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3835--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19079"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\eglssetwidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3745--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+</p><!--l. 3837--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>but performs a protected expansion on &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;. This has a
 localised effect. For a global setting, use
-</p><!--l. 3749--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19071"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3841--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19080"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\xglssetwidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3751--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3843--><p class="noindent" >
 The following only set the value if &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is wider than the current value (new to
 version 1.23). Local update:
-</p><!--l. 3754--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19072"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3846--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19081"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsupdatewidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3756--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3848--><p class="noindent" >
 Global update:
-</p><!--l. 3758--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19073"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3850--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19082"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gglsupdatewidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3760--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3852--><p class="noindent" >
 Locale update (expands &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;):
-</p><!--l. 3762--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19074"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3854--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19083"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\eglsupdatewidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3764--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3856--><p class="noindent" >
 Global update (expands &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;):
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-</p><!--l. 3766--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19075"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3858--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19084"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\xglsupdatewidest[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3768--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3771--><p class="indent" >   The widest entry value can later be retrieved using
-</p><!--l. 3772--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19076"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3860--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3863--><p class="indent" >   The widest entry value can later be retrieved using
+</p><!--l. 3864--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19085"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestname </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3774--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3866--><p class="noindent" >
 for the top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 3776--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19077"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3868--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19086"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestsubname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3778--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3870--><p class="noindent" >
 for sub-entries, where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">level</span>&#x27E9; is the level number.
-</p><!--l. 3781--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you are using <a 
- id="dx1-19078"></a><a 
+</p><!--l. 3873--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you are using <a 
+ id="dx1-19087"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, you can use the resource option <span 
 class="cmtt-10">set-widest</span>
 which will try to determine the widest name of all the selected entries. This isn’t
 guaranteed to work as it may depend on fonts or commands that <a 
- id="dx1-19079"></a><span 
+ id="dx1-19088"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>
 can’t replicate, but it should be suitable for names that just consist of text,
 and can be more efficient than iterating over all the defined entries using
 TeX.
-</p><!--l. 3789--><p class="indent" >   The command <span 
+</p><!--l. 3881--><p class="indent" >   The command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname </span>provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
- id="dx1-19080"></a> has a
+ id="dx1-19089"></a> has a
 CamelCase synonym:
-</p><!--l. 3791--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19081"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3883--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19090"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestTopLevelName[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3793--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3885--><p class="noindent" >
 Similar commands are also provided:
-</p><!--l. 3795--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19082"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3887--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19091"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3797--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3889--><p class="noindent" >
 This has an additional check that the entry has been used. Naturally this is only
 useful if the glossaries that use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
- id="dx1-19083"></a> style occur at the end of the document.
+ id="dx1-19092"></a> style occur at the end of the document.
 This command should be placed just before the start of the glossary. (Alternatively,
 place it at the end of the document and save the value in the auxiliary file for the
 next run.)
-</p><!--l. 3805--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19084"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3897--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19093"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3807--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+</p><!--l. 3899--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like the previous command but if doesn’t check the <span 
 class="cmss-10">parent</span><a 
- id="dx1-19085"></a> key. This is useful if
+ id="dx1-19094"></a> key. This is useful if
 all levels should have the same width for the name.
-</p><!--l. 3812--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19086"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3904--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19095"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyName[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3814--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3906--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been
 used.
-</p><!--l. 3818--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19087"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3910--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19096"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3820--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3912--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName </span>but also sets the first two sub-levels
 as well. Any entry that has a great-grandparent is ignored.
-</p><!--l. 3825--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19088"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3917--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19097"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestLevelTwo[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3827--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3919--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been
 used.
-</p><!--l. 3831--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19089"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3923--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19098"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -7315,26 +7709,23 @@
 class="cmitt-10">register</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-</p><!--l. 3834--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3926--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName </span>but also measures the symbol. The length
 of the widest symbol is stored in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">register</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 3839--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19090"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3931--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19099"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">register</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3841--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3933--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been
 used.
-</p><!--l. 3845--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19091"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3937--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19100"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -7344,22 +7735,22 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location register</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3848--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3940--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol </span>but also measures the <a 
- id="dx1-19092"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-19101"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>.
 This requires <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a 
- id="dx1-19093"></a> (see the <span 
+ id="dx1-19102"></a> (see the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual). The length of
 the widest symbol is stored in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">symbol register</span>&#x27E9; and the length of the widest <a 
- id="dx1-19094"></a>number
+ id="dx1-19103"></a>number
 list is stored in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">location register</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 3856--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19095"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3948--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19104"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -7369,11 +7760,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location register</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3859--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3951--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been
 used.
-</p><!--l. 3863--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19096"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3955--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19105"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -7380,62 +7771,62 @@
 class="cmitt-10">register</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3866--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3958--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation </span>but doesn’t measure the
 symbol. The length of the widest <a 
- id="dx1-19097"></a>number list is stored in &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-19106"></a>number list is stored in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">register</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 3871--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19098"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3963--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19107"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">register</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3874--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3966--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been
 used.
-</p><!--l. 3878--><p class="indent" >   The layout of the symbol, description and <a 
- id="dx1-19099"></a>number list is governed by
-</p><!--l. 3880--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19100"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3970--><p class="indent" >   The layout of the symbol, description and <a 
+ id="dx1-19108"></a>number list is governed by
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+</p><!--l. 3972--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19109"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">number list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3882--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3974--><p class="noindent" >
 for top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 3884--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19101"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3976--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19110"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">number list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3886--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3978--><p class="noindent" >
 for sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 3889--><p class="indent" >   There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span 
+</p><!--l. 3981--><p class="indent" >   There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
- id="dx1-19102"></a>
+ id="dx1-19111"></a>
 style:
-</p><!--l. 3891--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19103"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3983--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19112"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeInit </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3893--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3895--><p class="indent" >   The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions
+</p><!--l. 3985--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3987--><p class="indent" >   The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions
 is provided by the length
-</p><!--l. 3897--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-19104"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 3989--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-19113"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3899--><p class="noindent" >
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-</p><!--l. 3901--><p class="indent" >   For additional commands that are available with the <span 
+</p><!--l. 3991--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3993--><p class="indent" >   For additional commands that are available with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
- id="dx1-19105"></a> style,
+ id="dx1-19114"></a> style,
 see the documented code (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>). See also the
 accompanying sample files <span 
@@ -7447,11 +7838,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 3908--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 3908--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4000--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 4000--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">3. <a 
  id="newglossarystyles"></a>New Glossary Styles</h2>
-</p><!--l. 3910--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 4002--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package comes with some new styles. The associated style
 package needs to be loaded. This can be done with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\usepackage </span>but it’s simpler to
@@ -7460,11 +7851,11 @@
 class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-20001"></a> option.
 </p>
-<!--l. 3915--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4007--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1   </span> <a 
  id="x1-210003.1"></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex </span>package</h3>
-<!--l. 3918--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.21, <span 
+<!--l. 4010--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.21, <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>has a new supplementary package <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-21001"></a>
@@ -7480,12 +7871,12 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120">
 \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossary-bookindex}
-&#x00A0;<br />\setglossarystyle{bookindex}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3928--><p class="nopar" > or use both the <a 
+\usepackage{glossary-bookindex}
+\setglossarystyle{bookindex}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4020--><p class="nopar" > or use both the <a 
 href="#styopt.stylemods"><span 
 class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-21004"></a> and <span 
@@ -7495,10 +7886,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121">
 \usepackage[stylemods=bookindex,style=bookindex]{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3932--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4024--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
 class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-21006"></a> style only supports a maximum hierarchical level of 2 (top-level,
 level&#x00A0;1 and level&#x00A0;2). It’s primarily designed for use with <a 
@@ -7516,20 +7907,20 @@
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-21009"></a> package
 option.)
-</p><!--l. 3943--><p class="indent" >   The number of columns is given by
-</p><!--l. 3944--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4035--><p class="indent" >   The number of columns is given by
+</p><!--l. 4036--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21010"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcols </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3946--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4038--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to 2.
-</p><!--l. 3949--><p class="indent" >   This style uses the <span 
+</p><!--l. 4041--><p class="indent" >   This style uses the <span 
 class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a 
  id="dx1-21011"></a><a 
  id="dx1-21012"></a> environment. If the command
-</p><!--l. 3951--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4043--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21013"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcolspread </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3953--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4045--><p class="noindent" >
 isn’t empty then it’s supplied as the optional argument following <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\begin{multicols}</span></span></span>
 <span 
@@ -7542,26 +7933,26 @@
 class="cmss-10">multicols*</span><a 
  id="dx1-21016"></a><a 
  id="dx1-21017"></a> by redefining
-</p><!--l. 3957--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4049--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21018"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3959--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4051--><p class="noindent" >
 For example
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122">
 \renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv}{multicols*}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3963--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3965--><p class="indent" >   Each top-level entry is displayed using
-</p><!--l. 3966--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4055--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4057--><p class="indent" >   Each top-level entry is displayed using
+</p><!--l. 4058--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21019"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3968--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4060--><p class="noindent" >
 where the entry is identified by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;. This just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -7572,47 +7963,47 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrbookindexname}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glossentryname{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifglshassymbol{#1}{\space&#x00A0;(\glossentrysymbol{#1})}{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3977--><p class="nopar" > or if you want the description (if set):
+&#x00A0;\glossentryname{#1}%
+&#x00A0;\ifglshassymbol{#1}{\space&#x00A0;(\glossentrysymbol{#1})}{}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4069--><p class="nopar" > or if you want the description (if set):
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-124">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrbookindexname}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glossentryname{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifglshasdesc{#1}{\space&#x00A0;\glossentrydesc{#1}\glspostdescription}{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 3984--><p class="nopar" > (which picks up the post-description hook).
-</p><!--l. 3987--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively you can use the <span 
+&#x00A0;\glossentryname{#1}%
+&#x00A0;\ifglshasdesc{#1}{\space&#x00A0;\glossentrydesc{#1}\glspostdescription}{}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4076--><p class="nopar" > (which picks up the post-description hook).
+</p><!--l. 4079--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively you can use the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9; hook to append
 information after the name according to the entry’s category.
-</p><!--l. 3991--><p class="indent" >   Sub-entries are displayed using
-</p><!--l. 3992--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4083--><p class="indent" >   Sub-entries are displayed using
+</p><!--l. 4084--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21020"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3994--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4086--><p class="noindent" >
 which just defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3997--><p class="indent" >   The separator used before the location list for top-level entries is given
+</p><!--l. 4089--><p class="indent" >   The separator used before the location list for top-level entries is given
 by
-</p><!--l. 3999--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4091--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21021"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4001--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4093--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label. This checks if the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">location </span>field has been set. If it
@@ -7621,10 +8012,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125">
 ,\glsxtrprelocation
-</div>
-<!--l. 4007--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it just does <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4099--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation </span>(which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\space</span>). If you’re not
 using <a 
@@ -7633,19 +8024,19 @@
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">location</span><a 
  id="dx1-21023"></a> field won’t be set.
-</p><!--l. 4012--><p class="indent" >   The separator used before the location list for sub-entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 4014--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4104--><p class="indent" >   The separator used before the location list for sub-entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 4106--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21024"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubprelocation{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4016--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4108--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4019--><p class="indent" >   The actual location list is encapsulated with:
-</p><!--l. 4020--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4111--><p class="indent" >   The actual location list is encapsulated with:
+</p><!--l. 4112--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21025"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlocation{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -7652,9 +8043,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4022--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4114--><p class="noindent" >
 for top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 4024--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4116--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21026"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsublocation{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -7661,27 +8052,27 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4026--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4118--><p class="noindent" >
 for sub-entries. These both just do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">location list</span>&#x27E9; by default.
-</p><!--l. 4029--><p class="indent" >   The separator used between a top-level parent and child entry is given
+</p><!--l. 4121--><p class="indent" >   The separator used between a top-level parent and child entry is given
 by
-</p><!--l. 4031--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4123--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21027"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4033--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4125--><p class="noindent" >
 This defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\nopagebreak</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4036--><p class="indent" >   The separator used between a sub-level parent and child entry is given
+</p><!--l. 4128--><p class="indent" >   The separator used between a sub-level parent and child entry is given
 by
-</p><!--l. 4038--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4130--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21028"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentsubchildsep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4040--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4132--><p class="noindent" >
 This defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4043--><p class="indent" >   The separator between top-level entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 4044--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4135--><p class="indent" >   The separator between top-level entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 4136--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21029"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexbetween{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label1</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -7688,7 +8079,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label2</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4046--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4138--><p class="noindent" >
 This comes after the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label1</span>&#x27E9;, if the entry has no children, or after the
 last descendent otherwise, so it always comes immediately before the entry given by
@@ -7695,8 +8086,8 @@
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label2</span>&#x27E9; unless the entry occurs at the start of a group. This does nothing by
 default.
-</p><!--l. 4053--><p class="indent" >   The separator between two level&#x00A0;1 entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 4054--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4145--><p class="indent" >   The separator between two level&#x00A0;1 entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 4146--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21030"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubbetween{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label1</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -7703,9 +8094,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label2</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4056--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4058--><p class="indent" >   The separator between two level&#x00A0;2 entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 4059--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4148--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4150--><p class="indent" >   The separator between two level&#x00A0;2 entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 4151--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21031"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubbetween{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label1</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -7712,9 +8103,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label2</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4061--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4153--><p class="noindent" >
 At the end of each letter group, the following hooks are done in order:
-</p><!--l. 4064--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4156--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21032"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">sub-sub-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -7722,25 +8113,25 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 4066--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4067--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4158--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4159--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">sub-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4069--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4070--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4161--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4162--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21034"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4072--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4164--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">sub-sub-label</span>&#x27E9; is the label of the last level&#x00A0;2 entry, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">sub-label</span>&#x27E9; is the label of the
 last level&#x00A0;1 entry and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the label of the last level&#x00A0;0 entry.
-</p><!--l. 4078--><p class="indent" >   For example, the resource option <span 
+</p><!--l. 4170--><p class="indent" >   For example, the resource option <span 
 class="cmtt-10">seealso=omit </span>instructs <a 
  id="dx1-21035"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
@@ -7756,28 +8147,28 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126">
 \renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrifhasfield{seealso}{#1}{\glstreesubitem\glsxtruseseealso{#1}}{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexbetween}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}%
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrifhasfield{seealso}{#1}{\glstreesubsubitem\glsxtruseseealso{#1}}{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubbetween}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrifhasfield{seealso}{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glstreeitem\hspace*{40pt}\glsxtruseseealso{#1}}{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubsubbetween}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4108--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrifhasfield{seealso}{#1}{\glstreesubitem\glsxtruseseealso{#1}}{}%
+}
+\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexbetween}[2]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup{#1}%
+}%
+\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup}[1]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrifhasfield{seealso}{#1}{\glstreesubsubitem\glsxtruseseealso{#1}}{}%
+}
+\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubbetween}[2]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup{#1}%
+}
+\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup}[1]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrifhasfield{seealso}{#1}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glstreeitem\hspace*{40pt}\glsxtruseseealso{#1}}{}%
+}
+\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubsubbetween}[2]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup{#1}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4200--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubitem </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubsubitem </span>to indent the cross-reference
 according to the next level down, so the cross-reference for a top-level entry is aligned
@@ -7787,7 +8178,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-21036"></a>
 style only supports a maximum of two sub-levels).
-</p><!--l. 4119--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 4211--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-21037"></a> style uses group headings. (If you use <a 
  id="dx1-21038"></a><a 
@@ -7796,7 +8187,7 @@
 it with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span> switch.) The heading will use
-</p><!--l. 4122--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4214--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21039"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexbookmark{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">group title</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -7803,7 +8194,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4124--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4216--><p class="noindent" >
 If <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\pdfbookmark </span>has been defined, this will use that command to bookmark the
 group title. If <a 
@@ -7815,24 +8206,24 @@
 isn’t appropriate. If <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\pdfbookmark </span>hasn’t been defined, this command does
 nothin.
-</p><!--l. 4132--><p class="indent" >   The group heading is formatted according to
-</p><!--l. 4133--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4224--><p class="indent" >   The group heading is formatted according to
+</p><!--l. 4225--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21041"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexformatheader{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">group title</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4135--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4227--><p class="noindent" >
 which is defined as
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrbookindexformatheader}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\par{\centering\glstreegroupheaderfmt{#1}\par}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4141--><p class="nopar" > where <span 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\par{\centering\glstreegroupheaderfmt{#1}\par}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4233--><p class="nopar" > where <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt </span>is provided by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
  id="dx1-21042"></a> package, which is
@@ -7839,7 +8230,7 @@
 automatically loaded. Note that the entry names aren’t encapsulated with
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4147--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 4239--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-21043"></a> package provides some supplementary commands that
 aren’t used by default, but may be used when adjusting the style. These commands
@@ -7847,43 +8238,43 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\print</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x2026;glossary </span>commands. (That is, they
 should only be used in glossary styles.)
-</p><!--l. 4152--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4244--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21044"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmarkentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4154--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4246--><p class="noindent" >
 This writes information to the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file that can be read on the next run to obtain
 the first and last entry on each page of the glossary.
-</p><!--l. 4159--><p class="indent" >   You can display the first entry associated with the current page using:
-</p><!--l. 4161--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4251--><p class="indent" >   You can display the first entry associated with the current page using:
+</p><!--l. 4253--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21045"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4163--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4255--><p class="noindent" >
 and the last entry associated with the current page using:
-</p><!--l. 4166--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4258--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21046"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlastmark </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4168--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4260--><p class="noindent" >
 These do nothing if there are no entries marked on the current page (or if the
 document build isn’t up to date).
-</p><!--l. 4172--><p class="indent" >   The entry is formatted using:
-</p><!--l. 4173--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4264--><p class="indent" >   The entry is formatted using:
+</p><!--l. 4265--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21047"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmarkfmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4175--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4267--><p class="noindent" >
 for the first instance and
-</p><!--l. 4177--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4269--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-21048"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlastmarkfmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4179--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4271--><p class="noindent" >
 for the last.
-</p><!--l. 4182--><p class="indent" >   These commands are designed for use in page headers or footers where the page
+</p><!--l. 4274--><p class="indent" >   These commands are designed for use in page headers or footers where the page
 number is stable. For example, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname </span>can be redefined to mark the
 current entry:
@@ -7891,13 +8282,13 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-124">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-128">
 \renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexname}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrbookindexmarkentry{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentryname{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4190--><p class="nopar" > If you only want to mark the top-level entries, remember to redefine
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrbookindexmarkentry{#1}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentryname{#1}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4282--><p class="nopar" > If you only want to mark the top-level entries, remember to redefine
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubname </span>as it defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname</span>:
@@ -7905,13 +8296,13 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-129">
 \renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexsubname}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentryname{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4198--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4200--><p class="indent" >   Then if you’re using <span 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentryname{#1}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4290--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4292--><p class="indent" >   Then if you’re using <span 
 class="cmss-10">fancyhdr</span><a 
  id="dx1-21049"></a> you can set the page style to show the first and last
 entry for the current page with:
@@ -7919,21 +8310,21 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130">
 &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\pagestyle{fancy}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\lhead{\thepage}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\lfoot{\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\cfoot{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\rfoot{\glsxtrbookindexlastmark}%
-</div>
-<!--l. 4208--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4210--><p class="noindent" >
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\lhead{\thepage}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\lfoot{\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\cfoot{}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\rfoot{\glsxtrbookindexlastmark}%
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4300--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4302--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 4210--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4302--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2   </span> <a 
  id="x1-220003.2"></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra </span>package</h3>
-<!--l. 4213--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.37, the <span 
+<!--l. 4305--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.37, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package comes with the supplementary
 package <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra</span><a 
@@ -7951,10 +8342,10 @@
  id="dx1-22006"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22007"></a> instead. In order to do this you must
 use
-</p><!--l. 4220--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4312--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22008"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4222--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4314--><p class="noindent" >
 <span 
 class="cmti-10">before the style is set</span>. For example:
                                                                   
@@ -7961,129 +8352,122 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131">
 \GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue
-&#x00A0;<br />\setglossarystyle{long-name-desc}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4227--><p class="nopar" > or
+\setglossarystyle{long-name-desc}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4319--><p class="nopar" > or
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-128">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132">
 \GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossary[style={long-name-desc}]
-</div>
-<!--l. 4232--><p class="nopar" > If you use this setting, you can change the default vertical alignment with:
-</p><!--l. 4235--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+\printunsrtglossary[style={long-name-desc}]
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4324--><p class="nopar" > If you use this setting, you can change the default vertical alignment with:
+</p><!--l. 4327--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22009"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraTabularVAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4237--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4329--><p class="noindent" >
 The default definition is <span 
 class="cmtt-10">c</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4240--><p class="indent" >   The column titles are formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 4241--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4332--><p class="indent" >   The column titles are formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 4333--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22010"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraHeaderFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4243--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4335--><p class="noindent" >
 which simply does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 4246--><p class="indent" >   The name column has the title given by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4338--><p class="indent" >   The name column has the title given by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span><a 
  id="dx1-22011"></a> and the column alignment is
 given by:
-</p><!--l. 4248--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4340--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22012"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4250--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4342--><p class="noindent" >
 which expands to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">l </span>(left) by default.
-</p><!--l. 4253--><p class="indent" >   The symbol column (where applicable) has the title given by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4345--><p class="indent" >   The symbol column (where applicable) has the title given by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span><a 
  id="dx1-22013"></a> and
 the column alignment is given by:
-</p><!--l. 4255--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4347--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22014"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4257--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4349--><p class="noindent" >
 which expands to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">c </span>(centred) by default.
-</p><!--l. 4260--><p class="indent" >   The location list column (where applicable) has the title given by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4352--><p class="indent" >   The location list column (where applicable) has the title given by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\pagelistname</span><a 
  id="dx1-22015"></a>
 and the column alignment is given by:
-</p><!--l. 4262--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4354--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22016"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4264--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4356--><p class="noindent" >
 which expands to
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-129">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133">
 &#x003E;{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4268--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4360--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a 
  id="dx1-22017"></a> is defined in <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a 
  id="dx1-22018"></a>,
 which is automatically loaded.)
-</p><!--l. 4272--><p class="indent" >   The description column has the title given by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4364--><p class="indent" >   The description column has the title given by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\descriptionname</span><a 
  id="dx1-22019"></a> and the column
 alignment is given by:
-</p><!--l. 4274--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4366--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22020"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4276--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4368--><p class="noindent" >
 which expands to
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134">
 &#x003E;{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4280--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4372--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a 
  id="dx1-22021"></a> is defined in <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a 
  id="dx1-22022"></a>,
 which is automatically loaded.)
-</p><!--l. 4284--><p class="indent" >   Unlike the long styles provided by the base <span 
+</p><!--l. 4376--><p class="indent" >   Unlike the long styles provided by the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, these new styles try
 to determine the value of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>at the start of the glossary according to the
 number of columns provided by the style. The calculations are performed by the
 following commands:
-</p><!--l. 4289--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4381--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22023"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4291--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4383--><p class="noindent" >
 This is used by the styles that have a name and description column. The value of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is computed as:
 </p>
-   <table 
-class="equation-star"><tr><td>
-           <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span> = <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\linewidth</span><span 
-class="cmsy-10">- </span>4<span 
-class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep</span><span 
-class="cmsy-10">- </span><span 
-class="cmmi-10">W</span>
-</td></tr></table>
-<!--l. 4296--><p class="nopar" >
-where <span 
-class="cmmi-10">W </span>is a guess at the width of the name column. This is first set to the width of
-the name column header: </p><div class="alltt">
+   <div class="math-display" >
+<img 
+src="glossaries-extra-manual0x.png" alt="\glsdescwidth = \linewidth- 4\tabcolsep- W
+" class="math-display"  /></div>
+<!--l. 4389--><p class="indent" >   where <span 
+class="cmmi-10">W </span>is a guess at the width of the name column. This is first set to the width
+of the name column header: </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\settowidth{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -8095,22 +8479,19 @@
 </div>
 </div> If any names in that column are larger than this, then you need to specify the widest
 name using:
-<!--l. 4304--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+<!--l. 4396--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22024"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetWidest{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">widest name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4306--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4398--><p class="noindent" >
 or
-</p><!--l. 4308--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4400--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22025"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraUpdateWidest{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-</p><!--l. 4310--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4402--><p class="noindent" >
 These work like the analogous commands <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsupdatewidest</span>
@@ -8120,6 +8501,9 @@
 widest name is obtained from the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
  id="dx1-22027"></a> top-level name if set, otherwise it’s empty,
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
 so you can use <a 
  id="dx1-22028"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
@@ -8127,7 +8511,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">set-widest </span>option. If you have the entry counter enabled,
 you will need to include this with the name for the extra material to be taken into
 account.
-</p><!--l. 4320--><p class="indent" >   The name isn’t shown for child entries by default, but if you change this and you
+</p><!--l. 4412--><p class="indent" >   The name isn’t shown for child entries by default, but if you change this and you
 want to use <a 
  id="dx1-22029"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
@@ -8136,7 +8520,7 @@
  id="dx1-22030"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+) then you need to
 redefine:
-</p><!--l. 4324--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4416--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22031"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraUpdateWidestChild{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -8143,7 +8527,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4326--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4418--><p class="noindent" >
 This does nothing by default, but if you are including the child names then you need
 to redefine this command:
                                                                   
@@ -8150,13 +8534,13 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-131">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135">
 \renewcommand{\glslongextraUpdateWidestChild}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glslongextraUpdateWidest{#2}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4333--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4335--><p class="indent" >   If you prefer to set an explicit width for the description column then you need to
+&#x00A0;\glslongextraUpdateWidest{#2}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4425--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4427--><p class="indent" >   If you prefer to set an explicit width for the description column then you need to
 redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth</span>. For example:
                                                                   
@@ -8163,19 +8547,19 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136">
 \renewcommand{\glslongextraSetDescWidth}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setlength{\glsdescwidth}{0.6\linewidth}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4342--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4344--><p class="indent" >   The styles that have a name, symbol and description, <span 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setlength{\glsdescwidth}{0.6\linewidth}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4434--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4436--><p class="indent" >   The styles that have a name, symbol and description, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is set
 with:
-</p><!--l. 4346--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4438--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22032"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4348--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4440--><p class="noindent" >
 This first uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and
@@ -8187,30 +8571,30 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137">
 \renewcommand{\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glslongextraSetDescWidth
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\addtolength{\glsdescwidth}{-3cm}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4359--><p class="nopar" > or
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glslongextraSetDescWidth
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\addtolength{\glsdescwidth}{-3cm}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4451--><p class="nopar" > or
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138">
 \renewcommand{\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setlength{\glsdescwidth}{.5\linewidth}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4365--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4367--><p class="indent" >   For the styles that have a name, description and location column, <span 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setlength{\glsdescwidth}{.5\linewidth}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4457--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4459--><p class="indent" >   For the styles that have a name, description and location column, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span>
 is set using:
-</p><!--l. 4369--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4461--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22033"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4371--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4463--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and
@@ -8220,13 +8604,13 @@
 both <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth </span>if appropriate.
-</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="indent" >   For the styles that have a name, description, symbol and location column,
+</p><!--l. 4469--><p class="indent" >   For the styles that have a name, description, symbol and location column,
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is set using:
-</p><!--l. 4379--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4471--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22034"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymLocSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4381--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4473--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and
@@ -8234,13 +8618,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth </span>from <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span>. Again, you can redefine this command to
 explicitly set both lengths.
-</p><!--l. 4387--><p class="indent" >   In all cases, the top-level name is formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 4388--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4479--><p class="indent" >   In all cases, the top-level name is formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 4480--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22035"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4390--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4482--><p class="noindent" >
 This does </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -8257,30 +8641,30 @@
 </div>
 </div> which includes the entry counter (if enabled), the target and the post-name
 link.
-<!--l. 4397--><p class="indent" >   The top-level description is formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 4398--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+<!--l. 4489--><p class="indent" >   The top-level description is formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 4490--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22036"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4400--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4492--><p class="noindent" >
 This does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>followed by the post-description hook.
-</p><!--l. 4404--><p class="indent" >   The styles that have a symbol column format the symbol using:
-</p><!--l. 4405--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4496--><p class="indent" >   The styles that have a symbol column format the symbol using:
+</p><!--l. 4497--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22037"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4407--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4499--><p class="noindent" >
 This just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4410--><p class="indent" >   The styles that have a location list column format the list using:
-</p><!--l. 4411--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4502--><p class="indent" >   The styles that have a location list column format the list using:
+</p><!--l. 4503--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22038"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -8287,14 +8671,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">locations</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4413--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4505--><p class="noindent" >
 This just does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">locations</span>&#x27E9; and ignores the label.
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 4416--><p class="indent" >   The child entries have their name formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 4417--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4508--><p class="indent" >   The child entries have their name formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 4509--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22039"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubNameFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -8301,7 +8685,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4419--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4511--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">level</span>&#x27E9; is the hierarchical level. This defaults to: </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -8317,7 +8701,7 @@
 </div>
 </div> This includes the sub-entry counter (if enabled) and the target but doesn’t show the
 name. The child description is formatted according to:
-<!--l. 4426--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+<!--l. 4518--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22040"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubDescFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -8324,13 +8708,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4428--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4520--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to just <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</p><!--l. 4431--><p class="indent" >   The child symbol is formatted (where appropriate) according to:
-</p><!--l. 4432--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4523--><p class="indent" >   The child symbol is formatted (where appropriate) according to:
+</p><!--l. 4524--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22041"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubSymbolFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -8337,14 +8721,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4434--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4526--><p class="noindent" >
 This just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolFmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 4437--><p class="indent" >   The styles that have a location list column format the list for child entries
+</p><!--l. 4529--><p class="indent" >   The styles that have a location list column format the list for child entries
 using:
-</p><!--l. 4439--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4531--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22042"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubLocationFmt</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -8353,11 +8737,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">locations</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4441--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4533--><p class="noindent" >
 This just does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">locations</span>&#x27E9; and ignores the level and label.
-</p><!--l. 4444--><p class="indent" >   The letter group headings are formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 4445--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4536--><p class="indent" >   The letter group headings are formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 4537--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22043"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraGroupHeading{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">n</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -8364,30 +8748,30 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4447--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4539--><p class="noindent" >
 which does nothing by default. The first argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9; is the number of columns in the
 table. The second argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the group label (not the title, although they may
 happen to be the same).
-</p><!--l. 4453--><p class="indent" >   This can be redefined to show the group heading. For example:
+</p><!--l. 4545--><p class="indent" >   This can be redefined to show the group heading. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139">
 \renewcommand*{\glslongextraGroupHeading}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrgetgrouptitle{#2}{\thisgrptitle}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glslongextraHeaderFmt{\thisgrptitle}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\tabularnewline
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\noalign{\vskip\normalbaselineskip}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4461--><p class="nopar" > This ignores the first argument and just puts the group title in the first column
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrgetgrouptitle{#2}{\thisgrptitle}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glslongextraHeaderFmt{\thisgrptitle}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\tabularnewline
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\noalign{\vskip\normalbaselineskip}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4553--><p class="nopar" > This ignores the first argument and just puts the group title in the first column
 formatted according to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraHeaderFmt </span>(to match the column
 header).
-</p><!--l. 4466--><p class="indent" >   Remember that you can also adjust the styles through category attributes. The
+</p><!--l. 4558--><p class="indent" >   Remember that you can also adjust the styles through category attributes. The
 name column’s title is given by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span>, the description column’s title is given by
 <span 
@@ -8395,22 +8779,24 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span>, as for the other long styles that have headers.
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd 
-class="description"><span 
+     <!--l. 4566--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 4566--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-22044"></a> This is like the <span 
 class="cmss-10">longragged-booktabs</span><a 
- id="dx1-22045"></a> style but doesn’t show the
-     location list (regardless of the <a 
+ id="dx1-22045"></a> style but doesn’t show
+     the location list (regardless of the <a 
 href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-22046"></a> option). The name is shown in
-     the first column and the description in the second.
-     <!--l. 4479--><p class="noindent" >The symbol is not displayed. The header row is produced with:
-     </p><!--l. 4481--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-22046"></a> option). The name is shown
+     in the first column and the description in the second.
+     </p><!--l. 4571--><p class="noindent" >The symbol is not displayed. The header row is produced with:
+     </p><!--l. 4573--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22047"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4483--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4575--><p class="noindent" >
      This essentially uses the same code as for <span 
 class="cmss-10">longragged-booktabs</span><a 
  id="dx1-22048"></a> but makes it
@@ -8420,20 +8806,20 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-136">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-140">
      \glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader\endhead
-     &#x00A0;<br />\glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter\endfoot
-</div>
-     <!--l. 4490--><p class="nopar" > where:
-     </p><!--l. 4492--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     \glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter\endfoot
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 4582--><p class="nopar" > where:
+     </p><!--l. 4584--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22049"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4494--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4586--><p class="noindent" >
      sets up the header and
-     </p><!--l. 4496--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4588--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22050"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4498--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4590--><p class="noindent" >
      sets up the footer. If you have setup the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-22051"></a><a 
@@ -8444,7 +8830,7 @@
  id="dx1-22054"></a> environment
      (and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescHeader </span>isn’t used).
-     </p><!--l. 4504--><p class="noindent" >For example, to simply remove the header and footer (for the default <span 
+     </p><!--l. 4596--><p class="noindent" >For example, to simply remove the header and footer (for the default <span 
 class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a 
  id="dx1-22055"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22056"></a>
@@ -8453,81 +8839,90 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141">
      \renewcommand{\glslongextraNameDescHeader}{}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 4508--><p class="nopar" > Or to change the name alignment to centred:
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 4600--><p class="nopar" > Or to change the name alignment to centred:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142">
      \renewcommand{\glslongextraNameAlign}{c}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 4512--><p class="nopar" >
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 4604--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd 
-class="description"><span 
+     <!--l. 4606--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 4606--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-loc</span><a 
  id="dx1-22057"></a> This is like the <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-22058"></a> style but has a third column for
-     the location list. The <span 
+ id="dx1-22058"></a> style but has a third column
+     for the location list. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a 
  id="dx1-22059"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22060"></a> header is given by:
-     <!--l. 4517--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-22061"></a>  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 4609--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-22061"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4519--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4611--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-22062"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22063"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 4522--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4614--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22064"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4524--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4616--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 4526--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4618--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22065"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4528--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4620--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd 
-class="description"><span 
+     <!--l. 4622--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 4622--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-desc-name</span><a 
  id="dx1-22066"></a> This is like the <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-22067"></a> style but swaps the columns. Note
-     that if the entry counter is displayed it will appear at the start of the
+ id="dx1-22067"></a> style but swaps the columns.
+     Note that if the entry counter is displayed it will appear at the start of the
      second column by default. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a 
  id="dx1-22068"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22069"></a> header is formatted according
      to:
-     <!--l. 4535--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-22070"></a>  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 4627--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-22070"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4537--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4629--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-22071"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22072"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 4540--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4632--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22073"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4542--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4634--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 4544--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4636--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22074"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4546--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4638--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd 
-class="description"><span 
+     <!--l. 4640--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 4640--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-loc-desc-name</span><a 
  id="dx1-22075"></a> This has three columns containing the location list,
      description and name. The <span 
@@ -8535,272 +8930,289 @@
  id="dx1-22076"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22077"></a> header is formatted according
      to:
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-     <!--l. 4552--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-22078"></a>  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 4644--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-22078"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4554--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4646--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-22079"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22080"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 4557--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4649--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22081"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4559--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4651--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 4561--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4653--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22082"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4563--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4655--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd 
-class="description"><span 
+     <!--l. 4657--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 4657--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym</span><a 
  id="dx1-22083"></a> This is has three columns, with the name in the first, the
      description in the second and the symbol in the third.
-     <!--l. 4569--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     </p><!--l. 4661--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a 
  id="dx1-22084"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22085"></a> header row is produced with:
-     </p><!--l. 4570--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4662--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22086"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4572--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4664--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-22087"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22088"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 4575--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4667--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22089"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4577--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4669--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 4579--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4671--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22090"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4581--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4673--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd 
-class="description"><span 
+     <!--l. 4675--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 4675--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span><a 
  id="dx1-22091"></a> This is has four columns, with the name in the first, the
      description in the second, the symbol in the third and the location list in the
      fourth.
-     <!--l. 4587--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     </p><!--l. 4679--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a 
  id="dx1-22092"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22093"></a> header row is produced with:
-     </p><!--l. 4588--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4680--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22094"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4590--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4682--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-22095"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22096"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 4593--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4685--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22097"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4595--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4687--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 4597--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4689--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22098"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4599--><p class="noindent" >
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
+     </p><!--l. 4691--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd 
-class="description"><span 
+     <!--l. 4693--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 4693--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-name-sym-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-22099"></a> This is like the <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym</span><a 
- id="dx1-22100"></a> but the second and third
-     column are swapped. The <span 
+ id="dx1-22100"></a> but the second and
+     third column are swapped. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a 
  id="dx1-22101"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22102"></a> header row is given by:
-     <!--l. 4604--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-22103"></a>  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 4696--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-22103"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4606--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4698--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-22104"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22105"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 4609--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4701--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22106"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4611--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4703--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 4613--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4705--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22107"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4615--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4707--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd 
-class="description"><span 
+     <!--l. 4709--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 4709--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-name-sym-desc-loc</span><a 
  id="dx1-22108"></a> This is like the <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span><a 
- id="dx1-22109"></a> but the second and
-     third column are swapped. The <span 
+ id="dx1-22109"></a> but the
+     second and third column are swapped. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a 
  id="dx1-22110"></a><a 
- id="dx1-22111"></a> header row is given by:
-     <!--l. 4620--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-22112"></a>  <span 
+ id="dx1-22111"></a> header row is given
+     by:
+     </p><!--l. 4712--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-22112"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4622--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4714--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-22113"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22114"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 4625--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4717--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22115"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4627--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     </p><!--l. 4719--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 4629--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4721--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22116"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4631--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4723--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd 
-class="description"><span 
+     <!--l. 4725--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 4725--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sym-desc-name</span><a 
- id="dx1-22117"></a> This has the symbol in the first column, the description in the
-     second and the name in the third. The <span 
+ id="dx1-22117"></a> This has the symbol in the first column, the description in
+     the second and the name in the third. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a 
  id="dx1-22118"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22119"></a> header row is given
      by:
-     <!--l. 4636--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-22120"></a>  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 4728--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-22120"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4638--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4730--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-22121"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22122"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 4641--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4733--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22123"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4643--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4735--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 4645--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4737--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22124"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4647--><p class="noindent" >
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
+     </p><!--l. 4739--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd 
-class="description"><span 
+     <!--l. 4741--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 4741--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-loc-sym-desc-name</span><a 
- id="dx1-22125"></a> This has the location list in the first column, symbol in the
-     second column, the description in the third and the name in the fourth. The
+ id="dx1-22125"></a> This has the location list in the first column, symbol in
+     the second column, the description in the third and the name in the fourth. The
      <span 
 class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a 
  id="dx1-22126"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22127"></a> header row is given by:
-     <!--l. 4653--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-22128"></a>  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 4745--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-22128"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4655--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4747--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-22129"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22130"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 4658--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4750--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22131"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4660--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4752--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 4662--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4754--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22132"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4664--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4756--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd 
-class="description"><span 
+     <!--l. 4758--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 4758--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-desc-sym-name</span><a 
- id="dx1-22133"></a> This has the description in the first column, the symbol in the
-     second and the name in the third. The <span 
+ id="dx1-22133"></a> This has the description in the first column, the symbol in
+     the second and the name in the third. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a 
  id="dx1-22134"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22135"></a> header row is given
      by:
-     <!--l. 4669--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-22136"></a>  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 4761--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-22136"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4671--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4763--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-22137"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22138"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 4674--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4766--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22139"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4676--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4768--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-     </p><!--l. 4678--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4770--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22140"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4680--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4772--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
- </dt><dd 
-class="description"><span 
+     <!--l. 4774--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 4774--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-loc-desc-sym-name</span><a 
- id="dx1-22141"></a> This has the location list in the first column, the description
-     in the second column, the symbol in the third and the name in the fourth. The
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-22141"></a> This has the location list in the first column, the
+     description in the second column, the symbol in the third and the name in the
+     fourth. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a 
  id="dx1-22142"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22143"></a> header row is given by:
-     <!--l. 4686--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-22144"></a>  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 4778--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-22144"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4688--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4780--><p class="noindent" >
      which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-22145"></a><a 
  id="dx1-22146"></a>
      version:
-     </p><!--l. 4691--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4783--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22147"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4693--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4785--><p class="noindent" >
      and
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-     </p><!--l. 4695--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 4787--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-22148"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4697--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4789--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4701--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+<!--l. 4793--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 4701--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4793--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.3   </span> <a 
  id="x1-230003.3"></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-topic </span>package</h3>
-<!--l. 4704--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.40, the <span 
+<!--l. 4796--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.40, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package comes with the supplementary
 package <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-topic</span><a 
@@ -8820,10 +9232,12 @@
  id="dx1-23005"></a>
 style.
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 4806--><p class="noindent" >
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">topic</span><a 
- id="dx1-23006"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This style is similar to the <span 
+ id="dx1-23006"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 4806--><p class="noindent" >This style is similar to the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tree</span><a 
  id="dx1-23007"></a> style but the indentation doesn’t start until
      the second sub-item level. The top-level entries have the name displayed
@@ -8832,48 +9246,50 @@
 href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-23008"></a> setting.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 4812--><p class="noindent" >
 <span 
 class="cmssbx-10">topicmcols</span><a 
- id="dx1-23009"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This style is like the <span 
+ id="dx1-23009"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 4812--><p class="noindent" >This style is like the <span 
 class="cmss-10">topic</span><a 
- id="dx1-23010"></a> style but the sub-entries are placed inside a
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-23010"></a> style but the sub-entries are placed inside a <span 
 class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a 
  id="dx1-23011"></a><a 
- id="dx1-23012"></a> environment. The environment name is supplied in the value of the
+ id="dx1-23012"></a>
+     environment. The environment name is supplied in the value of the
      command:
-     <!--l. 4724--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-23013"></a>  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 4816--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-23013"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicColsEnv </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4726--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4818--><p class="noindent" >
      You can change this to the starred form. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143">
      \renewcommand{\glstopicColsEnv}{multicols*}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 4730--><p class="nopar" > The number of columns is given by the command:
-     </p><!--l. 4732--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 4822--><p class="nopar" > The number of columns is given by the command:
+     </p><!--l. 4824--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-23014"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicCols </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4734--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4826--><p class="noindent" >
      The default value is 2.</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4737--><p class="noindent" >Both styles use the following commands.
-</p><!--l. 4738--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+<!--l. 4829--><p class="noindent" >Both styles use the following commands.
+</p><!--l. 4830--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-23015"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicParIndent </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4740--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4832--><p class="noindent" >
 This command is a length that’s used for the paragraph indentation in any
 multi-paragraph description for top-level entries, but not for the first paragraph (at
 the start of the description) which isn’t indented.
-</p><!--l. 4746--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4838--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-23016"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubIndent </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4748--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4840--><p class="noindent" >
 This command is a length that’s used to calculate the hanging indentation for
 sub-entries. The level&#x00A0;1 sub-entries don’t indent the name. Level&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmmi-10">n </span>sub-entries have
@@ -8883,20 +9299,32 @@
 class="cmsy-10">&#x00D7;</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubIndent</span>. The hanging indent depends on
 whether or not a widest name has been set for the level.
-</p><!--l. 4755--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 4847--><p class="indent" >   As from v1.46, there is also a length for additional indentation used
+in the second paragraph onwards for child entries with multi-paragraph
+descriptions:
+</p><!--l. 4850--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-23017"></a>  <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemParIndent </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 4852--><p class="noindent" >
+This is initialised to <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\parindent</span><a 
+ id="dx1-23018"></a> when <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossary-topic</span><a 
+ id="dx1-23019"></a> is loaded.
+</p><!--l. 4856--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-23020"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicInit </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4757--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4858--><p class="noindent" >
 Hook used at the start of the glossary. Does nothing by default.
-</p><!--l. 4760--><p class="indent" >   Although the styles don’t support letter groups by default, if you have many
+</p><!--l. 4861--><p class="indent" >   Although the styles don’t support letter groups by default, if you have many
 topics (top-level entries) and you feel that it would help the reader to divide them up
 into headed letter groups, you can redefine:
-</p><!--l. 4764--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-23018"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 4865--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-23021"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicGroupHeading{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">group label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4766--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4867--><p class="noindent" >
 This does nothing by default. If you want to redefine it, you can fetch the
 title corresponding to the group label with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgetgrouptitle</span>. For
@@ -8905,87 +9333,87 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-140">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-144">
 \renewcommand*{\glstopicGroupHeading}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrgetgrouptitle{#1}{\thisgrptitle}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\section*{\thisgrptitle}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4775--><p class="nopar" > Remember that if you use <a 
- id="dx1-23019"></a><a 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrgetgrouptitle{#1}{\thisgrptitle}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\section*{\thisgrptitle}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 4876--><p class="nopar" > Remember that if you use <a 
+ id="dx1-23022"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, you will need the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> (or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span>) switch to
 support this.
-</p><!--l. 4779--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-23020"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 4880--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-23023"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicItem{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4781--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4882--><p class="noindent" >
 Used to format the name, symbol, description and location list for the top-level
 entries. This starts with a paragraph break followed by:
-</p><!--l. 4785--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-23021"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 4886--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-23024"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicPreSkip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4787--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4888--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\medskip</span>. There is then a hook:
-</p><!--l. 4789--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-23022"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 4890--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-23025"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicMarker{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4791--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4892--><p class="noindent" >
 which does nothing by default, but may be redefined. For example, to add a line to
 the table of contents. The name and symbol are set in the form of a title
 using:
-</p><!--l. 4796--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-23023"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 4897--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-23026"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicTitle{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4798--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4899--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname </span>which converts the first letter to upper case. If there’s a
 symbol, this is added in parentheses. Both name and symbol (if present) are
 encapsulated by
-</p><!--l. 4802--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-23024"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 4903--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-23027"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicTitleFont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4804--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4905--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses a bold, large font by default.
-</p><!--l. 4807--><p class="indent" >   If the entry has the description key set (tested with <span 
+</p><!--l. 4908--><p class="indent" >   If the entry has the description key set (tested with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasdesc</span>) then a
 paragraph break is inserted followed by:
-</p><!--l. 4809--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-23025"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 4910--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-23028"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicMidSkip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4811--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4912--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\smallskip</span>. This is followed by the description which is formatted
 according to:
-</p><!--l. 4814--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-23026"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 4915--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-23029"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicDesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4816--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4917--><p class="noindent" >
 This just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrydesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>followed by the post-description
 hook.
-</p><!--l. 4820--><p class="indent" >   A paragraph break followed by:
-</p><!--l. 4821--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-23027"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 4921--><p class="indent" >   A paragraph break followed by:
+</p><!--l. 4922--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-23030"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicPostSkip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4823--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4924--><p class="noindent" >
 comes next regardless of whether or not the description was displayed. This defaults
 to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\smallskip</span>. This is then followed by:
@@ -8992,33 +9420,33 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 4827--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-23028"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 4928--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-23031"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicLoc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4829--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4930--><p class="noindent" >
 which may be used to display the location list, but does nothing by default.
-</p><!--l. 4833--><p class="indent" >   The sub-entries first set up the paragraph and hanging indentations using:
-</p><!--l. 4835--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-23029"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 4934--><p class="indent" >   The sub-entries first set up the paragraph and hanging indentations using:
+</p><!--l. 4936--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-23032"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicAssignSubIndent{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4837--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4938--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses:
-</p><!--l. 4839--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-23030"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 4940--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-23033"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicAssignWidest{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4841--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4942--><p class="noindent" >
 to determine if a widest name has been set for the given level.
-</p><!--l. 4844--><p class="indent" >   The sub-entry has its information displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 4845--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-23031"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 4945--><p class="indent" >   The sub-entry has its information displayed using:
+</p><!--l. 4946--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-23034"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItem{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9026,52 +9454,52 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4847--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4948--><p class="noindent" >
 This encapsulates the name with:
-</p><!--l. 4849--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-23032"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 4950--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-23035"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubNameFont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4851--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4952--><p class="noindent" >
 By default this just uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textbf</span>. This is followed by:
-</p><!--l. 4853--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-23033"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 4954--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-23036"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemSep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4855--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4956--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\quad</span>. The name and separator are passed in the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; argument
 of:
-</p><!--l. 4858--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-23034"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 4959--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-23037"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemBox{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4860--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4961--><p class="noindent" >
 If a widest name was set for the given level, this will put &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; inside a box of that
 width otherwise it just does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 4865--><p class="indent" >   This is followed by the symbol in parentheses if set. Then, if the description is set,
+</p><!--l. 4966--><p class="indent" >   This is followed by the symbol in parentheses if set. Then, if the description is set,
 the description and post-description hook are displayed followed by:
-</p><!--l. 4868--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-23035"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 4969--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-23038"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubPreLocSep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4870--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4971--><p class="noindent" >
 (This command isn’t used if the description isn’t set.)
-</p><!--l. 4873--><p class="indent" >   Finally the location list is displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 4874--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-23036"></a>  <span 
+</p><!--l. 4974--><p class="indent" >   Finally the location list is displayed using:
+</p><!--l. 4975--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-23039"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubLoc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4876--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4977--><p class="noindent" >
 which just does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">location</span>&#x27E9; by default.
                                                                   
@@ -9078,11 +9506,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 4879--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 4879--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4980--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 4980--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">4. <a 
  id="sec:abbreviations"></a>Abbreviations</h2>
-</p><!--l. 4882--><p class="indent" >   The new abbreviation system provided by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4983--><p class="indent" >   The new abbreviation system provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is more flexible
 than the acronym handling provided by the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. The
@@ -9096,7 +9524,7 @@
 See the file <a 
 href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-abbr-styles.pdf" >sample-abbr-styles.pdf</a> for samples of all provided abbreviation
 styles.
-</p><!--l. 4894--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span 
+</p><!--l. 4995--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a 
  id="dx1-24001"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirst</span><a 
@@ -9115,8 +9543,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. If you don’t want the full form to show on first use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>use one of the
 “nolong” or “noshort” styles. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4903--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4905--><p class="indent" >   This lack of flexibility in <span 
+</p><!--l. 5004--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5006--><p class="indent" >   This lack of flexibility in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>can be demonstrated with the following
 document:
                                                                   
@@ -9123,16 +9551,16 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-145">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\setabbreviationstyle{footnote}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{ex}{EX}{Example}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />Compare&#x00A0;\gls{ex}['s]&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;\glsfirst{ex}['s].
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 4917--><p class="nopar" > The <a 
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\setabbreviationstyle{footnote}
+\newabbreviation{ex}{EX}{Example}
+\begin{document}
+Compare&#x00A0;\gls{ex}['s]&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;\glsfirst{ex}['s].
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 5018--><p class="nopar" > The <a 
  id="dx1-24005"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>has the footnote marker after the inserted material “EX’s<sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
@@ -9147,7 +9575,7 @@
 inserted material as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a 
  id="dx1-24007"></a> is in the post-link hook.
-</p><!--l. 4925--><p class="indent" >   There are some instances where <span 
+</p><!--l. 5026--><p class="indent" >   There are some instances where <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>can be useful. It’s used internally by
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext</span><a 
@@ -9162,7 +9590,7 @@
 about inserted material as the final optional argument isn’t supported by
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4934--><p class="indent" >   Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as
+</p><!--l. 5035--><p class="indent" >   Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as
 “laser”), initialisms (initial letters of a phrase, such as “html”, that aren’t
 pronounced as words) and contractions (where parts of words are omitted, often
 replaced by an apostrophe, such as “don’t”). The “acronym” code provided by the
@@ -9175,10 +9603,10 @@
 class="cmti-10">described </span>for readers unfamiliar with the term). They are therefore
 more like a regular term, which may or may not require a description in the
 glossary.
-</p><!--l. 4946--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 5047--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package corrects this misnomer, and provides better
 abbreviation handling, with
-</p><!--l. 4948--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5049--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-24011"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9189,48 +9617,51 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4950--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4952--><p class="indent" >   This sets the <span 
+</p><!--l. 5051--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5053--><p class="indent" >   This sets the <span 
 class="cmss-10">category</span><a 
  id="dx1-24012"></a> key to <span 
-class="cmtt-10">abbreviation </span>by default, but that value may be
-overridden in &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;. The category may have attributes that modify the way
-abbreviations are defined. For example, the <a 
+class="cmtt-10">abbreviation </span>by default, but that value may
+be overridden in &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;. The category may have attributes that modify
+the way abbreviations are defined. For example, the <a 
 href="#catattr.insertdots"><span 
 class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24013"></a> attribute will automatically
-insert full stops (periods) into &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-24013"></a> attribute
+will automatically insert full stops (periods) into &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; or the <a 
 href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24014"></a> attribute will set the default
-value of the <span 
+ id="dx1-24014"></a>
+attribute will set the default value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-24015"></a> key to just &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; (without appending the plural suffix). See <a 
+class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; (without
+appending the plural suffix). See <a 
 href="#sec:categories"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6
-</a><a 
-href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 4962--><p class="indent" >   See <a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a 
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further
+details.
+</p><!--l. 5063--><p class="indent" >   See <a 
 href="#sec:nested"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.8 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:nested </a><a 
 href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a> regarding the pitfalls of using commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-24016"></a> or
-<span 
+ id="dx1-24016"></a>
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a 
  id="dx1-24017"></a> within &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; or &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;.
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-</p><!--l. 4966--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations
+</p><!--l. 5067--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations
 or they may not be correctly applied. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4969--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4971--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 5070--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5072--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-24018"></a> command provided by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is redefined by
@@ -9242,9 +9673,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>(see also
 <a 
 href="#sec:acronymmods"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.9 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:acronymmods </a><a 
 href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>) so
-</p><!--l. 4975--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5076--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-24020"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9255,7 +9687,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4977--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5078--><p class="noindent" >
 is
 now
 equivalent
@@ -9278,7 +9710,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-</p><!--l. 4984--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 5085--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>command is superficially similar to the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
 package’s <span 
@@ -9298,13 +9730,13 @@
 styles provided by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, although they may produce similar
 results.)
-</p><!--l. 4994--><p class="indent" >   The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 5095--><p class="indent" >   The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>varies according
 to the abbreviation style. The styles are set according to the entry’s category so,
 unlike the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, you can have different abbreviation styles within
 the same glossary.
-</p><!--l. 5000--><p class="indent" >   There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on
+</p><!--l. 5101--><p class="indent" >   There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on
 <a 
  id="dx1-24025"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> by commands like <span 
@@ -9325,7 +9757,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-24030"></a>, the display and inline full forms are
 different.
-</p><!--l. 5007--><p class="indent" >   These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span 
+</p><!--l. 5108--><p class="indent" >   These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
  id="dx1-24031"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
@@ -9344,9 +9776,12 @@
  id="dx1-24035"></a> and the case-changing variants don’t use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5015--><p class="indent" >   You can apply the formatting command used for the short form to some arbitrary
+</p><!--l. 5116--><p class="indent" >   You can apply the formatting command used for the short form to some arbitrary
 text using
-</p><!--l. 5017--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+</p><!--l. 5118--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-24036"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsuseabbrvfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9353,14 +9788,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-</p><!--l. 5019--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5120--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9; is the category label that identifies the abbreviation style. Similarly
 for the formatting command use by the long form:
-</p><!--l. 5023--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5124--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-24037"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsuselongfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9367,8 +9799,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5025--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5027--><p class="indent" >   You can’t use the acronym commands provided by the base package with the new
+</p><!--l. 5126--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5128--><p class="indent" >   You can’t use the acronym commands provided by the base package with the new
 abbreviations provided by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package. The style commands that
 replace <span 
@@ -9375,17 +9807,18 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>etc are described in <a 
 href="#sec:abbrstyle"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.2 </a><a 
-href="#sec:abbrstyle">Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrstyle --></a>.
-The <a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbrstyle
+</a><a 
+href="#sec:abbrstyle">Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrstyle --></a>. The <a 
 href="#styopt.acronymlists"><span 
 class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-24038"></a> package option and associated commands aren’t supported. The
-<span 
+ id="dx1-24038"></a> package option and associated commands
+aren’t supported. The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\forallacronyms</span><a 
- id="dx1-24039"></a> command, which iterates over all acronym lists, should be replaced
-with:
-</p><!--l. 5034--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-24039"></a> command, which iterates over all acronym
+lists, should be replaced with:
+</p><!--l. 5135--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-24040"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\forallabbreviationlists{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9392,15 +9825,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">body</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5036--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5137--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 5038--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5139--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:tagging"></a>Tagging Initials</h3>
-<!--l. 5041--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are
+<!--l. 5142--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are
 underlined in the glossary but not in the main part of the document, you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 5044--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5145--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-25001"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">categories</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9407,9 +9840,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5046--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5147--><p class="noindent" >
 before you define your abbreviations.
-</p><!--l. 5049--><p class="indent" >   This command (robustly) defines &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 5150--><p class="indent" >   This command (robustly) defines &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; (a control sequence) to accept a single
 argument, which is the letter (or letters) that needs to be tagged. The normal
 behaviour of this command within the document is to simply do its argument, but in
@@ -9418,12 +9851,12 @@
 class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-25002"></a> attribute set to
 “true”. For those cases it will use
-</p><!--l. 5056--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5157--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-25003"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtagfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5058--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5159--><p class="noindent" >
 This command defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\underline</span><a 
  id="dx1-25004"></a><span 
@@ -9430,7 +9863,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>but may be redefined as required.
-</p><!--l. 5062--><p class="indent" >   The control sequence &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 5163--><p class="indent" >   The control sequence &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; can’t already be defined when used with the unstarred
 version of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>for safety reasons. The starred
@@ -9439,19 +9872,24 @@
 commands, ensure that you don’t redefine something important. In fact, just
 forget the existence of the starred version and let’s pretend I didn’t mention
 it.
-</p><!--l. 5071--><p class="indent" >   The first argument of <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>is a comma-separated list
-of category names. The <a 
+</p><!--l. 5172--><p class="indent" >   The first argument of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>is a comma-separated
+list of category names. The <a 
 href="#catattr.tagging"><span 
 class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-25005"></a> attribute will automatically be set for those
-categories. You can later set this attribute for other categories (see <a 
+ id="dx1-25005"></a> attribute will automatically be set for
+those categories. You can later set this attribute for other categories (see
+<a 
 href="#sec:categories"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a 
-href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>) but
-this must be done before the glossary is displayed.
-</p><!--l. 5078--><p class="indent" >   The accompanying sample file <span 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a 
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>) but this must be done before the glossary is
+displayed.
+</p><!--l. 5179--><p class="indent" >   The accompanying sample file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-mixtures.tex </span>uses initial tagging for both
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
 the <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-25006"></a> and <span 
@@ -9461,10 +9899,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146">
 \GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{acronym,abbreviation}{\itag}
-</div>
-<!--l. 5083--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 5184--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\itag </span>which can be used in the definitions. For
 example:
                                                                   
@@ -9471,30 +9909,30 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-147">
 \newacronym
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[description={a&#x00A0;system&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;detecting&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;location&#x00A0;and
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;speed&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;ships,&#x00A0;aircraft,&#x00A0;etc,&#x00A0;through&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;radio
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;waves}%&#x00A0;description&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;this&#x00A0;term
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;]
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{radar}%&#x00A0;identifying&#x00A0;label
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{radar}%&#x00A0;short&#x00A0;form&#x00A0;(i.e.&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;word)
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{\itag{ra}dio&#x00A0;\itag{d}etection&#x00A0;\itag{a}nd&#x00A0;\itag{r}anging}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{e\itag{x}tensible&#x00A0;\itag{m}arkup&#x00A0;\itag{l}anguage}
-</div>
-<!--l. 5098--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for
+&#x00A0;[description={a&#x00A0;system&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;detecting&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;location&#x00A0;and
+&#x00A0;speed&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;ships,&#x00A0;aircraft,&#x00A0;etc,&#x00A0;through&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;use&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;radio
+&#x00A0;waves}%&#x00A0;description&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;this&#x00A0;term
+&#x00A0;]
+&#x00A0;{radar}%&#x00A0;identifying&#x00A0;label
+&#x00A0;{radar}%&#x00A0;short&#x00A0;form&#x00A0;(i.e.&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;word)
+&#x00A0;{\itag{ra}dio&#x00A0;\itag{d}etection&#x00A0;\itag{a}nd&#x00A0;\itag{r}anging}
+\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}
+&#x00A0;{e\itag{x}tensible&#x00A0;\itag{m}arkup&#x00A0;\itag{l}anguage}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 5199--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for
 entries with the <a 
 href="#catattr.tagging"><span 
 class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-25008"></a> attribute set.
-</p><!--l. 5103--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5204--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 5103--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5204--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:abbrstyle"></a>Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 5106--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using:
-</p><!--l. 5108--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+<!--l. 5207--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using:
+</p><!--l. 5209--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-26001"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9501,7 +9939,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">style-name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5110--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5211--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">style-name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the style and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9; is the category label
@@ -9523,11 +9961,11 @@
  id="dx1-26004"></a> attribute to
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">true</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5121--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a
+</p><!--l. 5222--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a
 different category to each group and set the style for the given category.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 5125--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5127--><p class="indent" >   Note that <span 
+</p><!--l. 5226--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5228--><p class="indent" >   Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a 
  id="dx1-26005"></a> is disabled by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. Use </p><div class="alltt">
@@ -9545,10 +9983,11 @@
  id="dx1-26006"></a> (see
 <a 
 href="#sec:acronymmods"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.9 </a><a 
-href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>). However the original acronym interface is
-incompatible with all the commands described here.
-<!--l. 5137--><p class="indent" >   Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:acronymmods </a><a 
+href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>). However the original acronym
+interface is incompatible with all the commands described here.
+<!--l. 5238--><p class="indent" >   Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>commands, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-26007"></a>,
@@ -9558,7 +9997,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-26009"></a>).
 The short form can be produced with:
-</p><!--l. 5141--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5242--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-26010"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9567,12 +10006,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5143--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5244--><p class="noindent" >
 (Use this instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a 
  id="dx1-26011"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5146--><p class="indent" >   The long form can be produced with
-</p><!--l. 5147--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5247--><p class="indent" >   The long form can be produced with
+</p><!--l. 5248--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-26012"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9581,13 +10020,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5149--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5250--><p class="noindent" >
 (Use this instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a 
  id="dx1-26013"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5152--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 5253--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmti-10">inline </span>full form can be produced with
-</p><!--l. 5153--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5254--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-26014"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9596,11 +10035,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5155--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5256--><p class="noindent" >
 (This this instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a 
  id="dx1-26015"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5158--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 5259--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a 
  id="dx1-26016"></a> for abbreviations,
 especially if you use the &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9608,8 +10047,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(possibly with a
 reset) or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5163--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5165--><p class="indent" >   As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format
+</p><!--l. 5264--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5266--><p class="indent" >   As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format
 used on <a 
  id="dx1-26017"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> with <span 
@@ -9620,21 +10059,22 @@
 short form on <a 
  id="dx1-26019"></a>first use, but the full form will display the long form followed by the
 short form in parentheses.
-</p><!--l. 5172--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the
+</p><!--l. 5273--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the
 commands described in <a 
 href="#sec:headtitle"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>5 </a><a 
-href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and
-Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> instead. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5176--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5178--><p class="indent" >   The arguments &#x27E8;<span 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:headtitle </a><a 
+href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers,
+Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> instead. </div>
+</p><!--l. 5277--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5279--><p class="indent" >   The arguments &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; are the same as for commands such as
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. There are also analogous case-changing commands:
-</p><!--l. 5182--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case short form:
-</p><!--l. 5183--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5283--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case short form:
+</p><!--l. 5284--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-26020"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshort[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9643,9 +10083,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5185--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5187--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case long form:
-</p><!--l. 5188--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5286--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5288--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case long form:
+</p><!--l. 5289--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-26021"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlong[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9654,9 +10094,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5190--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5192--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case inline full form:
-</p><!--l. 5193--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5291--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5293--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case inline full form:
+</p><!--l. 5294--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-26022"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9665,12 +10105,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5195--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5197--><p class="indent" >   All upper case short form:
+</p><!--l. 5296--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5298--><p class="indent" >   All upper case short form:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 5198--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5299--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-26023"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshort[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9679,9 +10119,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5200--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5202--><p class="indent" >   All upper case long form:
-</p><!--l. 5203--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5301--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5303--><p class="indent" >   All upper case long form:
+</p><!--l. 5304--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-26024"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlong[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9690,9 +10130,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5205--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5207--><p class="indent" >   All upper case inline full form:
-</p><!--l. 5208--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5306--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5308--><p class="indent" >   All upper case inline full form:
+</p><!--l. 5309--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-26025"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9701,10 +10141,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5210--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5212--><p class="indent" >   Plural forms are also available.
-</p><!--l. 5214--><p class="indent" >   Short form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 5215--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5311--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5313--><p class="indent" >   Plural forms are also available.
+</p><!--l. 5315--><p class="indent" >   Short form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 5316--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-26026"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9713,8 +10153,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5217--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5218--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5318--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5319--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-26027"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshortpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9723,8 +10163,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5220--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5221--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5321--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5322--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-26028"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshortpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9733,9 +10173,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5223--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5225--><p class="indent" >   Long form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 5226--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5324--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5326--><p class="indent" >   Long form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 5327--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-26029"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9744,8 +10184,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5228--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5229--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5329--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5330--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-26030"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlongpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9754,8 +10194,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5231--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5232--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5332--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5333--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-26031"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlongpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9764,9 +10204,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5234--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5236--><p class="indent" >   Full form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 5237--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5335--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5337--><p class="indent" >   Full form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 5338--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-26032"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9775,8 +10215,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5239--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5240--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5340--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5341--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-26033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9785,8 +10225,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5242--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5243--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5343--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5344--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-26034"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -9795,8 +10235,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5245--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5247--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span 
+</p><!--l. 5346--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5348--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl </span>and
@@ -9811,13 +10251,13 @@
 
                                                                   
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 5253--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5255--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5354--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5356--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 5255--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5356--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:abbrshortcuts"></a>Shortcut Commands</h3>
-<!--l. 5258--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the <a 
+<!--l. 5359--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a 
@@ -9832,13 +10272,14 @@
 class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a 
  id="dx1-27003"></a>. (You can use both settings at the
 same time.) The provided shortcut commands listed in <a 
-href="#tab:abbrshortcuts">table&#x00A0;4.1</a>.
+href="#tab:abbrshortcuts">table&#x00A0;<span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>tab:abbrshortcuts</a>.
 </p>
    <div class="table">
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-<!--l. 5265--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+<!--l. 5366--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="tab:abbrshortcuts"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
 >
                                                                   
@@ -9848,7 +10289,7 @@
 ><span class="id">Table&#x00A0;4.1: </span><span  
 class="content">Abbreviation Shortcut Commands</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-270041 -->
 <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-3" class="tabular" 
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0"  
+ 
 ><colgroup id="TBL-3-1g"><col 
 id="TBL-3-1" /><col 
 id="TBL-3-2" /><col 
@@ -10156,10 +10597,10 @@
                                                                   
    </div><hr class="endfloat" />
    </div>
-<!--l. 5303--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5404--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4   </span> <a 
  id="sec:predefabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 5306--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a
+<!--l. 5407--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a
 regular entry (so that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-28001"></a> uses <span 
@@ -10170,7 +10611,7 @@
  id="dx1-28003"></a> uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span><a 
  id="dx1-28004"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 5311--><p class="indent" >   The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a 
+</p><!--l. 5412--><p class="indent" >   The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28005"></a> attribute to “true” for the
@@ -10195,7 +10636,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a 
  id="dx1-28013"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5320--><p class="indent" >   The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a 
+</p><!--l. 5421--><p class="indent" >   The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28014"></a> attribute. The <span 
@@ -10215,7 +10656,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat</span><a 
  id="dx1-28019"></a> that are defined by the
 style).
-</p><!--l. 5328--><p class="indent" >   In both cases, the <a 
+</p><!--l. 5429--><p class="indent" >   In both cases, the <a 
  id="dx1-28020"></a>first use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-28021"></a> may not match the text produced by
@@ -10222,10 +10663,10 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a 
  id="dx1-28022"></a> (and likewise for the plural and case-changing versions).
-</p><!--l. 5332--><p class="indent" >   The sample file <span 
+</p><!--l. 5433--><p class="indent" >   The sample file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-abbr-styles.tex </span>demonstrates all predefined styles
 described here.
-</p><!--l. 5335--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span 
+</p><!--l. 5436--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a 
  id="dx1-28023"></a>, be careful about your choice of fonts as
 some only have limited support. For example, you may not be able to combine bold
@@ -10234,8 +10675,8 @@
  id="dx1-28024"></a> package with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">T1</span>
 option or something similar. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5341--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5343--><p class="indent" >   Many of the styles have helper commands in the form <span 
+</p><!--l. 5442--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5444--><p class="indent" >   Many of the styles have helper commands in the form <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr...name </span>and
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr...sort </span>that are expanded within the <span 
@@ -10254,20 +10695,20 @@
 class="cmti-10">register</span>&#x27E9;. It’s essential that these expand when the abbreviation is
 defined so don’t hide them behind no-expandable content if you redefine these helper
 commands.
-</p><!--l. 5352--><p class="indent" >   The parenthetical styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 5453--><p class="indent" >   The parenthetical styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28029"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 5354--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5455--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28030"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5356--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5457--><p class="noindent" >
 to set the parenthetical material. This just puts parentheses around the text:
 (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;).
-</p><!--l. 5360--><p class="indent" >   The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 5461--><p class="indent" >   The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28031"></a> and <a 
@@ -10274,7 +10715,7 @@
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28032"></a> use
-</p><!--l. 5362--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5463--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28033"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -10282,44 +10723,44 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 5364--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5465--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short form. This just does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; by default. (That is, no font change is
 applied.) On first use,
-</p><!--l. 5367--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5468--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28034"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5369--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5470--><p class="noindent" >
 is used instead. By default, this just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span>. The long form is
 formatted according to
-</p><!--l. 5372--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5473--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28035"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5374--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5475--><p class="noindent" >
 which again just does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; (no font change). On first use,
-</p><!--l. 5376--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5477--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28036"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5378--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5479--><p class="noindent" >
 is used instead. This just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont</span>. The plural suffix used for the
 short form is given by
-</p><!--l. 5381--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5482--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28037"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5383--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5484--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a 
  id="dx1-28038"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5386--><p class="indent" >   The small-cap styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 5487--><p class="indent" >   The small-cap styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28039"></a> and <a 
@@ -10326,23 +10767,23 @@
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28040"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 5388--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5489--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28041"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5390--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5491--><p class="noindent" >
 which uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x4" id="fn1x4-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><a 
  id="x1-28042f1"></a>
 On first use
-</p><!--l. 5396--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5497--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28043"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5398--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5499--><p class="noindent" >
 is used instead. This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont </span>by default. So redefine, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span>
@@ -10349,44 +10790,46 @@
 to change first and subsequent uses or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont </span>to change just the
 first use.
-</p><!--l. 5403--><p class="indent" >   The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span 
+</p><!--l. 5504--><p class="indent" >   The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given
 by
-</p><!--l. 5406--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5507--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28044"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrscsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5408--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5509--><p class="noindent" >
 This is defined as
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-144">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-148">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrscsuffix}{\glstextup{\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 5412--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 5513--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstextup</span><a 
  id="dx1-28045"></a> command is provided by <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and is used to switch off the
-small caps font for the suffix. If you override the default short plural using the
-<span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and is used to switch off
+the small caps font for the suffix. If you override the default short plural
+using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-28046"></a> key when you define the abbreviation you will need to make the
-appropriate adjustment if necessary. (Remember that the default plural suffix
-behaviour can be modified through the use of the <a 
+ id="dx1-28046"></a> key when you define the abbreviation you will need to
+make the appropriate adjustment if necessary. (Remember that the default
+plural suffix behaviour can be modified through the use of the <a 
 href="#catattr.aposplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-28047"></a> and <a 
+ id="dx1-28047"></a>
+and <a 
 href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-28048"></a>
-attributes. See <a 
+ id="dx1-28048"></a> attributes. See <a 
 href="#sec:categories"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a 
-href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 5423--><p class="indent" >   The small styles, such as <a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a 
+href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further
+details.)
+</p><!--l. 5524--><p class="indent" >   The small styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28049"></a> and <a 
@@ -10393,12 +10836,12 @@
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28050"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 5425--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5526--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28051"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5427--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5528--><p class="noindent" >
 which uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>. (This requires the <span 
 class="cmss-10">relsizes</span><a 
@@ -10405,26 +10848,26 @@
  id="dx1-28052"></a> package, which isn’t loaded by
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, so must be loaded explicitly.) On first use
-</p><!--l. 5432--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5533--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28053"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5434--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5535--><p class="noindent" >
 is used instead. This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 5437--><p class="indent" >   The long form for the smaller styles uses <span 
+</p><!--l. 5538--><p class="indent" >   The long form for the smaller styles uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given
 by
-</p><!--l. 5440--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5541--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28054"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsmsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5442--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5543--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to just <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5445--><p class="indent" >   The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 5546--><p class="indent" >   The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28055"></a> or <a 
@@ -10432,30 +10875,30 @@
 class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28056"></a>,
 use
-</p><!--l. 5447--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5548--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28057"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5449--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5550--><p class="noindent" >
 On first use
-</p><!--l. 5451--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5552--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28058"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvemfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5453--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5554--><p class="noindent" >
 is used instead. This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont </span>by default. The suffix is given
 by
-</p><!--l. 5456--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5557--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28059"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtremsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5458--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5559--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to just <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>. The long form is as for the basic
 style unless the style is a “long-em” style.
-</p><!--l. 5463--><p class="indent" >   The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 5564--><p class="indent" >   The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28060"></a> or <a 
@@ -10463,25 +10906,25 @@
 class="cmss-10">short-em-long-em</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28061"></a>,
 use
-</p><!--l. 5465--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5566--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28062"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long-form</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5467--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5568--><p class="noindent" >
 instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long-form</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>and
-</p><!--l. 5469--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+</p><!--l. 5570--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28063"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long-form</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-</p><!--l. 5471--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5572--><p class="noindent" >
 instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long-form</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -10489,143 +10932,143 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span>
 is initialised to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5475--><p class="indent" >   The user styles have similar commands:
-</p><!--l. 5476--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5576--><p class="indent" >   The user styles have similar commands:
+</p><!--l. 5577--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28064"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5478--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5579--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short form,
-</p><!--l. 5480--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5581--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28065"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvuserfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5482--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5583--><p class="noindent" >
 for the first use short form,
-</p><!--l. 5484--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5585--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28066"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslonguserfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5486--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5587--><p class="noindent" >
 for the long form,
-</p><!--l. 5488--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5589--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28067"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonguserfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5490--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5591--><p class="noindent" >
 for the first use long form, and
-</p><!--l. 5492--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5593--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28068"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5494--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5595--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short plural suffix.
-</p><!--l. 5497--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the hyphen styles:
-</p><!--l. 5498--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5598--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the hyphen styles:
+</p><!--l. 5599--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28069"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5500--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5601--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short form,
-</p><!--l. 5502--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5603--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28070"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5504--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5605--><p class="noindent" >
 for the first use short form,
-</p><!--l. 5506--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5607--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28071"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslonghyphenfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5508--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5609--><p class="noindent" >
 for the long form,
-</p><!--l. 5510--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5611--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28072"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5512--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5613--><p class="noindent" >
 for the first use long form, and
-</p><!--l. 5514--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5615--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28073"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5516--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5617--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short plural suffix.
-</p><!--l. 5519--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 5620--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28074"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 5521--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5622--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28075"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvonlyfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5523--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5624--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short form,
-</p><!--l. 5525--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5626--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28076"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvonlyfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5527--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5628--><p class="noindent" >
 for the first use short form,
-</p><!--l. 5529--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5630--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28077"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongonlyfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5531--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5632--><p class="noindent" >
 for the long form,
-</p><!--l. 5533--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+</p><!--l. 5634--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28078"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongonlyfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-</p><!--l. 5535--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5636--><p class="noindent" >
 for the first use long form, and
-</p><!--l. 5537--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5638--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28079"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlysuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5539--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5640--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short plural suffix.
-</p><!--l. 5542--><p class="indent" >   Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of
+</p><!--l. 5643--><p class="indent" >   Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of
 commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>), is placed outside the font command in the predefined styles. To
 move it inside, use:
-</p><!--l. 5545--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5646--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28080"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5547--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5648--><p class="noindent" >
 This applies to all the predefined styles. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-145">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149">
 \setabbreviationstyle{long-short}
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont}[1]{\emph{#1}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue
-</div>
-<!--l. 5553--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default
+\renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont}[1]{\emph{#1}}
+\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue
+</pre>
+<!--l. 5654--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default
 (without <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue</span>) would place the inserted text outside of the
 emphasized font.
-</p><!--l. 5558--><p class="indent" >   Note that for some styles, such as the <a 
+</p><!--l. 5659--><p class="indent" >   Note that for some styles, such as the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28081"></a>, the inserted text would be
 placed inside the font command for the short form (rather than the long form in the
 above example).
-</p><!--l. 5562--><p class="indent" >   Remember that <span 
+</p><!--l. 5663--><p class="indent" >   Remember that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>renders <span 
 class="cmti-10">lowercase </span>letters as small capitals. Uppercase
 letters are rendered as normal uppercase letters, so if you specify the short form in
@@ -10636,28 +11079,28 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150">
 \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeLowercase{#1}}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 5569--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5571--><p class="indent" >   If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it
+</pre>
+<!--l. 5670--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5672--><p class="indent" >   If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it
 easier to redefine this command to convert case:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-147">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151">
 \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeTextLowercase{#1}}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvsmfont}[1]{\textsmaller{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 5577--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5579--><p class="indent" >   Some of the styles use
-</p><!--l. 5580--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvsmfont}[1]{\textsmaller{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 5678--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5680--><p class="indent" >   Some of the styles use
+</p><!--l. 5681--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28082"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5582--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5683--><p class="noindent" >
 as a separator between the long and short forms. This is defined as a space by
 default, but may be changed as required. For example:
                                                                   
@@ -10664,21 +11107,22 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-148">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{~}
-</div>
-<!--l. 5587--><p class="nopar" > or
+</pre>
+<!--l. 5688--><p class="nopar" > or
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 5591--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5593--><p class="indent" >   The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p>
+</pre>
+<!--l. 5692--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5694--><p class="indent" >   The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
-     <li class="itemize">&#x27E8;<span 
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 5697--><p class="noindent" >&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field1</span>&#x27E9;[<span 
 class="cmtt-10">-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>&#x27E9;]<span 
@@ -10687,7 +11131,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier2</span>&#x27E9;][<span 
 class="cmtt-10">-user</span>]
-     <!--l. 5598--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5699--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9; parts may be omitted.
      These styles display &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -10697,46 +11141,50 @@
      &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field2</span>&#x27E9; starts with “no” then that element is omitted from the display style
      (no parenthetical part) but is included in the inline style.
-     </p><!--l. 5604--><p class="noindent" >If the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5705--><p class="noindent" >If the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9; part is present, then the field has a font changing command
      applied to it. The special modifier <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-only </span>indicates that field is only present
      according to whether or not the entry has been used.
-     </p><!--l. 5609--><p class="noindent" >If  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5710--><p class="noindent" >If  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">post </span>is  present  then  &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field2</span>&#x27E9;  is  placed  after  the  <a 
  id="dx1-28083"></a><a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a>  using  the
      post-link hook.
-     </p><!--l. 5612--><p class="noindent" >If the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5713--><p class="noindent" >If the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-user </span>part is present, then the <span 
 class="cmss-10">user1</span><a 
  id="dx1-28084"></a> value, if provided, is inserted
      into the parenthetical material . (The field used for the inserted material
      may be changed.)
-     </p><!--l. 5616--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
+     </p><!--l. 5717--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
          <ul class="itemize2">
-         <li class="itemize"><a 
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 5719--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28085"></a>:  &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field1</span>&#x27E9;  is  the  long  form,  the  short  form  is  set  in
          smallcaps but omitted in the display style.
-         </li>
-         <li class="itemize"><a 
+         </p></li>
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 5722--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28086"></a>:  both  the  long  form  and  the  short  form  are
          emphasized. The short form is in parentheses.
-         </li>
-         <li class="itemize"><a 
+         </p></li>
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 5724--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28087"></a>: the short form is emphasized but not the long form.
          The short form is in parentheses.
-         </li>
-         <li class="itemize"><a 
+         </p></li>
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 5726--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28088"></a>: if the <span 
@@ -10748,8 +11196,12 @@
 class="cmti-10">user1</span>&#x27E9;) otherwise it just produces &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;).
-         </li>
-         <li class="itemize"><a 
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+         </p></li>
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 5730--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28090"></a>:  the  short  form  and  the  inserted
@@ -10763,15 +11215,13 @@
          <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont  </span>(or  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont  </span>on  first
-         use).</li></ul>
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
+         use).</p></li></ul>
      </li>
-     <li class="itemize">&#x27E8;<span 
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 5739--><p class="noindent" >&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">-noreg</span>
-     <!--l. 5640--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a 
+     </p><!--l. 5741--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28091"></a> attribute. In some cases, there’s a version of the
@@ -10787,7 +11237,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28094"></a> style is a minor variation that
      style that doesn’t set the attribute.
-     </p><!--l. 5647--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a 
+     </p><!--l. 5748--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-noreg"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28095"></a>, that have
@@ -10798,7 +11248,8 @@
  id="dx1-28096"></a> set, but the naming scheme is maintained for
      consistency with the other “noshort” styles.
      </p></li>
-     <li class="itemize">&#x27E8;<span 
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 5756--><p class="noindent" >&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field1</span>&#x27E9;[<span 
 class="cmtt-10">-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>&#x27E9;]<span 
@@ -10805,7 +11256,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">-</span>[<span 
 class="cmtt-10">post</span>]<span 
 class="cmtt-10">footnote</span>
-     <!--l. 5657--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses &#x27E8;<span 
+     </p><!--l. 5758--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field1</span>&#x27E9; followed by a footnote with the other field in it. If
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">post </span>is present then the footnote is placed after the <a 
@@ -10814,42 +11265,49 @@
      post-link hook. The inline style does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field1</span>&#x27E9; followed by the other field in
      parentheses.
-     </p><!--l. 5663--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5764--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>&#x27E9; is present, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field1</span>&#x27E9; has a font-changing command applied to
      it.
-     </p><!--l. 5666--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
+     </p><!--l. 5767--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
          <ul class="itemize2">
-         <li class="itemize"><a 
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 5769--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28098"></a>:  short  form  in  the  text  with  the  long  form  in  the
          footnote.
-         </li>
-         <li class="itemize"><a 
+         </p></li>
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 5771--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-postfootnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28099"></a>: short form in smallcaps with the long form in
          the footnote outside of the <a 
- id="dx1-28100"></a>link-text.</li></ul>
-     <!--l. 5674--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations
+ id="dx1-28100"></a>link-text.</p></li></ul>
+     <!--l. 5775--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations
      where <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a 
  id="dx1-28101"></a> doesn’t work. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 5677--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     </p><!--l. 5778--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></li>
-     <li class="itemize">&#x27E8;<span 
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 5780--><p class="noindent" >&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">-desc</span>
-     <!--l. 5681--><p class="noindent" >Like &#x27E8;<span 
+     </p><!--l. 5782--><p class="noindent" >Like &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9; but the <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-28102"></a> key must be provided when defining abbreviations
      with this style.
-     </p><!--l. 5684--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
+     </p><!--l. 5785--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
          <ul class="itemize2">
-         <li class="itemize"><a 
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 5788--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28103"></a>: like <a 
@@ -10856,8 +11314,9 @@
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28104"></a> but requires a description.
-         </li>
-         <li class="itemize"><a 
+         </p></li>
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 5790--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-em-footnote-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28105"></a>:   like   <a 
@@ -10864,17 +11323,14 @@
 href="#abbrstyle.short-em-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28106"></a>   but   requires   a
-         description.</li></ul>
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
+         description.</p></li></ul>
      </li></ul>
-<!--l. 5694--><p class="indent" >   Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04
+<!--l. 5795--><p class="indent" >   Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04
 styles that didn’t fit this naming scheme are either provided with a synonym (where
 the former name wasn’t ambiguous) or provided with a deprecated synonym (where
 the former name was confusing). The deprecated style names generate a warning
 using:
-</p><!--l. 5700--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 5801--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-28107"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">old-name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -10881,36 +11337,41 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">new-name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5702--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5803--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">old-name</span>&#x27E9; is the deprecated name and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">new-name</span>&#x27E9; is the preferred name. You
 can suppress these warnings by redefining this command to do nothing.
-</p><!--l. 5708--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5809--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 5708--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5809--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:predefregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular Attribute</h4>
-<!--l. 5711--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a 
+<!--l. 5812--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29001"></a> attribute to “true” for all categories
 that have abbreviations defined with any of these styles.
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5817--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-nolong"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong</span><a 
- id="dx1-29002"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This only displays the short form on <a 
+ id="dx1-29002"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5817--><p class="noindent" >This only displays the short form on <a 
  id="dx1-29003"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-29004"></a> is set to the
-     short form through the command
-     <!--l. 5719--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-29005"></a>  <span 
+ id="dx1-29004"></a> is set to the short form
+     through the command
+     </p><!--l. 5820--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-29005"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortnolongname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5721--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     </p><!--l. 5822--><p class="noindent" >
      (Similarly for the other <span 
 class="cmtt-10">short</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -10923,7 +11384,7 @@
      take effect. Make sure to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\protect </span>any formatting commands (or anything else
      that shouldn’t be expanded).
-     </p><!--l. 5730--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5831--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-29006"></a> is set to the long form. The inline full form displays &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;
@@ -10933,155 +11394,176 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a 
  id="dx1-29007"></a>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5836--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short</span><a 
- id="dx1-29008"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">A synonym for <a 
+ id="dx1-29008"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5836--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29009"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5838--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.nolong-short"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short</span><a 
- id="dx1-29010"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-29010"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5838--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29011"></a> but the inline full form displays &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;).
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5842--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-nolong</span><a 
- id="dx1-29012"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-29012"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5842--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29013"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-29014"></a> (which defaults to <span 
+ id="dx1-29014"></a> (which
+     defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>).
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5846--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29015"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">A synonym for <a 
+ id="dx1-29015"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5846--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29016"></a>
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5848--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-sc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-sc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29017"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-29017"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5848--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29018"></a> but the inline full form displays &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;).
-     The name is still obtained from <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortnolongname </span>(similarly for the
-     other styles in the form <span 
+class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;). The name is
+     still obtained from <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortnolongname </span>(similarly for the other
+     styles in the form <span 
 class="cmtt-10">nolong</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">-short</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9; unless indicated
      otherwise).
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5855--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-nolong</span><a 
- id="dx1-29019"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-29019"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5855--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29020"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-29021"></a> (which defaults to <span 
+ id="dx1-29021"></a> (which
+     defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>).
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5859--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sm"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sm</span><a 
- id="dx1-29022"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">A synonym for <a 
+ id="dx1-29022"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5859--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29023"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5861--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-sm"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-sm</span><a 
- id="dx1-29024"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-29024"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5861--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29025"></a> but the inline full form displays &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;
-     (&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;).
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5865--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em-nolong"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em-nolong</span><a 
- id="dx1-29026"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-29026"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5865--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29027"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-29028"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5869--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em</span><a 
- id="dx1-29029"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">A synonym for <a 
+ id="dx1-29029"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5869--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-em-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29030"></a>
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5871--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-em"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-em</span><a 
- id="dx1-29031"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-29031"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5871--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-em-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29032"></a> but the inline full form displays &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;
-     (&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;).
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5875--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29033"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like the <a 
+ id="dx1-29033"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5875--><p class="noindent" >Like the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29034"></a> style, but the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-29035"></a> is set to the full form
-     obtained by expanding
-     <!--l. 5777--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-29036"></a>  <span 
+ id="dx1-29035"></a> is set to the full form obtained by
+     expanding
+     </p><!--l. 5878--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-29036"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortdescname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5779--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5880--><p class="noindent" >
      (Similarly for the other <span 
 class="cmtt-10">short</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -11094,7 +11576,7 @@
      before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
-     </p><!--l. 5786--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5887--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-29037"></a> must be supplied by the user. You may prefer to use
      the <a 
@@ -11106,111 +11588,128 @@
  id="dx1-29039"></a> key. (See the sample file
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-acronym-desc.tex</span>.)
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5893--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29040"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">A synonym for <a 
+ id="dx1-29040"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5893--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29041"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5896--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-nolong-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29042"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-29042"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5896--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29043"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-29044"></a> (which defaults to <span 
+ id="dx1-29044"></a> (which
+     defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>).
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5900--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sc-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29045"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">A synonym for <a 
+ id="dx1-29045"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5900--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29046"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5903--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-nolong-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29047"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-29047"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5903--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29048"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-29049"></a> (which defaults to <span 
+ id="dx1-29049"></a>
+     (which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>).
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5907--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sm-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29050"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">A synonym for <a 
+ id="dx1-29050"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5907--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29051"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5910--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em-nolong-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em-nolong-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29052"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-29052"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5910--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29053"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-29054"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5914--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29055"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">A synonym for <a 
+ id="dx1-29055"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5914--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-em-nolong-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29056"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5917--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29057"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This style only displays the long form, regardless of first or
-     subsequent use of commands <span 
+ id="dx1-29057"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5917--><p class="noindent" >This style only displays the long form, regardless of first or subsequent use of
+     commands <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-29058"></a>. The short form may be accessed
-     through commands like <span 
+ id="dx1-29058"></a>. The short form may be accessed through commands like
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a 
  id="dx1-29059"></a>. The inline full form displays &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;
-     (&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;).
-     <!--l. 5822--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     </p><!--l. 5923--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-29060"></a> key are set to the long form. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-29061"></a> key is also set to the long form,
      but this is done by expanding
-     </p><!--l. 5825--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 5926--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-29062"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortdescname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5827--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5928--><p class="noindent" >
      (Similarly for the other <span 
 class="cmtt-10">long</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -11220,7 +11719,7 @@
      indicated otherwise.) This command should only be redefined before
      abbreviations are defined, and any fragile or formatting commands within it
      need protecting.
-     </p><!--l. 5833--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5934--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-29063"></a> must be provided by the user. The predefined glossary styles
      won’t display the short form. You can use the post-description hook to
@@ -11229,93 +11728,104 @@
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;).
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5940--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29064"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">A synonym for <a 
+ id="dx1-29064"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5940--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29065"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5943--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sc-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29066"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like the <a 
+ id="dx1-29066"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5943--><p class="noindent" >Like the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29067"></a> style but the short form (accessed
-     through commands like <span 
+ id="dx1-29067"></a> style but the short form (accessed through commands
+     like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a 
  id="dx1-29068"></a>) use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-29069"></a>. (This style was
-     originally called <span 
+ id="dx1-29069"></a>. (This style was originally called
+     <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-desc-sc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29070"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name
-     retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-29070"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
+     deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5950--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sm-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sm-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29071"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-29071"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5950--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29072"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-29073"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
+ id="dx1-29073"></a>.
+     (This style was originally called <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-desc-sm</span><a 
- id="dx1-29074"></a>. Renamed in
-     version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
-     backward-compatibility.)
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-29074"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
+     original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5957--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-em-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-em-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29075"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-29075"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5957--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29076"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-29077"></a>. The long form isn’t emphasized. (This style was originally
-     called <span 
+ id="dx1-29077"></a>.
+     The long form isn’t emphasized. (This style was originally called <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-desc-em</span><a 
- id="dx1-29078"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
-     deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-29078"></a>.
+     Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym
+     for backward-compatibility.)
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5964--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29079"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">New to version 1.04, like <a 
+ id="dx1-29079"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     <!--l. 5964--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29080"></a> but
-     redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
+ id="dx1-29080"></a> but redefines <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-29081"></a>. The long form uses
+ id="dx1-29081"></a>. The long form uses <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a 
+ id="dx1-29082"></a> and
      <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-29082"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-29083"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5969--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-noshort"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort</span><a 
- id="dx1-29084"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This style doesn’t really make sense if you don’t use the short form
+ id="dx1-29084"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5969--><p class="noindent" >This style doesn’t really make sense if you don’t use the short form
      anywhere in the document, but is provided for completeness. This is
      like the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span 
@@ -11327,10 +11837,10 @@
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-29087"></a> key is also set to the short form, but this is done by
      expanding
-     <!--l. 5874--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-29088"></a>  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5975--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-29088"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5876--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 5977--><p class="noindent" >
      (Similarly for other <span 
 class="cmtt-10">long</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -11338,59 +11848,69 @@
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9; styles, unless indicated
      otherwise.) This command should only be redefined before abbreviations are
      defined, and fragile or formatting commands should be protected.
-     </p><!--l. 5883--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5984--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-29089"></a> is set to the long form.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5986--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long</span><a 
- id="dx1-29090"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">A synonym for <a 
+ id="dx1-29090"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5986--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29091"></a>
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5988--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29092"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like the <a 
+ id="dx1-29092"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5988--><p class="noindent" >Like the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29093"></a> style but the short form (accessed through
-     commands like <span 
+ id="dx1-29093"></a> style but the short form (accessed through commands like
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a 
  id="dx1-29094"></a>) use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-29095"></a>. (This style was originally
-     called <span 
+ id="dx1-29095"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sc</span><a 
- id="dx1-29096"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
-     deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-29096"></a>.
+     Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym
+     for backward-compatibility.)
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 5995--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sm"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sm</span><a 
- id="dx1-29097"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-29097"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 5995--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29098"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-29099"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
+ id="dx1-29099"></a>. (This
+     style was originally called <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sm</span><a 
- id="dx1-29100"></a>. Renamed in
-     version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
-     backward-compatibility.)
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-29100"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name
+     retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6002--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-em"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-em</span><a 
- id="dx1-29101"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This style is like <a 
+ id="dx1-29101"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     <!--l. 6002--><p class="noindent" >This style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29102"></a> but redefines <span 
@@ -11402,47 +11922,46 @@
 class="cmss-10">long-em</span><a 
  id="dx1-29104"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
      deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6009--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em</span><a 
- id="dx1-29105"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a 
+ id="dx1-29105"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6009--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-29106"></a> but redefines
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
+ id="dx1-29106"></a> but redefines <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>
+     to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-29107"></a>, <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont </span>and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span>
+     and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongfont </span>to use <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span>. The short
-     form isn’t used by commands like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span>. The short form isn’t used by
+     commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-29108"></a>, but can be obtained using
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-29108"></a>, but can be obtained using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a 
- id="dx1-29109"></a>. The related style <a 
+ id="dx1-29109"></a>. The related
+     style <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-noreg"></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span><a 
- id="dx1-29110"></a> doesn’t set the
-     <a 
+ id="dx1-29110"></a> doesn’t set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29111"></a> attribute.
+</p>
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 5920--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6021--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 5920--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6021--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don’t Set the Regular Attribute</h4>
-<!--l. 5923--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a 
+<!--l. 6024--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30001"></a> attribute to “false” if it has
@@ -11449,25 +11968,27 @@
 previously been set. If it hasn’t already been set, it’s left unset. Other attributes may
 also be set, depending on the style.
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6030--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-short"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-short</span><a 
- id="dx1-30002"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">On <a 
+ id="dx1-30002"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6030--><p class="noindent" >On <a 
  id="dx1-30003"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;). The inline and
-     display full forms are the same. The <span 
+class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;). The inline and display full
+     forms are the same. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-30004"></a> key is set to the short form. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-30005"></a>
-     is also set to the short form through
-     <!--l. 5934--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-30006"></a>  <span 
+ id="dx1-30005"></a> is also set
+     to the short form through
+     </p><!--l. 6035--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-30006"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5936--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6037--><p class="noindent" >
      (Similarly for other <span 
 class="cmtt-10">long</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -11480,7 +12001,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\the\glslongtok </span>and the short form can be referenced with
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
-     </p><!--l. 5946--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     </p><!--l. 6047--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-30007"></a> is set to the long form. The long and short forms are separated
      by <span 
@@ -11489,12 +12010,17 @@
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30008"></a> style.
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6052--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-short-sc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30009"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30009"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6052--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30010"></a> but redefines <span 
@@ -11501,12 +12027,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30011"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6056--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-short-sm"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sm</span><a 
- id="dx1-30012"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30012"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6056--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30013"></a> but redefines <span 
@@ -11513,12 +12041,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30014"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6060--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-short-em"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-short-em</span><a 
- id="dx1-30015"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30015"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6060--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30016"></a> but redefines <span 
@@ -11525,12 +12055,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30017"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6064--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-em-short-em</span><a 
- id="dx1-30018"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a 
+ id="dx1-30018"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6064--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30019"></a> but redefines
@@ -11538,25 +12070,24 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30020"></a>.
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6068--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-only-short-only</span><a 
- id="dx1-30021"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">New to version 1.17, this style only shows the long form on first
-     use and only shows the short form on subsequent use. The inline full form
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull </span>shows the long form followed by the short form in parentheses.
-     The <span 
+ id="dx1-30021"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6068--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style only shows the long form on first use and only
+     shows the short form on subsequent use. The inline full form <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>
+     shows the long form followed by the short form in parentheses. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-30022"></a> field is obtained from
-     <!--l. 5973--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-30023"></a>  <span 
+ id="dx1-30022"></a> field
+     is obtained from
+     </p><!--l. 6074--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-30023"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlyname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5975--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6076--><p class="noindent" >
      Any redefinition of this command must come before the abbreviations
      are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any
      commands that shouldn’t be expanded. The long form can be referenced
@@ -11565,22 +12096,26 @@
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6083--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-only-short-only-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-only-short-only-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30024"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like <a 
+ id="dx1-30024"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6083--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30025"></a>
-     but the user must supply the description. The <span 
+ id="dx1-30025"></a> but the user must
+     supply the description. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-30026"></a> field is obtained
-     from
-     <!--l. 5987--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-30027"></a>  <span 
+ id="dx1-30026"></a> field is obtained from
+     </p><!--l. 6088--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-30027"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlydescname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 5989--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     </p><!--l. 6090--><p class="noindent" >
      Any redefinition of this command must come before the abbreviations
      are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any
      commands that shouldn’t be expanded. The long form can be referenced
@@ -11589,33 +12124,37 @@
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6097--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-noreg"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span><a 
- id="dx1-30028"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like <a 
+ id="dx1-30028"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6097--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30029"></a>
-     but doesn’t set the <a 
+ id="dx1-30029"></a> but doesn’t set the
+     <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30030"></a> attribute.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6102--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-short-user"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-short-user</span><a 
- id="dx1-30031"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.04. It’s like the <a 
+ id="dx1-30031"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6102--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.04. It’s like the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30032"></a> style
-     but additional information can be inserted into the parenthetical material. This
+ id="dx1-30032"></a> style but
+     additional information can be inserted into the parenthetical material. This
      checks the value of the field given by
-     <!--l. 6006--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-30033"></a>  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 6107--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-30033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserfield </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6008--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6109--><p class="noindent" >
      (which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">useri</span>) using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a 
@@ -11633,7 +12172,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field-value</span>&#x27E9;). The format is
      governed by
-     </p><!--l. 6016--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 6117--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-30036"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserparen{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -11640,7 +12179,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6018--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6119--><p class="noindent" >
      where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; is the short form (for the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span 
@@ -11650,9 +12189,6 @@
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30038"></a> style). This command first inserts a space using
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep </span>and then the parenthetical content (using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen</span><a 
@@ -11660,7 +12196,7 @@
      The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-30040"></a> is set to
-     </p><!--l. 6025--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 6126--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-30041"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsuserdescription{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -11667,13 +12203,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6027--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6128--><p class="noindent" >
      The default definition ignores the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; and encapsulates &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; with
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslonguserfont</span>.
-     </p><!--l. 6031--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     </p><!--l. 6132--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-30042"></a> is obtained by expanding <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname </span>(see above). The
@@ -11694,40 +12230,40 @@
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30044"></a> style.
-     </p><!--l. 6039--><p class="noindent" >For example:
+     </p><!--l. 6140--><p class="noindent" >For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-154">
      \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short-user}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{tug}{TUG}{\TeX\&#x00A0;User&#x00A0;Group}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\newacronym
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[user1={German&#x00A0;Speaking&#x00A0;\TeX\&#x00A0;User&#x00A0;Group}]
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{dante}{DANTE}{Deutschsprachige&#x00A0;Anwendervereinigung&#x00A0;\TeX\&#x00A0;e.V}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 6049--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+     \newacronym{tug}{TUG}{\TeX\&#x00A0;User&#x00A0;Group}
+     \newacronym
+     &#x00A0;[user1={German&#x00A0;Speaking&#x00A0;\TeX\&#x00A0;User&#x00A0;Group}]
+     &#x00A0;{dante}{DANTE}{Deutschsprachige&#x00A0;Anwendervereinigung&#x00A0;\TeX\&#x00A0;e.V}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 6150--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{tug}</span></span></span> will appear as:
-         </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 6052--><p class="noindent" >TeX&#x00A0;User Group (TUG)</p></div>
-     <!--l. 6054--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+         </p><blockquote class="quote">
+         <!--l. 6153--><p class="noindent" >TeX&#x00A0;User Group (TUG)</p></blockquote>
+     <!--l. 6155--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{dante}</span></span></span> will appear as:
-         </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 6056--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige   Anwendervereinigung   TeX&#x00A0;e.V   (DANTE,
-         German Speaking TeX&#x00A0;User Group)</p></div>
-     <!--l. 6059--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to
-     </p><!--l. 6060--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+         </p><blockquote class="quote">
+         <!--l. 6157--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige   Anwendervereinigung   TeX&#x00A0;e.V   (DANTE,
+         German Speaking TeX&#x00A0;User Group)</p></blockquote>
+     <!--l. 6160--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to
+     </p><!--l. 6161--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-30045"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6062--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6163--><p class="noindent" >
      and the plural suffix is given by
-     </p><!--l. 6064--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 6165--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-30046"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6066--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 6068--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a&#x00A0;smallcaps
+     </p><!--l. 6167--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6169--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a&#x00A0;smallcaps
      style, you can just set these commands to those used by the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a 
@@ -11737,70 +12273,73 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-155">
      \renewcommand{\glsabbruserfont}[1]{\glsabbrvscfont{#1}}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrusersuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 6074--><p class="nopar" >
+     \renewcommand{\glsxtrusersuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 6175--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6177--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-noreg"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-noreg</span><a 
- id="dx1-30048"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This style is like <a 
+ id="dx1-30048"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6177--><p class="noindent" >This style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30049"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30050"></a>
-     attribute.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-30050"></a> attribute.
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6181--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc-noreg"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-desc-noreg</span><a 
- id="dx1-30051"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This style is like <a 
+ id="dx1-30051"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6181--><p class="noindent" >This style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30052"></a> but it doesn’t set the
-     <a 
+ id="dx1-30052"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30053"></a> attribute.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6185--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-short-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-short-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30054"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">On <a 
+ id="dx1-30054"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6185--><p class="noindent" >On <a 
  id="dx1-30055"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;). The
-     inline and display full forms are the same. The <span 
+class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;). The inline and display full
+     forms are the same. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-30056"></a> is set to the full
-     form. The <span 
+ id="dx1-30056"></a> is set to the full form. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-30057"></a> key is set to &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;). Before version 1.04, this was
-     incorrectly set to the short form. If you want to revert back to this you can
-     redefine
-     <!--l. 6091--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-30058"></a>  <span 
+class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;
+     (&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;). Before version 1.04, this was incorrectly set to the short form. If you
+     want to revert back to this you can redefine
+     </p><!--l. 6192--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-30058"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6093--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6194--><p class="noindent" >
      For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156">
      \renewcommand*{\glsxtrlongshortdescsort}{\the\glsshorttok}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 6097--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 6198--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-30059"></a> must be supplied by the user. The long and short
      forms are separated by <span 
@@ -11808,10 +12347,10 @@
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-30060"></a> field is obtained
      from
-     </p><!--l. 6101--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 6202--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-30061"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6103--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6204--><p class="noindent" >
      (Similarly for other <span 
 class="cmtt-10">long</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -11826,102 +12365,110 @@
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6214--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sc-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30062"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30062"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6214--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30063"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30064"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6218--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-short-sm-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sm-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30065"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30065"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6218--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30066"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30067"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6222--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-short-em-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-short-em-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30068"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30068"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6222--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30069"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30070"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6226--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-em-short-em-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-em-short-em-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30071"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a 
+ id="dx1-30071"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6226--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-em-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30072"></a> but
-     redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-30072"></a> but redefines
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30073"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6230--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-desc-noreg"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc-noreg</span><a 
- id="dx1-30074"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like
-     <a 
+ id="dx1-30074"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6230--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30075"></a> but doesn’t set the <a 
+ id="dx1-30075"></a> but doesn’t set
+     the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30076"></a> attribute.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6236--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-short-user-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-short-user-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30077"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like a&#x00A0;cross between the
-     <a 
+ id="dx1-30077"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6236--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like a&#x00A0;cross between the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30078"></a> style and the <a 
+ id="dx1-30078"></a> style
+     and the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30079"></a> style. The display and
-     inline forms are as for <a 
+ id="dx1-30079"></a> style. The display and inline forms are as for
+     <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30080"></a> and the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-30081"></a> key is obtained
-     from
-     <!--l. 6141--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-30082"></a>  <span 
+ id="dx1-30081"></a> key is obtained from
+     </p><!--l. 6242--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-30082"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname </span></div><hr>
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-     </p><!--l. 6143--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6244--><p class="noindent" >
      Again, this should only be redefined before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile and formatting commands need protecting.
-     </p><!--l. 6147--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     </p><!--l. 6248--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-30083"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of
      <span 
@@ -11936,11 +12483,13 @@
 class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30085"></a> style.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6253--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-nolong-noreg"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong-noreg</span><a 
- id="dx1-30086"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is like <a 
+ id="dx1-30086"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6253--><p class="noindent" >This is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30087"></a> but doesn’t set the <a 
@@ -11947,12 +12496,14 @@
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30088"></a> attribute.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6257--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-noreg"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-noreg</span><a 
- id="dx1-30089"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is like <a 
+ id="dx1-30089"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6257--><p class="noindent" >This is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.nolong-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nolong-short</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30090"></a> but doesn’t set the <a 
@@ -11959,12 +12510,14 @@
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30091"></a> attribute.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6261--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-long"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-long</span><a 
- id="dx1-30092"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">On <a 
+ id="dx1-30092"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6261--><p class="noindent" >On <a 
  id="dx1-30093"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -11984,13 +12537,13 @@
 class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30097"></a>
      style.
-     <!--l. 6170--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     </p><!--l. 6271--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-30098"></a> field is obtained from
-     </p><!--l. 6171--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 6272--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-30099"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6173--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6274--><p class="noindent" >
      (Similarly for other <span 
 class="cmtt-10">short</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -12003,12 +12556,17 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\the\glslongtok </span>and the short form can be referenced with
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6285--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sc-long"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-long</span><a 
- id="dx1-30100"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30100"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6285--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30101"></a> but redefines <span 
@@ -12015,12 +12573,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30102"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6289--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sm-long"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-long</span><a 
- id="dx1-30103"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30103"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6289--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30104"></a> but redefines <span 
@@ -12027,12 +12587,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30105"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6293--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em-long"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long</span><a 
- id="dx1-30106"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30106"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6293--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30107"></a> but redefines <span 
@@ -12039,12 +12601,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30108"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6297--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em-long-em"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long-em</span><a 
- id="dx1-30109"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a 
+ id="dx1-30109"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6297--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30110"></a> but redefines
@@ -12052,30 +12616,29 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30111"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6301--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-long-user"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-long-user</span><a 
- id="dx1-30112"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">New to version 1.04. This style is like the <a 
+ id="dx1-30112"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6301--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04. This style is like the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30113"></a> style but
-     with the long and short forms switched. The parenthetical material is governed
-     by the same command <span 
+ id="dx1-30113"></a> style but with the long
+     and short forms switched. The parenthetical material is governed by the same
+     command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserparen</span><a 
- id="dx1-30114"></a>, but the first argument supplied to it
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-     is the long form instead of the short form. The <span 
+ id="dx1-30114"></a>, but the first argument supplied to it is the
+     long form instead of the short form. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-30115"></a> field is obtained by
      expanding
-     <!--l. 6207--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-30116"></a>  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 6308--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-30116"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6209--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6310--><p class="noindent" >
      Again, this should only be redefined before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
      <span 
@@ -12089,43 +12652,48 @@
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6316--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc-noreg"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong-desc-noreg</span><a 
- id="dx1-30118"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This style is like <a 
+ id="dx1-30118"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6316--><p class="noindent" >This style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30119"></a> but it doesn’t set the
-     <a 
+ id="dx1-30119"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30120"></a> attribute.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6320--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-long-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-long-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30121"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">On <a 
+ id="dx1-30121"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     <!--l. 6320--><p class="noindent" >On <a 
  id="dx1-30122"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;). The
-     inline and display full forms are the same. The <span 
+class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;). The inline and display full
+     forms are the same. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-30123"></a> is set to the full
-     form. The <span 
+ id="dx1-30123"></a> is set to the full form. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-30124"></a> must be supplied by the user. The short and long
-     forms are separated by <span 
+ id="dx1-30124"></a> must
+     be supplied by the user. The short and long forms are separated by
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-30125"></a> field is obtained
-     from
-     <!--l. 6226--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-30126"></a>  <span 
+ id="dx1-30125"></a> field is obtained from
+     </p><!--l. 6327--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-30126"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6228--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6329--><p class="noindent" >
      (Similarly for other <span 
 class="cmtt-10">short</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -12140,89 +12708,95 @@
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6339--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sc-long-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-long-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30127"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30127"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6339--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30128"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30129"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6343--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sm-long-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-long-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30130"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30130"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6343--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30131"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30132"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6347--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em-long-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30133"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30133"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6347--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30134"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30135"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6351--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em-long-em-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long-em-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30136"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like <a 
+ id="dx1-30136"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6351--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-em-long-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30137"></a> but
-     redefines <span 
+ id="dx1-30137"></a> but redefines
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30138"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6355--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-long-user-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-long-user-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30139"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">New to version 1.04, this style is like a&#x00A0;cross between the
-     <a 
+ id="dx1-30139"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6355--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like a&#x00A0;cross between the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30140"></a> style and the <a 
+ id="dx1-30140"></a> style
+     and the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30141"></a> style. The display and
-     inline forms are as for <a 
+ id="dx1-30141"></a> style. The display and inline forms are as for
+     <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30142"></a>, but the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-30143"></a> key is obtained
-     from
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-     <!--l. 6260--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-30144"></a>  <span 
+ id="dx1-30143"></a> key is obtained from
+     </p><!--l. 6361--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-30144"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6262--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6363--><p class="noindent" >
      Again, this should only be redefined before <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile and formatting commands need protecting.
-     </p><!--l. 6266--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     </p><!--l. 6367--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-30145"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of
      <span 
@@ -12229,23 +12803,25 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6371--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-footnote"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-footnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-30146"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">On <a 
+ id="dx1-30146"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6371--><p class="noindent" >On <a 
  id="dx1-30147"></a><a 
-href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style displays the short form with the long form as
-     a footnote. This style automatically sets the <a 
+href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style displays the short form with the long form as a footnote.
+     This style automatically sets the <a 
 href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30148"></a> attribute to “true” for
-     the supplied category, so the <a 
+ id="dx1-30148"></a> attribute to “true” for the
+     supplied category, so the <a 
  id="dx1-30149"></a>first use won’t be hyperlinked (but the footnote
      marker may be, if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-30150"></a> package is used).
-     <!--l. 6277--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the &#x27E8;<span 
+     </p><!--l. 6378--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;) style. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
@@ -12256,10 +12832,10 @@
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-30153"></a> key is obtained by
      expanding:
-     </p><!--l. 6281--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 6382--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-30154"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotename </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6283--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6384--><p class="noindent" >
      (Similarly for other <span 
 class="cmtt-10">short</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -12271,25 +12847,25 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile or formatting commands
      should be protected from expansion.
-     </p><!--l. 6290--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use:
-     </p><!--l. 6291--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 6391--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use:
+     </p><!--l. 6392--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-30155"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6293--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6394--><p class="noindent" >
      to format the long form on <a 
  id="dx1-30156"></a>first use or for the full form and
-     </p><!--l. 6295--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 6396--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-30157"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongfootnotefont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6297--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6398--><p class="noindent" >
      to format the long form elsewhere (for example, when used with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>).
-     </p><!--l. 6301--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use:
-     </p><!--l. 6302--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 6402--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use:
+     </p><!--l. 6403--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-30158"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -12296,7 +12872,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6304--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6405--><p class="noindent" >
      By default, this just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a 
  id="dx1-30159"></a><span 
@@ -12309,109 +12885,121 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-157">
      \renewcommand{\glsxtrabbrvfootnote}[2]{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnote{\glshyperlink[#2]{#1}}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 6312--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink:
+     &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnote{\glshyperlink[#2]{#1}}%
+     }
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 6413--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-154">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158">
      \renewcommand{\glsxtrabbrvfootnote}[2]{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnote{\glshyperlink[\glsfmtshort{#1}]{#1}:&#x00A0;#2}%
-     &#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 6318--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span 
+     &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnote{\glshyperlink[\glsfmtshort{#1}]{#1}:&#x00A0;#2}%
+     }
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 6419--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>to avoid interference
      (see <a 
 href="#sec:entryfmtmods"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.4 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entryfmtmods </a><a 
 href="#sec:entryfmtmods">Entry Display Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entryfmtmods --></a> and <a 
 href="#sec:nested"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.8 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:nested
+     </a><a 
 href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a>).
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6424--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.footnote"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">footnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-30160"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">A synonym for <a 
+ id="dx1-30160"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6424--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30161"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6427--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-footnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-30162"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30162"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6427--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30163"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-30164"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
+ id="dx1-30164"></a>.
+     (This style was originally called <span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30165"></a>. Renamed in
-     version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
-     backward-compatibility.)
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-30165"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
+     original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6434--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-footnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-30166"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30166"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6434--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30167"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-30168"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
+ id="dx1-30168"></a>.
+     (This style was originally called <span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a 
- id="dx1-30169"></a>. Renamed in
-     version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
-     backward-compatibility.)
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-30169"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
+     original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6441--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em-footnote"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em-footnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-30170"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30170"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6441--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30171"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-30172"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
+ id="dx1-30172"></a>.
+     (This style was originally called <span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-em</span><a 
- id="dx1-30173"></a>. Renamed in
-     version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
-     backward-compatibility.)
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-30173"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
+     original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6448--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-footnote-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30174"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(New to v1.42.) This is similar to <a 
+ id="dx1-30174"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6448--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.42.) This is similar to <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30175"></a>, but the
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-30175"></a>, but the <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-30176"></a> must be supplied by the user. The <span 
+ id="dx1-30176"></a> must be
+     supplied by the user. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-30177"></a> field is obtained
-     from:
-     <!--l. 6352--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-30178"></a>  <span 
+ id="dx1-30177"></a> field is obtained from:
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     </p><!--l. 6453--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-30178"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotedescname </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6354--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6455--><p class="noindent" >
      which defaults to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; followed by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; in parentheses, and the <span 
@@ -12418,19 +13006,16 @@
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-30179"></a> field is
      obtained from:
-     </p><!--l. 6357--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 6458--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-30180"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotedescsort </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6359--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6460--><p class="noindent" >
      which defaults to just the short form. (Similarly for other
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">short</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">-[post]footnote-desc </span>styles, unless indicated otherwise.)
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-     </p><!--l. 6364--><p class="noindent" >Any redefinition of these commands must come before the abbreviations
+     </p><!--l. 6465--><p class="noindent" >Any redefinition of these commands must come before the abbreviations
      are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any
      commands that shouldn’t be expanded. The long form can be referenced
      with <span 
@@ -12438,63 +13023,70 @@
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6471--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.footnote-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">footnote-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30181"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">A synonym for <a 
+ id="dx1-30181"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6471--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30182"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6474--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30183"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30183"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6474--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30184"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30185"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6478--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30186"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30186"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6478--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30187"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30188"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6482--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em-footnote-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em-footnote-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30189"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30189"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6482--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30190"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30191"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6486--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-postfootnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-30192"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is similar to the <a 
+ id="dx1-30192"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6486--><p class="noindent" >This is similar to the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30193"></a> style but doesn’t modify the
-     category attribute. Instead it changes <span 
+ id="dx1-30193"></a> style but doesn’t modify the category
+     attribute. Instead it changes <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<a 
  id="dx1-30194"></a>&#x00A0;to insert the
@@ -12507,7 +13099,10 @@
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifnextpunc</span><a 
  id="dx1-30197"></a>.
-     <!--l. 6393--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the &#x27E8;<span 
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     </p><!--l. 6494--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;) style. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
@@ -12520,216 +13115,238 @@
  id="dx1-30200"></a>first use. (Otherwise the
      footnote would appear after the inline form.)
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6501--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.postfootnote"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">postfootnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-30201"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">A synonym for <a 
+ id="dx1-30201"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6501--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30202"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6504--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-postfootnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-30203"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30203"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6504--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30204"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-30205"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
+ id="dx1-30205"></a>.
+     (This style was originally called <span 
 class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30206"></a>. Renamed in
-     version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
-     backward-compatibility.)
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-30206"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
+     original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6511--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sm-postfootnote"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-postfootnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-30207"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30207"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6511--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30208"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-30209"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
+ id="dx1-30209"></a>.
+     (This style was originally called <span 
 class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sm</span><a 
- id="dx1-30210"></a>. Renamed
-     in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
-     backward-compatibility.)
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-30210"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
+     original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6518--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em-postfootnote"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em-postfootnote</span><a 
- id="dx1-30211"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30211"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6518--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30212"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
-     <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-30213"></a>. (This style was originally called <span 
+ id="dx1-30213"></a>.
+     (This style was originally called <span 
 class="cmss-10">postfootnote-em</span><a 
- id="dx1-30214"></a>. Renamed
-     in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym for
-     backward-compatibility.)
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-30214"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
+     original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6525--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30215"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(New to v1.42.) This is similar to <a 
+ id="dx1-30215"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6525--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.42.) This is similar to <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30216"></a>, but
-     the <span 
+ id="dx1-30216"></a>, but the <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-30217"></a> must be supplied by the user. The <span 
+ id="dx1-30217"></a> must be
+     supplied by the user. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-30218"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
- id="dx1-30219"></a> are set as for
-     <a 
+ id="dx1-30219"></a> are set as for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30220"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6532--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.postfootnote-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">postfootnote-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30221"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">A synonym for <a 
+ id="dx1-30221"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6532--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30222"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6535--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-postfootnote-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30223"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30223"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6535--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30224"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>
-     to use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30225"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6539--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-sm-postfootnote-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-postfootnote-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30226"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30226"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6539--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30227"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>
-     to use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30228"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6543--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-em-postfootnote-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-em-postfootnote-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30229"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like <a 
+ id="dx1-30229"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6543--><p class="noindent" >Like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30230"></a> but redefines <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>
-     to use <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-30231"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6547--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-postlong-user"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-postlong-user</span><a 
- id="dx1-30232"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the
-     <a 
+ id="dx1-30232"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6547--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30233"></a> style but defers the parenthetical material to after the link-text.
-     This means that you don’t have such a long hyperlink (which can cause
-     problems for the DVI LaTeX&#x00A0;format) and it also means that the user supplied
-     material can include a hyperlink to another location. The <span 
+ id="dx1-30233"></a> style but
+     defers the parenthetical material to after the link-text. This means that you
+     don’t have such a long hyperlink (which can cause problems for the DVI
+     LaTeX&#x00A0;format) and it also means that the user supplied material can
+     include a hyperlink to another location. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-30234"></a> key is obtained
-     from <span 
+ id="dx1-30234"></a> key is obtained from
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6556--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-postlong-user-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-postlong-user-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30235"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the
-     above <a 
+ id="dx1-30235"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6556--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the above <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-postlong-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30236"></a> style but the <span 
+ id="dx1-30236"></a>
+     style but the <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-30237"></a> must be specified. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-30238"></a>
-     is obtained from <span 
+ id="dx1-30238"></a> is obtained from
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname</span>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6562--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-postshort-user"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-postshort-user</span><a 
- id="dx1-30239"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the
-     above <a 
+ id="dx1-30239"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6562--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the above <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-postlong-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30240"></a> style but the long form is shown first and
-     the short form is in the parenthetical material (as for <a 
+ id="dx1-30240"></a>
+     style but the long form is shown first and the short form is in the parenthetical
+     material (as for <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30241"></a>)
-     style.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-30241"></a>) style.
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6568--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-postshort-user-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-postshort-user-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30242"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the
-     above <a 
+ id="dx1-30242"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6568--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the above <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-postshort-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-postshort-user</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30243"></a> style but the <span 
+ id="dx1-30243"></a>
+     style but the <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-30244"></a> must be specified. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-30245"></a>
-     is obtained from <span 
+ id="dx1-30245"></a> is obtained from
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname</span>.
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6574--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span><a 
- id="dx1-30246"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This style (new to v1.17) is designed to work
-     with the <a 
+ id="dx1-30246"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6574--><p class="noindent" >This style (new to v1.17) is designed to work with the <a 
 href="#catattr.markwords"><span 
 class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30247"></a> category attribute. The full form is formatted
-     using
-     <!--l. 6476--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-30248"></a>  <span 
+ id="dx1-30247"></a> category
+     attribute. The full form is formatted using
+     </p><!--l. 6577--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-30248"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -12739,7 +13356,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6478--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6579--><p class="noindent" >
      where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; is the inserted material provided in the final optional argument of
      commands like <span 
@@ -12757,7 +13374,7 @@
  id="dx1-30251"></a>
      key is obtained from <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname</span>.
-     </p><!--l. 6488--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other &#x27E8;<span 
+     </p><!--l. 6589--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;) type of styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
@@ -12765,8 +13382,8 @@
  id="dx1-30252"></a>, this style also
      repeats the insertion in the parenthetical part, so that the first use form
      is:
-         </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 6493--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+         </p><blockquote class="quote">
+         <!--l. 6594--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -12775,8 +13392,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;)</p></div>
-     <!--l. 6496--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by
+class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;)</p></blockquote>
+     <!--l. 6597--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -12785,41 +13402,41 @@
      moved into the formatting commands according to the conditional
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</span>.
-     </p><!--l. 6501--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span 
+     </p><!--l. 6602--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span 
 class="cmtt-10">ip </span>is defined using:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-155">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{english}{markwords}{true}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\setabbreviationstyle[english]{long-hyphen-short-hyphen}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation[category=english]{ip}{IP}{Internet&#x00A0;Protocol}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 6506--><p class="nopar" > then
+     \setabbreviationstyle[english]{long-hyphen-short-hyphen}
+     \newabbreviation[category=english]{ip}{IP}{Internet&#x00A0;Protocol}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 6607--><p class="nopar" > then
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160">
      \gls{ip}[-Adressen]
-</div>
-     <!--l. 6510--><p class="nopar" > will do
-         </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 6513--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div>
-     <!--l. 6515--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 6611--><p class="nopar" > will do
+         </p><blockquote class="quote">
+         <!--l. 6614--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></blockquote>
+     <!--l. 6616--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-157">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161">
      \gls{ip}[&#x00A0;Address]
-</div>
-     <!--l. 6518--><p class="nopar" > will do
-         </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 6521--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></div>
-     <!--l. 6523--><p class="noindent" >on first use.
-     </p><!--l. 6525--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 6619--><p class="nopar" > will do
+         </p><blockquote class="quote">
+         <!--l. 6622--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></blockquote>
+     <!--l. 6624--><p class="noindent" >on first use.
+     </p><!--l. 6626--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. This means that
                                                                   
@@ -12826,15 +13443,15 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162">
      \glsxtrlong{ip}[-Adressen]
-</div>
-     <!--l. 6530--><p class="nopar" > will do
-         </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 6533--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></div>
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 6631--><p class="nopar" > will do
+         </p><blockquote class="quote">
+         <!--l. 6634--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></blockquote>
      </div>
-     <!--l. 6535--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 6537--><p class="noindent" >If the <a 
+     <!--l. 6636--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6638--><p class="noindent" >If the <a 
 href="#catattr.markwords"><span 
 class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30253"></a> attribute hadn’t been set, then the first use of
@@ -12842,14 +13459,14 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163">
      \gls{ip}[-Adressen]
-</div>
-     <!--l. 6541--><p class="nopar" > would do
-         </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 6544--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div>
-     <!--l. 6546--><p class="noindent" >instead.
-     </p><!--l. 6548--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material &#x27E8;<span 
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 6642--><p class="nopar" > would do
+         </p><blockquote class="quote">
+         <!--l. 6645--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></blockquote>
+     <!--l. 6647--><p class="noindent" >instead.
+     </p><!--l. 6649--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; is likely to contain commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>,
      then use <a 
@@ -12857,8 +13474,8 @@
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30254"></a> instead to avoid nested links.
      </div>
-     </p><!--l. 6552--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 6554--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine
+     </p><!--l. 6653--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6655--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span>to use the small-caps
@@ -12867,23 +13484,25 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164">
      \renewcommand{\glsabbrvhyphenfont}{\glsabbrvscfont}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrhyphensuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 6560--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations.
+     \renewcommand{\glsxtrhyphensuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 6661--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6664--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg</span><a 
- id="dx1-30255"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like
-     <a 
+ id="dx1-30255"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6664--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30256"></a> except that the parenthetical part is omitted and
-     the long form is displayed on subsequent use. The short form can be accessed
-     with <span 
+ id="dx1-30256"></a>
+     except that the parenthetical part is omitted and the long form is
+     displayed on subsequent use. The short form can be accessed with
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>but just uses the default abbreviation font. There’s
      no regular version of this style as the regular form doesn’t have the
      flexibility to deal with the hyphen switch. The <span 
@@ -12891,24 +13510,28 @@
  id="dx1-30257"></a> is obtained from
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortdescname</span>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6674--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-noreg"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span><a 
- id="dx1-30258"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">New to version 1.17, this style is like
-     <a 
+ id="dx1-30258"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6674--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30259"></a> but the name is set to the short form and the
-     description is set to the long form.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-30259"></a> but the
+     name is set to the short form and the description is set to the long
+     form.
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6680--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30260"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30260"></a> </p></dt><dd 
 class="description">
-     <!--l. 6581--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
+     <!--l. 6680--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6682--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30261"></a> but the user
@@ -12917,12 +13540,14 @@
  id="dx1-30262"></a> is obtained from <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname</span>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6687--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span><a 
- id="dx1-30263"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30263"></a> </p></dt><dd 
 class="description">
-     <!--l. 6588--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
+     <!--l. 6687--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6689--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30264"></a> but the
@@ -12946,15 +13571,18 @@
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
      <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
      where
-     </p><!--l. 6596--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 6697--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-30265"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrposthyphenshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6598--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6699--><p class="noindent" >
      is in the post-link hook. This uses the format: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
      <br />&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; (<span 
@@ -12963,18 +13591,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">isnert</span>&#x27E9;)
      <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-     </p><!--l. 6604--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span 
+     </p><!--l. 6705--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>. (Unlike
      <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30266"></a>.) </div>
-     </p><!--l. 6607--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 6609--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use:
-     </p><!--l. 6610--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 6708--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6710--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use:
+     </p><!--l. 6711--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-30267"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphen{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -12983,7 +13608,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6612--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6713--><p class="noindent" >
      checks if &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; starts with a hyphen. If it does, then <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>is locally
@@ -12996,7 +13621,7 @@
      this style without causing nested hyperlinks, but only for commands like
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-     </p><!--l. 6621--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span 
+     </p><!--l. 6722--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; part for commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>,
@@ -13003,8 +13628,8 @@
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 6624--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 6626--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span 
+     </p><!--l. 6725--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6727--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>
      behaves differently to the first use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better
@@ -13016,12 +13641,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>if you want to ensure the full
      format.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6732--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30268"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30268"></a> </p></dt><dd 
 class="description">
-     <!--l. 6633--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
+     <!--l. 6732--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6734--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30269"></a>
@@ -13031,18 +13658,23 @@
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname</span>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6740--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span><a 
- id="dx1-30271"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This style (new to v1.17) is like <a 
+ id="dx1-30271"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     <!--l. 6740--><p class="noindent" >This style (new to v1.17) is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30272"></a>,
-     except that the short form is displayed first followed by the long form in
-     parentheses. The full form is formatted using
-     <!--l. 6643--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-30273"></a>  <span 
+ id="dx1-30272"></a>, except that the short
+     form is displayed first followed by the long form in parentheses. The full form is
+     formatted using
+     </p><!--l. 6744--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-30273"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshorthyphenlong{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13052,7 +13684,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6645--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6746--><p class="noindent" >
      which behaves in an analogous way to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort</span>. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
@@ -13060,12 +13692,14 @@
      obtained from <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6750--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30275"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30275"></a> </p></dt><dd 
 class="description">
-     <!--l. 6651--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
+     <!--l. 6750--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6752--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30276"></a> but the user
@@ -13073,26 +13707,24 @@
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-30277"></a> is obtained from <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span>.
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6757--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span><a 
- id="dx1-30278"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This style (new to v1.17) is like
-     <a 
+ id="dx1-30278"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 6757--><p class="noindent" >This style (new to v1.17) is like <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-30279"></a>, but the short form is displayed first followed by
-     the long form in parentheses. On first use, <span 
+ id="dx1-30279"></a>, but the short
+     form is displayed first followed by the long form in parentheses. On first use,
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">] </span>will do
-     <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
+class="cmtt-10">] </span>will do <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
      <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshorthyphen{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -13108,13 +13740,13 @@
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
      <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
      where
-     <!--l. 6666--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-30280"></a>  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 6767--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-30280"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrposthyphenlong{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 6668--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6769--><p class="noindent" >
      is in the post-link hook. These commands behave in an analogous manner to
      those used with <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span 
@@ -13124,7 +13756,7 @@
  id="dx1-30282"></a> is obtained from
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>.
-     </p><!--l. 6673--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span 
+     </p><!--l. 6774--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; part for commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>,
@@ -13131,8 +13763,8 @@
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 6676--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 6678--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span 
+     </p><!--l. 6777--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6779--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>
      behaves differently to the first use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better
@@ -13144,12 +13776,17 @@
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>if you want to ensure the full
      format.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 6784--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc</span><a 
- id="dx1-30283"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-30283"></a> </p></dt><dd 
 class="description">
-     <!--l. 6685--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     <!--l. 6784--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 6786--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-30284"></a>
@@ -13160,13 +13797,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span>.
 </p>
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 6692--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6793--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 6692--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6793--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5   </span> <a 
  id="sec:newabbrvstyle"></a>Defining New Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 6695--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using:
-</p><!--l. 6696--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+<!--l. 6796--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using:
+</p><!--l. 6797--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31001"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviationstyle{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -13175,8 +13812,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">fmts</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6698--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6699--><p class="noindent" >where &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 6799--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6800--><p class="noindent" >where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the new style (as used in the mandatory argument of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span><a 
@@ -13185,10 +13822,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a 
  id="dx1-31003"></a> command.
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-</p><!--l. 6706--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span 
+</p><!--l. 6807--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle </span>with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
 unless you have reverted <span 
@@ -13202,15 +13836,15 @@
 package can’t be used with abbreviations defined with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 6713--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6715--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 6814--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6816--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">setup</span>&#x27E9; argument deals with the way the entry is defined and may
 set attributes for the given abbreviation category. This argument should
 redefine
-</p><!--l. 6718--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 6819--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31006"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6720--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6821--><p class="noindent" >
 to set the entry fields including the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-31007"></a> (defaults to the short form if omitted),
@@ -13228,12 +13862,12 @@
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-31013"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6727--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
+</p><!--l. 6828--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span>is expanded by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>so take care to
 protect commands that shouldn’t be expanded. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6730--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6732--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <a 
+</p><!--l. 6831--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6833--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-31014"></a> style has the following in &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13242,20 +13876,20 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165">
 &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\CustomAbbreviationFields}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={\the\glsshorttok},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;first={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}}},%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}},%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={\the\glslongtok}}%
-</div>
-<!--l. 6746--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={\the\glsshorttok},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;first={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongtok}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshorttok}}},%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;firstplural={\protect\glsfirstlongfont{\the\glslongpltok}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\protect\glsxtrfullsep{\the\glslabeltok}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrparen{\protect\glsfirstabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}}},%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={\the\glslongtok}}%
+</pre>
+<!--l. 6847--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
  id="dx1-31015"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
@@ -13262,7 +13896,7 @@
  id="dx1-31016"></a> are set even though they’re not used by
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6750--><p class="indent" >   The basic styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 6851--><p class="indent" >   The basic styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-31017"></a>, use commands like <span 
@@ -13280,15 +13914,15 @@
 class="cmti-10">fmts</span>&#x27E9; argument even if they’re not used within
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6759--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 6860--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">setup</span>&#x27E9; argument may also redefine
-</p><!--l. 6760--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 6861--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31019"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6762--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6863--><p class="noindent" >
 which can be used to assign attributes. (This will automatically be initialised to do
 nothing.)
-</p><!--l. 6766--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <a 
+</p><!--l. 6867--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-31020"></a> includes the following in &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13297,17 +13931,17 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166">
 &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{nohyperfirst}{true}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-</div>
-<!--l. 6777--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{nohyperfirst}{true}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glshasattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glssetattribute{\the\glslabeltok}{regular}{false}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+</pre>
+<!--l. 6878--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a 
 href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-31021"></a> attribute to “true”. It also unsets the <a 
@@ -13319,20 +13953,20 @@
 class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-31023"></a> attribute doesn’t get unset by
 other styles, so take care not to switch styles for the same category.
-</p><!--l. 6784--><p class="indent" >   You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the
+</p><!--l. 6885--><p class="indent" >   You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the
 following token registers.
-</p><!--l. 6787--><p class="indent" >   Short value (defined by <span 
+</p><!--l. 6888--><p class="indent" >   Short value (defined by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>):
-</p><!--l. 6788--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 6889--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31024"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6790--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6792--><p class="indent" >   Short plural value (defined by <span 
+</p><!--l. 6891--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6893--><p class="indent" >   Short plural value (defined by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>):
-</p><!--l. 6793--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 6894--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31025"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsshortpltok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6795--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6896--><p class="noindent" >
 (This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user
 through the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
@@ -13339,18 +13973,18 @@
  id="dx1-31026"></a> key in the optional argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a 
  id="dx1-31027"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 6800--><p class="indent" >   Long value (defined by <span 
+</p><!--l. 6901--><p class="indent" >   Long value (defined by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>):
-</p><!--l. 6801--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 6902--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31028"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongtok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6803--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6805--><p class="indent" >   Long plural value (defined by <span 
+</p><!--l. 6904--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6906--><p class="indent" >   Long plural value (defined by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>):
-</p><!--l. 6806--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 6907--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31029"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongpltok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6808--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6909--><p class="noindent" >
 (This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user
 through the <span 
 class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a 
@@ -13357,7 +13991,7 @@
  id="dx1-31030"></a> key in the optional argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a 
  id="dx1-31031"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 6813--><p class="indent" >   The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 6914--><p class="indent" >   The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a 
 href="#catattr.markwords"><span 
 class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-31032"></a>). The
@@ -13365,15 +13999,15 @@
 (unmodified) short or long form (as provided in the final two arguments of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>), then use the commands:
-</p><!--l. 6818--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 6919--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31033"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorgshort </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6820--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6921--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short form and
-</p><!--l. 6822--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 6923--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31034"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorglong </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6824--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6925--><p class="noindent" >
 for the long form. (These may be useful for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-31035"></a> key to avoid any formatting that
@@ -13381,36 +14015,36 @@
 
                                                                   
 may be added by the attribute setting.)
-</p><!--l. 6828--><p class="indent" >   There are two other registers available that are defined by <span 
+</p><!--l. 6929--><p class="indent" >   There are two other registers available that are defined by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>:
-</p><!--l. 6831--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 6932--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31036"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslabeltok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6833--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6934--><p class="noindent" >
 which contains the entry’s label and
-</p><!--l. 6835--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 6936--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31037"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glskeylisttok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6837--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6938--><p class="noindent" >
 which contains the values provided in the optional argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a 
  id="dx1-31038"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6841--><p class="indent" >   Remember put <span 
+</p><!--l. 6942--><p class="indent" >   Remember put <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\the </span>in front of the register command as in the examples above.
 The category label can be access through the command (not a register):
-</p><!--l. 6844--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 6945--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31039"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscategorylabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6846--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6947--><p class="noindent" >
 This may be used inside the definition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6850--><p class="indent" >   If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
-</p><!--l. 6851--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 6951--><p class="indent" >   If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
+</p><!--l. 6952--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31040"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6853--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6954--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the existing style. For example, the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc-desc"><span 
@@ -13421,61 +14055,61 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167">
 \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-noshort-desc}
-</div>
-<!--l. 6858--><p class="nopar" > within &#x27E8;<span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 6959--><p class="nopar" > within &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">setup</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 6861--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 6962--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">fmts</span>&#x27E9; argument deals with the way the entry is displayed in the document.
 This argument should redefine the following commands.
-</p><!--l. 6865--><p class="indent" >   The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span 
+</p><!--l. 6966--><p class="indent" >   The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-31042"></a>
 key):
-</p><!--l. 6867--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 6968--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31043"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6869--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6970--><p class="noindent" >
 (Note that this isn’t used for the plural long form, which just uses the regular
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 6873--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the short form on <a 
+</p><!--l. 6974--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the short form on <a 
  id="dx1-31044"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> or in the full forms:
-</p><!--l. 6874--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 6975--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31045"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6876--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6878--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like
+</p><!--l. 6977--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6979--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a 
  id="dx1-31046"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 6880--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 6981--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31047"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6882--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6884--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the long form on <a 
+</p><!--l. 6983--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6985--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the long form on <a 
  id="dx1-31048"></a>first use or in the full forms:
-</p><!--l. 6885--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 6986--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31049"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6887--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6889--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the long form in commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 6988--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6990--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the long form in commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong </span>use:
-</p><!--l. 6891--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 6992--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31050"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6893--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6895--><p class="indent" >   Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 6994--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6996--><p class="indent" >   Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-31051"></a> on <a 
  id="dx1-31052"></a>first use for
@@ -13483,7 +14117,7 @@
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-31053"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 6898--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 6999--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31054"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -13490,8 +14124,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6900--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6902--><p class="indent" >   Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 7001--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7003--><p class="indent" >   Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-31055"></a> on
 <a 
@@ -13499,7 +14133,7 @@
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-31057"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 6905--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7006--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31058"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -13506,8 +14140,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6907--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6909--><p class="indent" >   Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 7008--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7010--><p class="indent" >   Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a 
  id="dx1-31059"></a> on <a 
  id="dx1-31060"></a>first use for
@@ -13515,7 +14149,7 @@
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-31061"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 6912--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7013--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31062"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -13525,8 +14159,8 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 6914--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6916--><p class="indent" >   Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 7015--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7017--><p class="indent" >   Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a 
  id="dx1-31063"></a> on
 <a 
@@ -13535,7 +14169,7 @@
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-31065"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 6919--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7020--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31066"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -13542,12 +14176,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6921--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6923--><p class="indent" >   In addition &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 7022--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7024--><p class="indent" >   In addition &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">fmts</span>&#x27E9; may also redefine the following commands that govern the inline
 full formats. If the style doesn’t redefine them, they will default to the same as the
 display full forms.
-</p><!--l. 6927--><p class="indent" >   Inline singular no case-change (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 7028--><p class="indent" >   Inline singular no case-change (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a 
  id="dx1-31067"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a 
@@ -13555,7 +14189,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull</span><a 
  id="dx1-31069"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 6929--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7030--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31070"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -13562,14 +14196,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6931--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6933--><p class="indent" >   Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 7032--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7034--><p class="indent" >   Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span><a 
  id="dx1-31071"></a> and
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull</span><a 
  id="dx1-31072"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 6935--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7036--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31073"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -13576,8 +14210,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6937--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6939--><p class="indent" >   Inline plural no case-change (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 7038--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7040--><p class="indent" >   Inline plural no case-change (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl</span><a 
  id="dx1-31074"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl</span><a 
@@ -13585,7 +14219,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><a 
  id="dx1-31076"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 6941--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7042--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31077"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -13592,14 +14226,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6943--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6945--><p class="indent" >   Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 7044--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7046--><p class="indent" >   Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl</span><a 
  id="dx1-31078"></a> and
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><a 
  id="dx1-31079"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 6947--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7048--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31080"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -13606,8 +14240,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6949--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6951--><p class="indent" >   (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is
+</p><!--l. 7050--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7052--><p class="indent" >   (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is
 formatted by redefining the following four commands, but these won’t be used for
 abbreviations with the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
@@ -13614,8 +14248,8 @@
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-31081"></a> attribute set. If the style doesn’t redefine these
 commands, the default values are used.
-</p><!--l. 6957--><p class="indent" >   Singular with no case-change:
-</p><!--l. 6958--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7058--><p class="indent" >   Singular with no case-change:
+</p><!--l. 7059--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31082"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsubsequentfmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -13622,9 +14256,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6960--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6962--><p class="indent" >   Singular with first letter upper case:
-</p><!--l. 6963--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7061--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7063--><p class="indent" >   Singular with first letter upper case:
+</p><!--l. 7064--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31083"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrsubsequentfmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -13631,9 +14265,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6965--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6967--><p class="indent" >   Plural with no case-change:
-</p><!--l. 6968--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7066--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7068--><p class="indent" >   Plural with no case-change:
+</p><!--l. 7069--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31084"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsubsequentplfmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -13640,12 +14274,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6970--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7071--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 6972--><p class="indent" >   Plural with first letter upper case:
-</p><!--l. 6973--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7073--><p class="indent" >   Plural with first letter upper case:
+</p><!--l. 7074--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31085"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrsubsequentplfmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -13652,8 +14286,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6975--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6977--><p class="indent" >   If you want to provide support for <span 
+</p><!--l. 7076--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7078--><p class="indent" >   If you want to provide support for <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-31086"></a> use the following
 <span 
@@ -13660,19 +14294,20 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands (<a 
 href="#sec:accsupp"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>12.2 </a><a 
-href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) within the definitions of
-<span 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:accsupp </a><a 
+href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) within the
+definitions of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat </span>etc instead of the analogous <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands. (If you
-don’t use <span 
+class="cmti-10">xxx</span>&#x27E9;
+commands. (If you don’t use <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
- id="dx1-31087"></a>, they will just do the corresponding <span 
+ id="dx1-31087"></a>, they will just do the corresponding
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>&#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">xxx</span>&#x27E9;
-command.)
-</p><!--l. 6985--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <a 
+class="cmti-10">xxx</span>&#x27E9; command.)
+</p><!--l. 7086--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-31088"></a> style has the following in &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -13681,44 +14316,44 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168">
 &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\abbrvpluralsuffix}{\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glslongfont}[1]{\glslongdefaultfont{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-</div>
-<!--l. 7015--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\glsabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsfirstabbrvfont}[1]{\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{##1}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongfont}[1]{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{##1}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glslongfont}[1]{\glslongdefaultfont{##1}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshort{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsfirstabbrvfont{\glsaccessshortpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullformat}[2]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshort{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslong{##1}}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\Glsxtrfullplformat}[2]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsfirstabbrvfont{\Glsaccessshortpl{##1}\ifglsxtrinsertinside##2\fi}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglsxtrinsertinside\else##2\fi\glsxtrfullsep{##1}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+</pre>
+<!--l. 7116--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the
 display versions.
-</p><!--l. 7019--><p class="indent" >   If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
-</p><!--l. 7020--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7120--><p class="indent" >   If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
+</p><!--l. 7121--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-31089"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7022--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7123--><p class="noindent" >
 within &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">fmts</span>&#x27E9;, where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the existing style. For example, the
@@ -13731,11 +14366,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169">
 &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short}%
-</div>
-<!--l. 7028--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7030--><p class="indent" >   Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 7129--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7131--><p class="indent" >   Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-31091"></a> that displays
@@ -13745,18 +14380,18 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170">
 \newabbreviationstyle
-&#x00A0;<br />{custom-sf}%&#x00A0;label
-&#x00A0;<br />{%&#x00A0;setup
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-long}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}%
-&#x00A0;<br />{%&#x00A0;fmts
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\textsf{##1}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 7043--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions
+{custom-sf}%&#x00A0;label
+{%&#x00A0;setup
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{short-long}%
+}%
+{%&#x00A0;fmts
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{short-long}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\textsf{##1}}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 7144--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions
 such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a 
@@ -13769,7 +14404,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>etc which makes them easier to adapt than the modified
 styles.
-</p><!--l. 7051--><p class="indent" >   For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code
+</p><!--l. 7152--><p class="indent" >   For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code
 (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>).
                                                                   
@@ -13776,32 +14411,36 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 7054--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 7054--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 7155--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 7155--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">5. <a 
  id="sec:headtitle"></a>Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents</h2>
-</p><!--l. 7057--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 7158--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual cautions against using commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in chapter
 or section titles. The principle problems are: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
-     <li class="itemize">if you have a table of contents, the <a 
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 7162--><p class="noindent" >if you have a table of contents, the <a 
  id="dx1-32001"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will be unset in the contents
      rather than later in the document;
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize">if you have the location lists displayed in the glossary, unwanted locations
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 7164--><p class="noindent" >if you have the location lists displayed in the glossary, unwanted locations
      will be added to it corresponding to the table of contents (if present) and
      every page that contains the entry in the page header (if the page style in
      use adds the chapter or section title to the header);
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize">if the page style in use adds the chapter or section title to the header and
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 7169--><p class="noindent" >if the page style in use adds the chapter or section title to the header and
      attempts to convert it to upper case, the entry label (in the argument
      of  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>etc)  will  be  converted  to  upper  case  and  the  entry  won’t  be
      recognised;
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize">if you use <span 
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 7173--><p class="noindent" >if you use <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-32002"></a>, commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>can’t be expanded to a simple
@@ -13809,18 +14448,19 @@
      from <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-32003"></a>);
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize">if you use <span 
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 7176--><p class="noindent" >if you use <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-32004"></a>, you will end up with nested hyperlinks in the table of
-     contents.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 7078--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark
+     contents.</p></li></ul>
+<!--l. 7179--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark
 issues).
 </p>
-<!--l. 7081--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 7182--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.1   </span> <a 
  id="simplisticapproach"></a>Simplistic Approach</h3>
-<!--l. 7083--><p class="noindent" >To get around all these problems, the <span 
+<!--l. 7184--><p class="noindent" >To get around all these problems, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual recommends
 using the expandable non-hyperlink commands, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a 
@@ -13832,6 +14472,9 @@
 the entry through commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>. This means
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
 that if, for example, you are using one of the abbreviation styles that uses
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a 
@@ -13848,10 +14491,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171">
 \chapter{A&#x00A0;Chapter&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 7096--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 7197--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-33004"></a>:
                                                                   
@@ -13858,12 +14501,12 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172">
 \chapter{A&#x00A0;Chapter&#x00A0;about
-&#x00A0;<br />\texorpdfstring{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}{\glsentryshort{html}}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 7101--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7103--><p class="indent" >   Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do
+\texorpdfstring{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}{\glsentryshort{html}}}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 7202--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7204--><p class="indent" >   Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do
 this for you. However, if you have mixed styles this won’t work as commands like
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span 
@@ -13877,7 +14520,7 @@
 header using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase</span><a 
  id="dx1-33005"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7114--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 7215--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package tries to resolve this by modifying <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\markright</span><a 
  id="dx1-33006"></a> and
@@ -13886,16 +14529,16 @@
  id="dx1-33007"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@starttoc</span>. If you don’t like this change, you can restore their
 former definitions using
-</p><!--l. 7117--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7218--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-33008"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7119--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7220--><p class="noindent" >
 If you only want to restore <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@starttoc </span>you can use:
-</p><!--l. 7121--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7222--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-33009"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertTocMarks </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7123--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7224--><p class="noindent" >
 If you restore the header or table of contents commands, you’ll have to use the
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>manual’s recommendations of either simply using <span 
@@ -13906,10 +14549,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173">
 \chapter[A&#x00A0;Chapter&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\glsentryshort{html}]{A&#x00A0;Chapter&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\gls{html}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 7130--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you need to find a way to insert <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 7231--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you need to find a way to insert <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmarkhook </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrinmark</span>
 at the start of the header or table of contents either scoped or afterwards cancelled
@@ -13916,17 +14559,17 @@
 with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrnotinmark </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestoremarkhook</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7136--><p class="indent" >   If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span 
+</p><!--l. 7237--><p class="indent" >   If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span>, you can
 use the commands described below in the argument of sectioning commands. You can
 still use them even if the mark commands have been reverted, but only where they
 don’t conflict with the page style.
-</p><!--l. 7142--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7243--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 7142--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 7243--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.2   </span> <a 
  id="newcommandsdesignedforchaptersectionheadings"></a>New Commands Designed for Chapter/Section Headings</h3>
-<!--l. 7144--><p class="noindent" >The commands listed below are designed for use in chapter or section headings.
+<!--l. 7245--><p class="noindent" >The commands listed below are designed for use in chapter or section headings.
 There are still limitations, but they provide a better solution. They all use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a 
@@ -13941,7 +14584,7 @@
  id="dx1-34003"></a> will be
 needed as appropriate in that field. (Take care if the field has its value expanded
 before being assigned.)
-</p><!--l. 7156--><p class="indent" >   These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span 
+</p><!--l. 7257--><p class="indent" >   These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>,
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>etc with the options <span 
@@ -13955,7 +14598,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-34006"></a> attribute to “true” for the
 appropriate category.
-</p><!--l. 7164--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span 
+</p><!--l. 7265--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a 
  id="dx1-34007"></a> styles, be aware that the default fonts don’t
 provide bold small-caps or italic small-caps. This means that if the chapter
@@ -13973,9 +14616,9 @@
 class="cmss-10">slantsc</span><a 
  id="dx1-34009"></a> package in this case.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 7175--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7177--><p class="indent" >   Display the short form:
-</p><!--l. 7178--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7276--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7278--><p class="indent" >   Display the short form:
+</p><!--l. 7279--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34010"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -13983,181 +14626,181 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 7180--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7182--><p class="indent" >   Display the plural short form:
-</p><!--l. 7183--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7281--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7283--><p class="indent" >   Display the plural short form:
+</p><!--l. 7284--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34011"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshortpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7185--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7187--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case singular short form:
-</p><!--l. 7188--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7286--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7288--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case singular short form:
+</p><!--l. 7289--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34012"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7190--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7291--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7193--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case plural short form:
-</p><!--l. 7194--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7294--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case plural short form:
+</p><!--l. 7295--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34013"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshortpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7196--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7297--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7199--><p class="indent" >   All caps singular short form:
-</p><!--l. 7200--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7300--><p class="indent" >   All caps singular short form:
+</p><!--l. 7301--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34014"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7202--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7303--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7205--><p class="indent" >   All caps plural short form:
-</p><!--l. 7206--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7306--><p class="indent" >   All caps plural short form:
+</p><!--l. 7307--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34015"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshortpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7208--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7309--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7211--><p class="indent" >   Display the long form:
-</p><!--l. 7212--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7312--><p class="indent" >   Display the long form:
+</p><!--l. 7313--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34016"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlong{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7214--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7216--><p class="indent" >   Display the plural long form:
-</p><!--l. 7217--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7315--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7317--><p class="indent" >   Display the plural long form:
+</p><!--l. 7318--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34017"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlongpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7219--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7221--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case singular long form:
-</p><!--l. 7222--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7320--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7322--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case singular long form:
+</p><!--l. 7323--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34018"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlong{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7224--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7325--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7227--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case plural long form:
-</p><!--l. 7228--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7328--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case plural long form:
+</p><!--l. 7329--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34019"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlongpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7230--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7331--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7233--><p class="indent" >   All caps singular long form:
-</p><!--l. 7234--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7334--><p class="indent" >   All caps singular long form:
+</p><!--l. 7335--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34020"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtlong{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7236--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7337--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7239--><p class="indent" >   All caps plural long form:
-</p><!--l. 7240--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7340--><p class="indent" >   All caps plural long form:
+</p><!--l. 7341--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34021"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtlongpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7242--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7343--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 7245--><p class="indent" >   There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span 
+</p><!--l. 7346--><p class="indent" >   There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span 
 class="cmti-10">inline</span>
 full form, which may be different from the full form used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. The PDF version
 has to be a simple fully expandable command, so one of two commands that are
 unrelated to the style is used instead:
-</p><!--l. 7250--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7351--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34022"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspdffmtfull{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7252--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7353--><p class="noindent" >
 for the singular form or:
-</p><!--l. 7254--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7355--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34023"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspdffmtfullpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7256--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7357--><p class="noindent" >
 for the full form. These simply do the long form followed by the short form in
 parentheses.
-</p><!--l. 7260--><p class="indent" >   Display the full form:
-</p><!--l. 7261--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7361--><p class="indent" >   Display the full form:
+</p><!--l. 7362--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34024"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfull{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7263--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7265--><p class="indent" >   Display the plural full form:
-</p><!--l. 7266--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7364--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7366--><p class="indent" >   Display the plural full form:
+</p><!--l. 7367--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34025"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfullpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7268--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7270--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case singular full form:
-</p><!--l. 7271--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7369--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7371--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case singular full form:
+</p><!--l. 7372--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34026"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfull{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7273--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7374--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7276--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case plural full form:
-</p><!--l. 7277--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7377--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case plural full form:
+</p><!--l. 7378--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34027"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfullpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7279--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7380--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7282--><p class="indent" >   All caps singular full form:
-</p><!--l. 7283--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7383--><p class="indent" >   All caps singular full form:
+</p><!--l. 7384--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34028"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfull{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7285--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7386--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7288--><p class="indent" >   All caps plural full form:
-</p><!--l. 7289--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7389--><p class="indent" >   All caps plural full form:
+</p><!--l. 7390--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34029"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfullpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7291--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7392--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7294--><p class="indent" >   There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span 
+</p><!--l. 7395--><p class="indent" >   There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
  id="dx1-34030"></a> field:
-</p><!--l. 7296--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7397--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34031"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7298--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7300--><p class="indent" >   First letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 7301--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7399--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7401--><p class="indent" >   First letter converted to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 7402--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34032"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmttext{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7303--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7404--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7306--><p class="indent" >   All caps:
-</p><!--l. 7307--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7407--><p class="indent" >   All caps:
+</p><!--l. 7408--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34033"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmttext{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -14165,100 +14808,100 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 7309--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7410--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7312--><p class="indent" >   The plural equivalents:
-</p><!--l. 7313--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7413--><p class="indent" >   The plural equivalents:
+</p><!--l. 7414--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34034"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7315--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7416--><p class="noindent" >
 First letter upper case:
-</p><!--l. 7317--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7418--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34035"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7319--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7420--><p class="noindent" >
 and all caps:
-</p><!--l. 7321--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7422--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34036"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7323--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7325--><p class="indent" >   Likewise for the value of the <span 
+</p><!--l. 7424--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7426--><p class="indent" >   Likewise for the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-34037"></a> field:
-</p><!--l. 7327--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7428--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34038"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7329--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7331--><p class="indent" >   First letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 7332--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7430--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7432--><p class="indent" >   First letter converted to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 7433--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34039"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7334--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7435--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7337--><p class="indent" >   All caps:
-</p><!--l. 7338--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7438--><p class="indent" >   All caps:
+</p><!--l. 7439--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34040"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7340--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7441--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7343--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the value of the <span 
+</p><!--l. 7444--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
  id="dx1-34041"></a> field:
-</p><!--l. 7345--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7446--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34042"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7347--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7349--><p class="indent" >   First letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 7350--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7448--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7450--><p class="indent" >   First letter converted to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 7451--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34043"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7352--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7453--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7355--><p class="indent" >   All caps:
-</p><!--l. 7356--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7456--><p class="indent" >   All caps:
+</p><!--l. 7457--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34044"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7358--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7459--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7361--><p class="indent" >   The plural equivalents:
-</p><!--l. 7362--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7462--><p class="indent" >   The plural equivalents:
+</p><!--l. 7463--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34045"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirstpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7364--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7465--><p class="noindent" >
 First letter upper case:
-</p><!--l. 7366--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7467--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34046"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirstpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7368--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7469--><p class="noindent" >
 and all caps:
-</p><!--l. 7370--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7471--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-34047"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfirstpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7372--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7473--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -14266,11 +14909,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 7374--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 7374--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 7475--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 7475--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">6. <a 
  id="sec:categories"></a>Categories</h2>
-</p><!--l. 7377--><p class="indent" >   Each entry defined by <span 
+</p><!--l. 7478--><p class="indent" >   Each entry defined by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-35001"></a> (or commands that internally use it
 such as <span 
@@ -14284,7 +14927,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
  id="dx1-35004"></a> shorthands on that make some characters
 active.)
-</p><!--l. 7386--><p class="indent" >   The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed
+</p><!--l. 7487--><p class="indent" >   The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed
 in the text or glossary. Note that an entry’s category is independent of the glossary
 type. Be careful not to confuse <span 
 class="cmss-10">category</span><a 
@@ -14291,7 +14934,7 @@
  id="dx1-35005"></a> with <span 
 class="cmss-10">type</span><a 
  id="dx1-35006"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7391--><p class="indent" >   The default category assumed by <span 
+</p><!--l. 7492--><p class="indent" >   The default category assumed by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is labelled <span 
 class="cmss-10">general</span><a 
  id="dx1-35007"></a>.
@@ -14304,7 +14947,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-35009"></a> by default.
-</p><!--l. 7398--><p class="indent" >   Additionally, if you have enabled <span 
+</p><!--l. 7499--><p class="indent" >   Additionally, if you have enabled <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a 
  id="dx1-35010"></a> with the <a 
 href="#styopt.index"><span 
@@ -14330,18 +14973,18 @@
 option, that command will set the category to <span 
 class="cmss-10">number</span><a 
  id="dx1-35018"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7406--><p class="indent" >   You can obtain the category label for a given entry using
-</p><!--l. 7407--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7507--><p class="indent" >   You can obtain the category label for a given entry using
+</p><!--l. 7508--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-35019"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscategory{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7409--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7510--><p class="noindent" >
 This is equivalent to commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>and so may be used in an
 expandable context. No error is generated if the entry doesn’t exist.
-</p><!--l. 7414--><p class="indent" >   You can test the category for a given entry using
-</p><!--l. 7415--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7515--><p class="indent" >   You can test the category for a given entry using
+</p><!--l. 7516--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-35020"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategory{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -14353,7 +14996,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7418--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7519--><p class="noindent" >
 This is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -14379,7 +15022,7 @@
 </div> so any restrictions that apply to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq </span>also apply to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategory</span>.
-<!--l. 7427--><p class="indent" >   Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span 
+<!--l. 7528--><p class="indent" >   Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">general</span><a 
  id="dx1-35022"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
@@ -14394,20 +15037,22 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7435--><p class="indent" >   Other attributes recognised by <span 
+</p><!--l. 7536--><p class="indent" >   Other attributes recognised by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>are:
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7540--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
 <a 
  id="catattr.nohyperfirst"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">nohyperfirst</span><a 
- id="dx1-35025"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">When using commands like <span 
+ id="dx1-35025"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7540--><p class="noindent" >When using commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-35026"></a> this will automatically suppress the
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-     hyperlink on <a 
+ id="dx1-35026"></a> this will automatically suppress the hyperlink
+     on <a 
  id="dx1-35027"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for entries with a category that has this attribute set to
      “true”. (This settings can be overridden by explicitly setting the <span 
@@ -14437,43 +15082,49 @@
 class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-35032"></a> attribute then just
      redefine
-     <!--l. 7452--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-35033"></a>  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 7553--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-35033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrchecknohyperfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 7454--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 7555--><p class="noindent" >
      to do nothing.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7558--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.nohyper"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">nohyper</span><a 
- id="dx1-35034"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">When using commands like <span 
+ id="dx1-35034"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7558--><p class="noindent" >When using commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-35035"></a> this will automatically suppress the
-     hyperlink for entries with a category that has this attribute set to “true”. (This
-     settings can be overridden by explicitly setting the <span 
+ id="dx1-35035"></a> this will automatically suppress the hyperlink
+     for entries with a category that has this attribute set to “true”. (This settings
+     can be overridden by explicitly setting the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a 
- id="dx1-35036"></a> key on or off in the
-     optional argument of commands like <span 
+ id="dx1-35036"></a> key on or off in the optional
+     argument of commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.)
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7565--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.indexonlyfirst"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">indexonlyfirst</span><a 
- id="dx1-35037"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is similar to the <a 
+ id="dx1-35037"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7565--><p class="noindent" >This is similar to the <a 
 href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span 
 class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-35038"></a> package option but only for entries
-     that have a category with this attribute set to “true”.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-35038"></a> package option but only for entries that have
+     a category with this attribute set to “true”.
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7569--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.wrgloss"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">wrgloss</span><a 
- id="dx1-35039"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">When using commands like <span 
+ id="dx1-35039"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7569--><p class="noindent" >When using commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-35040"></a>, if this attribute is set to “after”, it will
      automatically implement <span 
@@ -14480,38 +15131,43 @@
 class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span><a 
  id="dx1-35041"></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=after</span>. (New to v1.14.)
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7573--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.discardperiod"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">discardperiod</span><a 
- id="dx1-35042"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">If set to “true”, the post-<a 
+ id="dx1-35042"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7573--><p class="noindent" >If set to “true”, the post-<a 
  id="dx1-35043"></a><a 
-href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook will discard a&#x00A0;full stop
-     (period) that follows <span 
+href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook will discard a&#x00A0;full stop (period) that
+     follows <span 
 class="cmti-10">non-plural </span>commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. (Provided
-     for entries such as abbreviations that end with a full stop.) This attribute is
-     only applicable to entries defined using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. (Provided for entries such
+     as abbreviations that end with a full stop.) This attribute is only applicable to
+     entries defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if
-     it’s using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) This attribute doesn’t apply to the accessibility
      fields.
-     <!--l. 7481--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     </p><!--l. 7582--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a
      full stop. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-174">
      \newabbreviation
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[user1={German&#x00A0;Speaking&#x00A0;\TeX\&#x00A0;User&#x00A0;Group}]
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{dante}{DANTE&#x00A0;e.V.}{Deutschsprachige&#x00A0;Anwendervereinigung&#x00A0;\TeX\
-     &#x00A0;<br />e.V.}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 7488--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span 
+     &#x00A0;[user1={German&#x00A0;Speaking&#x00A0;\TeX\&#x00A0;User&#x00A0;Group}]
+     &#x00A0;{dante}{DANTE&#x00A0;e.V.}{Deutschsprachige&#x00A0;Anwendervereinigung&#x00A0;\TeX\
+     e.V.}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 7589--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
  id="dx1-35044"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
@@ -14524,38 +15180,42 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-175">
      \glsuseri{dante}[.]
-</div>
-     <!--l. 7495--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a 
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 7596--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a 
  id="dx1-35047"></a><a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> and it won’t be
      discarded.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7600--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.pluraldiscardperiod"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">pluraldiscardperiod</span><a 
- id="dx1-35048"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” <span 
+ id="dx1-35048"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7600--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” <span 
 class="cmti-10">and </span>the <a 
 href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span 
 class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-35049"></a> attribute is
-     set to “true”, this will behave as above for the plural commands like <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>or
+ id="dx1-35049"></a> attribute is set to “true”,
+     this will behave as above for the plural commands like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsplural</span>.
+     This attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
      <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsplural</span>. This attribute is only applicable to entries defined using
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7607--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.retainfirstuseperiod"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">retainfirstuseperiod</span><a 
- id="dx1-35050"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” then the full stop won’t be
-     discarded for <a 
+ id="dx1-35050"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7607--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” then the full stop won’t be discarded
+     for <a 
  id="dx1-35051"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> instances, even if <a 
 href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span 
@@ -14574,45 +15234,47 @@
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) This attribute doesn’t apply to the accessibility
      fields.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7617--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.markwords"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">markwords</span><a 
- id="dx1-35054"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span 
+ id="dx1-35054"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7617--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a 
- id="dx1-35055"></a>
-     will automatically have spaces in the long form replaced with
-     <!--l. 7519--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-35056"></a>  <span 
+ id="dx1-35055"></a> will
+     automatically have spaces in the long form replaced with
+     </p><!--l. 7620--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-35056"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 7521--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 7622--><p class="noindent" >
      and each word is encapsulated with
-     </p><!--l. 7523--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+     </p><!--l. 7624--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-35057"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">word</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 7525--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 7626--><p class="noindent" >
      For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-176">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{markwords}{true}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{ip}{IP}{Internet&#x00A0;Protocol}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 7530--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as
+     \newabbreviation{ip}{IP}{Internet&#x00A0;Protocol}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 7631--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-177">
      \newabbreviation{ip}{IP}
-     &#x00A0;<br />{\glsxtrword{Internet}\glsxtrwordsep\glsxtrword{Protocol}}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 7535--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a 
+     {\glsxtrword{Internet}\glsxtrwordsep\glsxtrword{Protocol}}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 7636--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-35058"></a>, take advantage of this
@@ -14630,40 +15292,42 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-174">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178">
      \newcommand{\hyplong}[2][]{%
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{\def\glsxtrwordsep{-}\glsxtrlong[#1]{#2}}}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 7547--><p class="nopar" >
-     </p><!--l. 7549--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural. This attribute is only applicable to
+     &#x00A0;{\def\glsxtrwordsep{-}\glsxtrlong[#1]{#2}}}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 7648--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p><!--l. 7650--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural. This attribute is only applicable to
      entries defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
-     </p><!--l. 7553--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 7654--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup
      ending up in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-35060"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 7557--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 7658--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7660--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.markshortwords"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">markshortwords</span><a 
- id="dx1-35061"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This is similar to <a 
+ id="dx1-35061"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7660--><p class="noindent" >This is similar to <a 
 href="#catattr.markwords"><span 
 class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-35062"></a> but applies to the short form. (Only
-     useful for abbreviations that contain spaces.) This attribute is only applicable
-     to entries defined using <span 
+ id="dx1-35062"></a> but applies to the short form. (Only useful for
+     abbreviations that contain spaces.) This attribute is only applicable to
+     entries defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
-     <!--l. 7565--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 7666--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-35063"></a> key isn’t used.
      This setting will take precedence over <a 
@@ -14670,28 +15334,30 @@
 href="#catattr.insertdots"><span 
 class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-35064"></a>.
-     </p><!--l. 7569--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 7670--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup
      ending up in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-35065"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 7573--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 7674--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7676--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.insertdots"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">insertdots</span><a 
- id="dx1-35066"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span 
+ id="dx1-35066"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7676--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a 
- id="dx1-35067"></a>
-     will automatically have full stops (periods) inserted after each letter. The entry
-     will be defined with those dots present as though they had been present in the
-     &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; argument of <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(rather than inserting them every time
-     the entry is used). The short plural form defaults to the new dotted version of
-     the original &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-35067"></a> will
+     automatically have full stops (periods) inserted after each letter. The entry will
+     be defined with those dots present as though they had been present in the &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;
+     argument of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(rather than inserting them every time the
+     entry is used). The short plural form defaults to the new dotted version of the
+     original &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; form with the plural suffix appended. <span 
 class="cmti-10">This setting is</span>
      <span 
@@ -14705,26 +15371,28 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
-     <!--l. 7587--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span 
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     </p><!--l. 7688--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-35069"></a> key, you must
      explicitly insert the dots yourself (since there’s no way for the code to
      determine if the plural has a suffix that shouldn’t be followed by a dot).
      </div>
-     </p><!--l. 7593--><p class="noindent" >
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-     </p><!--l. 7595--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a 
+     </p><!--l. 7694--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 7696--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a 
 href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span 
 class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-35070"></a> attribute set to “true”.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7699--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.aposplural"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">aposplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-35071"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, <span 
+ id="dx1-35071"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7699--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a 
  id="dx1-35072"></a> will insert an
      apostrophe (’) before the plural suffix for the <span 
@@ -14743,12 +15411,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) Check with your supervisor,
      publisher or editor if you want to use this attribute as this usage is
      controversial.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7711--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.noshortplural"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">noshortplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-35075"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, <span 
+ id="dx1-35075"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7711--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a 
  id="dx1-35076"></a> won’t append
      the plural suffix for the short plural form. This means the <span 
@@ -14769,21 +15439,25 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7719--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.headuc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">headuc</span><a 
- id="dx1-35080"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, commands like <span 
+ id="dx1-35080"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7719--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span><a 
  id="dx1-35081"></a> will use the
      upper case version in the page headers.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7723--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.tagging"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">tagging</span><a 
- id="dx1-35082"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, the tagging command defined by
+ id="dx1-35082"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7723--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, the tagging command defined by
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging</span><a 
  id="dx1-35083"></a> will be activated to use <span 
@@ -14791,29 +15465,36 @@
  id="dx1-35084"></a> in
      the glossary (see <a 
 href="#sec:tagging"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.1 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:tagging </a><a 
 href="#sec:tagging">Tagging Initials<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:tagging --></a>).
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     <!--l. 7728--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.entrycount"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">entrycount</span><a 
- id="dx1-35085"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Unlike the above attributes, this attribute isn’t boolean but instead must
-     be an integer value and is used in combination with <span 
+ id="dx1-35085"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7728--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the above attributes, this attribute isn’t boolean but instead must be an
+     integer value and is used in combination with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a 
- id="dx1-35086"></a>
-     (see <a 
+ id="dx1-35086"></a> (see
+     <a 
 href="#sec:entrycountmods"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.5 </a><a 
-href="#sec:entrycountmods">Entry Counting Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycountmods --></a>). Leave blank or undefined for
-     categories that shouldn’t have this facility enabled. The value of this attribute
-     is used by <span 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entrycountmods </a><a 
+href="#sec:entrycountmods">Entry Counting Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycountmods --></a>). Leave blank or
+     undefined for categories that shouldn’t have this facility enabled. The value of
+     this attribute is used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcounttrigger</span><a 
- id="dx1-35087"></a> to determine how commands such as <span 
+ id="dx1-35087"></a> to determine how commands
+     such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a 
- id="dx1-35088"></a>
-     should behave.
-     <!--l. 7635--><p class="noindent" >With <span 
+ id="dx1-35088"></a> should behave.
+     </p><!--l. 7736--><p class="noindent" >With <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>only if the previous
@@ -14826,53 +15507,60 @@
      usage count for that entry is less than or equal to the value of that
      attribute.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7743--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.linkcount"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">linkcount</span><a 
- id="dx1-35090"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This attribute is set to <span 
+ id="dx1-35090"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7743--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is set to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">true </span>by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span><a 
- id="dx1-35091"></a> (see <a 
+ id="dx1-35091"></a> (see
+     <a 
 href="#sec:linkcount"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>7.2
-     </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:linkcount </a><a 
 href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a>).
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7747--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.linkcountmaster"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">linkcountmaster</span><a 
- id="dx1-35092"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This attribute is set to the name of the master counter by
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
+ id="dx1-35092"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7747--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is set to the name of the master counter by
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span><a 
- id="dx1-35093"></a> if the optional argument is provided (see <a 
+ id="dx1-35093"></a> if the optional argument is provided (see
+     <a 
 href="#sec:linkcount"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>7.2
-     </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:linkcount </a><a 
 href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a>).
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7752--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.glossdesc"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">glossdesc</span><a 
- id="dx1-35094"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">The <span 
+ id="dx1-35094"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7752--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a 
  id="dx1-35095"></a> command (used in the predefined glossary styles) is
      modified by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to check for this attribute. The attribute may have
-     one of the following values:
+     one of the following values: </p>
          <ul class="itemize1">
-         <li class="itemize"><span 
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 7757--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">firstuc</span>: the first letter of the description will be converted to upper
          case (using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span><a 
  id="dx1-35096"></a>).
-         </li>
-         <li class="itemize"><span 
+         </p></li>
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 7760--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">title</span>: the description will be used in the argument of the title casing
          command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\capitalisewords</span><a 
@@ -14880,21 +15568,24 @@
 class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a 
  id="dx1-35098"></a>). If you want to use a
          different command you can redefine:
-         <!--l. 7663--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-35099"></a>  <span 
+         </p><!--l. 7764--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-35099"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">phrase cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-         </p><!--l. 7665--><p class="noindent" >
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+         </p><!--l. 7766--><p class="noindent" >
          For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-         <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-175">
+         <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179">
          \newcommand*{\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs}[1]{\xcapitalisefmtwords*{#1}}
-</div>
-         <!--l. 7669--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span 
+</pre>
+         <!--l. 7770--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs </span>will be a control
          sequence whose replacement text is the entry’s description, which is why
          <span 
@@ -14902,48 +15593,54 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\capitalisefmtwords</span>.)
 </p>
          </li></ul>
-     <!--l. 7676--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design
+     <!--l. 7777--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design
      limitations for both the first letter uppercasing and the title casing commands.
      See the <span 
 class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a 
  id="dx1-35100"></a> user manual for further details.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7782--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.glossdescfont"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">glossdescfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-35101"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-35101"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7782--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a 
- id="dx1-35102"></a> command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the
-     name of a control sequence (without the leading backslash) that takes one
-     argument. This control sequence will be applied to the description text. For
-     example:
+ id="dx1-35102"></a>
+     command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the name of a control
+     sequence (without the leading backslash) that takes one argument. This control
+     sequence will be applied to the description text. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-176">
+</p>
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossdescfont}{emph}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 7689--><p class="nopar" >
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 7790--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7793--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.glossname"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">glossname</span><a 
- id="dx1-35103"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">As <a 
+ id="dx1-35103"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7793--><p class="noindent" >As <a 
 href="#catattr.glossdesc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-35104"></a> but applies to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a 
- id="dx1-35105"></a>. Additionally, if this
-     attribute is set to “uc” the name is converted to all capitals.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-35105"></a>. Additionally, if this attribute is
+     set to “uc” the name is converted to all capitals.
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7797--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.indexname"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">indexname</span><a 
- id="dx1-35106"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">If set, the <span 
+ id="dx1-35106"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7797--><p class="noindent" >If set, the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook </span>hook used at the end of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a 
  id="dx1-35107"></a>
@@ -14951,86 +15648,98 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a 
  id="dx1-35108"></a>. See <a 
 href="#sec:autoindex"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>8 </a><a 
-href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further
-     details.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:autoindex </a><a 
+href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for
+     further details.
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7802--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.glossnamefont"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">glossnamefont</span><a 
- id="dx1-35109"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-35109"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7802--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a 
- id="dx1-35110"></a> command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the
-     name of a control sequence (without the leading backslash) that takes one
-     argument. This control sequence will be applied to the name text. For
-     example:
+ id="dx1-35110"></a>
+     command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the name of a control
+     sequence (without the leading backslash) that takes one argument. This control
+     sequence will be applied to the name text. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-177">
+</p>
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossnamefont}{emph}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 7709--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span 
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 7810--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>which will only be used if this attribute
      hasn’t been set.
-     </p><!--l. 7713--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change,
+     </p><!--l. 7814--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change,
      such as the list styles which put the name in the optional argument of
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\item</span>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7818--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.glosssymbolfont"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">glosssymbolfont</span><a 
- id="dx1-35111"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(New to version 1.42.) This is similar to <a 
+ id="dx1-35111"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7818--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.42.) This is similar to <a 
 href="#catattr.glossnamefont"><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-35112"></a> and
-     <a 
+ id="dx1-35112"></a> and <a 
 href="#catattr.glossdescfont"><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossdescfont</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-35113"></a> but is used by <span 
+ id="dx1-35113"></a> but is
+     used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a 
  id="dx1-35114"></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7822--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.textformat"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">textformat</span><a 
- id="dx1-35115"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(New to version 1.21.) Commands like <span 
+ id="dx1-35115"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7822--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.21.) Commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>have the link
-     text encapsulated in the argument of <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat </span>by default. If this
-     attribute is set, the control sequence given by the attribute value will be used
-     instead. As with the above, the attribute value should be the name (without
-     the leading backslash) of a command that takes a single argument (the link
-     text). Remember that the abbreviation styles may apply an additional font
+class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>have the link text
+     encapsulated in the argument of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat </span>by default. If this attribute is
+     set, the control sequence given by the attribute value will be used instead. As
+     with the above, the attribute value should be the name (without the leading
+     backslash) of a command that takes a single argument (the link text).
+     Remember that the abbreviation styles may apply an additional font
      change.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7831--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.hyperoutside"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">hyperoutside</span><a 
- id="dx1-35116"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">(New to v1.21.) The attribute value may be <span 
+ id="dx1-35116"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7831--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.21.) The attribute value may be <span 
 class="cmtt-10">false</span>, <span 
-class="cmtt-10">true </span>or unset. If
-     unset, <span 
+class="cmtt-10">true </span>or unset. If unset,
+     <span 
 class="cmtt-10">true </span>is assumed. This indicates the default setting of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperoutside</span><a 
- id="dx1-35117"></a>
-     key, described in <a 
+ id="dx1-35117"></a> key,
+     described in <a 
 href="#sec:wrglossary"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.2 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:wrglossary </a><a 
 href="#sec:wrglossary">Entry Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:wrglossary --></a>.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7837--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.dualindex"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">dualindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-35118"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">If set, whenever a glossary entry has information written to the external
+ id="dx1-35118"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7837--><p class="noindent" >If set, whenever a glossary entry has information written to the external
      glossary file through commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-35119"></a> and <span 
@@ -15040,24 +15749,31 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a 
  id="dx1-35121"></a>. See <a 
 href="#sec:autoindex"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>8 </a><a 
-href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for
-     further details.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:autoindex
+     </a><a 
+href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further details.
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7843--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.targeturl"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">targeturl</span><a 
- id="dx1-35122"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">If set, the hyperlink generated by commands like <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will be set to the
-     URL provided by this attributes value. For example:
+ id="dx1-35122"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7843--><p class="noindent" >If set, the hyperlink generated by commands like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will be set to the URL
+     provided by this attributes value. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-178">
+</p>
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 7747--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span 
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 7848--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-external.tex</span>.) If the URL
      contains awkward characters (such as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">%</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
@@ -15068,7 +15784,7 @@
  id="dx1-35123"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar </span>that
      expand to literal characters.
-     </p><!--l. 7755--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding
+     </p><!--l. 7856--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">#</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; to the URL), then you also need to set <a 
@@ -15081,7 +15797,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; which is set by commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to
      the entry’s label.
-     </p><!--l. 7761--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span 
+     </p><!--l. 7862--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>
      which sets the anchor to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix\glslabel</span></span></span>, so if you want
@@ -15094,13 +15810,13 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 7768--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span 
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 7869--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>then you will need to adjust
      the above as appropriate.)
-     </p><!--l. 7772--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form &#x27E8;<span 
+     </p><!--l. 7873--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name1</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">.</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name2</span>&#x27E9; then use <a 
@@ -15113,21 +15829,21 @@
 class="cmss-10">targetcategory</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-35127"></a> for the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name1</span>&#x27E9; part.
-     </p><!--l. 7776--><p class="noindent" >For example:
+     </p><!--l. 7877--><p class="noindent" >For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetcategory}{page}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{7}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 7781--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span 
+     \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetcategory}{page}
+     \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{7}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 7882--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">general </span>entries to link to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">master-doc.pdf#page.7</span>
      (page 7 of that PDF).
-     </p><!--l. 7785--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal
+     </p><!--l. 7886--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal
      glossary and entries that link to an external URL then you can use
      the starred form of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a 
@@ -15137,34 +15853,38 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185">
      \newignoredglossary*{external}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\glssetcategoryattribute{external}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={local&#x00A0;example}}
-     &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;type=external,
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;category=external,
-     &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={external&#x00A0;example}}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 7801--><p class="nopar" >
+     \glssetcategoryattribute{external}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf}
+     \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}
+     \newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={local&#x00A0;example}}
+     \newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},
+     &#x00A0;&#x00A0;type=external,
+     &#x00A0;&#x00A0;category=external,
+     &#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={external&#x00A0;example}}
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 7902--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7904--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.externallocation"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">externallocation</span><a 
- id="dx1-35129"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">The value should be the file name of the target document when
-     manually indexing an external location (see <a 
+ id="dx1-35129"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7904--><p class="noindent" >The value should be the file name of the target document when manually
+     indexing an external location (see <a 
 href="#sec:wrglossary"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.2 </a><a 
-href="#sec:wrglossary">Entry Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:wrglossary --></a>). In general,
-     it’s better to use <a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:wrglossary </a><a 
+href="#sec:wrglossary">Entry Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:wrglossary --></a>). In
+     general, it’s better to use <a 
  id="dx1-35130"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> v1.7+ which can handle multiple external sources
-     and doesn’t require this attribute.
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> v1.7+ which can handle multiple external
+     sources and doesn’t require this attribute.
+</p>
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 7811--><p class="indent" >   If a term is defined using <span 
+<!--l. 7912--><p class="indent" >   If a term is defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a 
  id="dx1-35131"></a> and accessibility support has been
 supplied via the <a 
@@ -15174,7 +15894,7 @@
 available. If <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a 
  id="dx1-35133"></a> isn’t set its value will be obtained from:
-</p><!--l. 7815--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7916--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-35134"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaultshortaccess{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15181,7 +15901,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7817--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7918--><p class="noindent" >
 This is defined by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-35135"></a> to just do &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15202,7 +15922,7 @@
  id="dx1-35139"></a>
 attributes below refer to the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; form that’s passed to this command.
-</p><!--l. 7825--><p class="indent" >   The following attributes are only applicable to entries defined using
+</p><!--l. 7926--><p class="indent" >   The following attributes are only applicable to entries defined using
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span 
@@ -15212,85 +15932,89 @@
 class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-35140"></a> package option hasn’t been used.
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7932--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.accessinsertdots"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">accessinsertdots</span><a 
- id="dx1-35141"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">If this attribute is set to “true” and the <span 
+ id="dx1-35141"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7932--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” and the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
- id="dx1-35142"></a>
-     package has been loaded (with the <a 
+ id="dx1-35142"></a> package has
+     been loaded (with the <a 
 href="#styopt.accsupp"><span 
 class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-35143"></a> option), then this behaves
-     like <a 
+ id="dx1-35143"></a> option), then this behaves like <a 
 href="#catattr.insertdots"><span 
 class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-35144"></a> but for the &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-35144"></a>
+     but for the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; part used in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-35145"></a> field instead
-     of the <span 
+ id="dx1-35145"></a> field instead of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
- id="dx1-35146"></a> field. This setting will be overridden by an explicit use of
-     the <span 
+ id="dx1-35146"></a>
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     field. This setting will be overridden by an explicit use of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-35147"></a> key in the optional argument of  <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-35147"></a>
+     key in the optional argument of <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7941--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.accessaposplural"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">accessaposplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-35148"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">This     boolean     attribute     overrides     <a 
+ id="dx1-35148"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7941--><p class="noindent" >This boolean attribute overrides <a 
 href="#catattr.aposplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-35149"></a>     for
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-     the <span 
+ id="dx1-35149"></a> for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-35150"></a> key. Has no effect if there’s no accessibility support
-     or if the <span 
+ id="dx1-35150"></a> key.
+     Has no effect if there’s no accessibility support or if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-35151"></a> key hasn’t been set or if the <span 
+ id="dx1-35151"></a> key
+     hasn’t  been  set  or  if  the  <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-35152"></a> key
-     is explicitly set. If the <a 
+ id="dx1-35152"></a>  key  is  explicitly  set.  If  the
+     <a 
 href="#catattr.aposplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-35153"></a> is set and this attribute isn’t set and
-     the <span 
+ id="dx1-35153"></a> is set and this attribute isn’t set and the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-35154"></a> key is set, then the <a 
+ id="dx1-35154"></a> key is set,
+     then the <a 
 href="#catattr.aposplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-35155"></a> setting governs the default
-     <span 
+ id="dx1-35155"></a> setting governs the default <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-35156"></a> setting. If you want <a 
+ id="dx1-35156"></a> setting.
+     If  you  want  <a 
 href="#catattr.aposplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-35157"></a> but don’t want it applied to
-     the accessibility support, set the <a 
+ id="dx1-35157"></a>  but  don’t  want  it  applied  to  the  accessibility
+     support, set the <a 
 href="#catattr.accessaposplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">accessaposplural</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-35158"></a> attribute to “false”. This
-     attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
-     <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span 
+ id="dx1-35158"></a> attribute to “false”. This attribute is only
+     applicable to entries defined using <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if
+     it’s using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7955--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.accessnoshortplural"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">accessnoshortplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-35159"></a> </dt><dd 
+ id="dx1-35159"></a> </p></dt><dd 
 class="description">
-     This boolean attribute overrides <a 
+     <!--l. 7955--><p class="noindent" >This boolean attribute overrides <a 
 href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-35160"></a> for the <span 
@@ -15305,43 +16029,52 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if
      it’s using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7961--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.nameshortaccess"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">nameshortaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-35163"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">If this attribute is set to “true”, the <span 
+ id="dx1-35163"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7961--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">access</span><a 
- id="dx1-35164"></a> field (used for
-     the <span 
+ id="dx1-35164"></a> field (used for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-35165"></a> field’s accessibility support) automatically assigned if it’s not
-     provided.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-35165"></a> field’s
+     accessibility support) automatically assigned if it’s not provided.
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7966--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.textshortaccess"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">textshortaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-35166"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like  <span 
+ id="dx1-35166"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7966--><p class="noindent" >Like  <span 
 class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span><a 
  id="dx1-35167"></a>  but  applies  to  the  <span 
 class="cmss-10">textaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-35168"></a>  field
-     automatically assigned if it’s not provided.
-     </dd><dt class="description">
+ id="dx1-35168"></a>  field  automatically
+     assigned if it’s not provided.
+     </p></dd><dt class="description">
+     <!--l. 7970--><p class="noindent" >
 <a 
  id="catattr.firstshortaccess"></a><span 
 class="cmssbx-10">firstshortaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-35169"></a> </dt><dd 
-class="description">Like  <span 
+ id="dx1-35169"></a> </p></dt><dd 
+class="description">
+     <!--l. 7970--><p class="noindent" >Like  <span 
 class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span><a 
  id="dx1-35170"></a>  but  applies  to  the  <span 
 class="cmss-10">firstaccess</span><a 
- id="dx1-35171"></a>  field
-     automatically assigned if it’s not provided.
+ id="dx1-35171"></a>  field  automatically
+     assigned if it’s not provided.
+</p>
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 7875--><p class="indent" >   An attribute can be set using:
-</p><!--l. 7876--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+<!--l. 7976--><p class="indent" >   An attribute can be set using:
+</p><!--l. 7977--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-35172"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15351,25 +16084,25 @@
 class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7878--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7979--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9; is the category label, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9; is the attribute label and
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; is the new value for the attribute.
-</p><!--l. 7883--><p class="indent" >   There is a shortcut version to set the <a 
+</p><!--l. 7984--><p class="indent" >   There is a shortcut version to set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-35173"></a> attribute to “true”:
-</p><!--l. 7885--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7986--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-35174"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetregularcategory{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7887--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7889--><p class="indent" >   If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the
+</p><!--l. 7988--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7990--><p class="indent" >   If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the
 shortcut command:
-</p><!--l. 7891--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7992--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-35175"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15378,16 +16111,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7893--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7994--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute </span>with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscategory </span>to set the attribute. Note
 that this will affect all other entries that share this entry’s category.
-</p><!--l. 7898--><p class="indent" >   You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-</p><!--l. 7900--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 7999--><p class="indent" >   You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
+</p><!--l. 8001--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-35176"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgetcategoryattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15395,10 +16125,10 @@
 class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7902--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8003--><p class="noindent" >
 Again there is a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label for a given
 entry:
-</p><!--l. 7905--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8006--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-35177"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgetattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15405,9 +16135,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7907--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7909--><p class="indent" >   You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using:
-</p><!--l. 7911--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8008--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8010--><p class="indent" >   You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using:
+</p><!--l. 8012--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-35178"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glshascategoryattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15420,7 +16150,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7914--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8015--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses <span 
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
  id="dx1-35179"></a>’s <span 
@@ -15429,7 +16159,7 @@
 isn’t blank and isn’t <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\relax</span>. The shortcut if you need to lookup the category label
 from an entry is:
-</p><!--l. 7919--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8020--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-35180"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glshasattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15442,9 +16172,9 @@
 <span 
 class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7922--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7924--><p class="indent" >   You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
-</p><!--l. 7926--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8023--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8025--><p class="indent" >   You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
+</p><!--l. 8027--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-35181"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategoryattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15459,7 +16189,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7928--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8029--><p class="noindent" >
 This tests if the attribute (given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;) for the category (given by
 &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15469,15 +16199,15 @@
 isn’t set or is set but isn’t equal to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9;, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9; is done.
-</p><!--l. 7935--><p class="indent" >   For example:
+</p><!--l. 8036--><p class="indent" >   For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186">
 \glsifcategoryattribute{general}{nohyper}{true}{NO&#x00A0;HYPER}{HYPER}
-</div>
-<!--l. 7938--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8039--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">general</span><a 
  id="dx1-35182"></a> category has the <a 
 href="#catattr.nohyper"><span 
@@ -15485,7 +16215,7 @@
  id="dx1-35183"></a> attribute set to
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">true </span>otherwise if does “HYPER”.
-</p><!--l. 7943--><p class="indent" >   With boolean-style attributes like <a 
+</p><!--l. 8044--><p class="indent" >   With boolean-style attributes like <a 
 href="#catattr.nohyper"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nohyper</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-35184"></a>, make sure you always test for <span 
@@ -15492,9 +16222,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">true</span>
 not <span 
 class="cmtt-10">false </span>in case the attribute hasn’t been set.
-</p><!--l. 7946--><p class="indent" >   Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular
+</p><!--l. 8047--><p class="indent" >   Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular
 entry:
-</p><!--l. 7948--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8049--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-35185"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsifattribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15509,13 +16239,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7950--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7952--><p class="indent" >   There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a 
+</p><!--l. 8051--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8053--><p class="indent" >   There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-35186"></a>
 attribute set to “true”:
-</p><!--l. 7954--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8055--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-35187"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsifregularcategory{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15525,9 +16255,9 @@
 class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7956--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8057--><p class="noindent" >
 Alternatively, if you need to lookup the category for a particular entry:
-</p><!--l. 7959--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8060--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-35188"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsifregular{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15536,7 +16266,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7961--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8062--><p class="noindent" >
 Note that if the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
@@ -15547,7 +16277,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-35190"></a> attribute has been set to
 “false”:
-</p><!--l. 7965--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8066--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-35191"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsifnotregularcategory{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15557,9 +16287,9 @@
 class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7967--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8068--><p class="noindent" >
 or for a particular entry:
-</p><!--l. 7969--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8070--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-35192"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsifnotregular{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15568,7 +16298,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7971--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8072--><p class="noindent" >
 Again, if the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
@@ -15575,8 +16305,8 @@
  id="dx1-35193"></a> attribute hasn’t been set, the above do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;, so these
 reverse commands aren’t logically opposite in the strict sense.
-</p><!--l. 7976--><p class="indent" >   You can iterate through all entries with a given category using:
-</p><!--l. 7978--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 8077--><p class="indent" >   You can iterate through all entries with a given category using:
+</p><!--l. 8079--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsforeachincategory[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15590,7 +16320,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">body</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7979--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8080--><p class="noindent" >
 This iterates through all entries in the glossaries identified by the comma-separated
 list &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>&#x27E9; that have the category given by &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15603,12 +16333,12 @@
 control sequences) to access the current glossary and entry label. If &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>&#x27E9; is
 omitted, all glossaries are assumed.
-</p><!--l. 7989--><p class="indent" >   Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given
+</p><!--l. 8090--><p class="indent" >   Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given
 attribute using:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 7991--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8092--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-35194"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsforeachwithattribute[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15625,18 +16355,18 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">body</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7993--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8094--><p class="noindent" >
 This will do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">body</span>&#x27E9; for each entry that has a category with the attribute &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;
 set to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">attribute-value</span>&#x27E9;. The remaining arguments are as the previous command.
-</p><!--l. 7998--><p class="indent" >   You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary
+</p><!--l. 8099--><p class="indent" >   You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary
 field changing commands, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfielddef</span><a 
  id="dx1-35195"></a>. Alternatively, you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 8001--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8102--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-35196"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetcategory{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-labels</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15643,7 +16373,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8003--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8104--><p class="noindent" >
 This will change the category to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9; for each entry listed in the
 comma-separated list &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -15652,9 +16382,9 @@
  id="dx1-35197"></a> so it will
 expand &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9; and make the change global.
-</p><!--l. 8009--><p class="indent" >   You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries
+</p><!--l. 8110--><p class="indent" >   You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries
 using:
-</p><!--l. 8011--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8112--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-35198"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetcategoryforall{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15662,7 +16392,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8013--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8114--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>&#x27E9; is a comma-separated list of glossary labels.
                                                                   
@@ -15669,14 +16399,15 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 8017--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 8017--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8118--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 8118--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">7. <a 
  id="sec:countref"></a>Counting References</h2>
-</p><!--l. 8020--><p class="indent" >   There are three basic ways of counting entry references:
+</p><!--l. 8121--><p class="indent" >   There are three basic ways of counting entry references:
      </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
-     <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-36002x1">Counting the total number of times <span 
+<li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-36002x1">
+     <!--l. 8123--><p class="noindent" >Counting the total number of times <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is used (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsreset </span>resets
      the count and is best avoided). This is provided by the base <span 
@@ -15686,15 +16417,17 @@
      has  to  be  written  to  the  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file  so  that  it’s  available  on  the  next
      LaTeX&#x00A0;run.
-     <!--l. 8030--><p class="noindent" >This method is extended by <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and is described in <a 
+     </p><!--l. 8131--><p class="noindent" >This   method   is   extended   by   <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra   </span>and   is   described   in
+     <a 
 href="#sec:entrycount"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>7.1 </a><a 
-href="#sec:entrycount">Entry
-     Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>.
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entrycount </a><a 
+href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>.
      </p></li>
-     <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-36004x2">Counting the total number of records. This method is only available with
+<li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-36004x2">
+     <!--l. 8134--><p class="noindent" >Counting the total number of records. This method is only available with
      <a 
  id="dx1-36005"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
@@ -15702,11 +16435,13 @@
      differently if it’s only been recorded (indexed) a certain number of times.
      See <a 
 href="#sec:recordcount"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9.5 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:recordcount </a><a 
 href="#sec:recordcount">Record Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:recordcount --></a> for further details.
-     </li>
-     <li 
-  class="enumerate" id="x1-36007x3">Counting   the   number   of   times   the   <span 
+     </p></li>
+<li 
+  class="enumerate" id="x1-36007x3">
+     <!--l. 8140--><p class="noindent" >Counting   the   number   of   times   the   <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like   or   <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like
      commands  are  used.  (That  is,  those  commands  that  internally  use
@@ -15718,40 +16453,48 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span>,  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys </span>or
      <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span>. See <a 
+class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span>.  See  <a 
 href="#sec:linkcount"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>7.2 </a><a 
-href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a> for further details.</li></ol>
-<!--l. 8049--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:linkcount  </a><a 
+href="#sec:linkcount">Link  Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a>  for  further
+     details.</p></li></ol>
+<!--l. 8150--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:entrycount"></a>Entry Counting (First Use Flag)</h3>
-<!--l. 8052--><p class="noindent" >As mentioned in <a 
+<!--l. 8153--><p class="noindent" >As mentioned in <a 
 href="#sec:entrycountmods"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.5 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entrycountmods </a><a 
 href="#sec:entrycountmods">Entry Counting Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycountmods --></a>, <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>modifies the
-<span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
+modifies the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a 
  id="dx1-37001"></a> command to allow for the <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-37002"></a> attribute. This means
-that you not only need to enable entry counting with <span 
+ id="dx1-37002"></a>
+attribute. This means that you not only need to enable entry counting with
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a 
- id="dx1-37003"></a>, but
-you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see <a 
+ id="dx1-37003"></a>, but you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see
+<a 
 href="#sec:categories"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>6 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a 
 href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 8059--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used
+</p><!--l. 8160--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used
 by commands that change the <a 
  id="dx1-37004"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. (That is, all those commands
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
 that mark the entry as having been used.) There are many commands that
 don’t modify this flag and they won’t contribute to the entry use count.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 8065--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8067--><p class="indent" >   With <span 
+</p><!--l. 8166--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8168--><p class="indent" >   With <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, you may use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a 
  id="dx1-37005"></a> instead of <span 
@@ -15765,18 +16508,16 @@
  id="dx1-37007"></a> attribute. (With <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a 
- id="dx1-37008"></a>
-will generate a warning if <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount </span>hasn’t been used.) The
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-abbreviation shortcut <span 
+ id="dx1-37008"></a> will
+generate a warning if <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount </span>hasn’t been used.) The abbreviation
+shortcut <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ab</span><a 
  id="dx1-37009"></a> uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>(see <a 
 href="#sec:abbrshortcuts"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>4.3 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbrshortcuts </a><a 
 href="#sec:abbrshortcuts">Shortcut Commands<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrshortcuts --></a>). The
 acronym shortcut <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ac</span><a 
@@ -15801,9 +16542,9 @@
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=acro</span><a 
  id="dx1-37014"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 8080--><p class="indent" >   All upper case versions (not provided by <span 
+</p><!--l. 8181--><p class="indent" >   All upper case versions (not provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) are also available:
-</p><!--l. 8082--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8183--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-37015"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cGLS[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15812,9 +16553,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8084--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8185--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 8086--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8187--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-37016"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cGLSpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15823,11 +16564,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8088--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8189--><p class="noindent" >
 These are analogous to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cglspl </span>but they use
-</p><!--l. 8091--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8192--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-37017"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cGLSformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15834,9 +16575,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8093--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8194--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 8095--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8196--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-37018"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cGLSplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15843,32 +16584,32 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8097--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8198--><p class="noindent" >
 which convert the analogous <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cglsplformat </span>to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 8101--><p class="indent" >   Just using <span 
+</p><!--l. 8202--><p class="indent" >   Just using <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsenableentrycount
-&#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{xml}{XML}{extensible&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;once:&#x00A0;\cgls{html}.
-&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;twice:&#x00A0;\cgls{xml}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\cgls{xml}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8123--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8125--><p class="indent" >   If you switch to <span 
+\usepackage{glossaries}
+\makeglossaries
+\glsenableentrycount
+\newacronym{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+\newacronym{xml}{XML}{extensible&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+\begin{document}
+Used&#x00A0;once:&#x00A0;\cgls{html}.
+Used&#x00A0;twice:&#x00A0;\cgls{xml}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\cgls{xml}.
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8224--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8226--><p class="indent" >   If you switch to <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>you must set the <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a 
@@ -15877,27 +16618,27 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-184">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsenableentrycount
-&#x00A0;<br />\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}{extensible&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;once:&#x00A0;\cgls{html}.
-&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;twice:&#x00A0;\cgls{xml}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\cgls{xml}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8150--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8152--><p class="indent" >   When activated with <span 
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\makeglossaries
+\glsenableentrycount
+\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
+\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}{extensible&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+\begin{document}
+Used&#x00A0;once:&#x00A0;\cgls{html}.
+Used&#x00A0;twice:&#x00A0;\cgls{xml}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\cgls{xml}.
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8251--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8253--><p class="indent" >   When activated with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, commands such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a 
  id="dx1-37020"></a> now
 use
-</p><!--l. 8154--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8255--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-37021"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcounttrigger{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15906,7 +16647,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">normal code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8157--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8258--><p class="noindent" >
 to determine if the entry trips the entry count trigger. The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>&#x27E9; uses
 commands like <span 
@@ -15922,25 +16663,25 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>behaviour in
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">normal code</span>&#x27E9;).
-</p><!--l. 8166--><p class="indent" >   The default definition is:
+</p><!--l. 8267--><p class="indent" >   The default definition is:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-185">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-189">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrifcounttrigger}[3]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glshasattribute{#1}{entrycount}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifnum\glsentryprevcount{#1}&#x003E;\glsgetattribute{#1}{entrycount}\relax
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#3%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\else
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#2%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{#3}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8179--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a 
+&#x00A0;\glshasattribute{#1}{entrycount}%
+&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifnum\glsentryprevcount{#1}&#x003E;\glsgetattribute{#1}{entrycount}\relax
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#3%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\else
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;#2%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi
+&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;{#3}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8280--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-37023"></a>
@@ -15948,17 +16689,17 @@
 class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>&#x27E9; will be used if the previous count value (the number of
 times the entry was used on the last run) is greater than the value of the
 attribute.
-</p><!--l. 8186--><p class="indent" >   For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than
+</p><!--l. 8287--><p class="indent" >   For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than
 four:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-190">
 \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{4}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8190--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8192--><p class="indent" >   There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8291--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8293--><p class="indent" >   There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the
 <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a 
@@ -15967,7 +16708,7 @@
  id="dx1-37025"></a>, etc to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a 
  id="dx1-37026"></a> etc:
-</p><!--l. 8195--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8296--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-37027"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">categories</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -15974,7 +16715,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8197--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8298--><p class="noindent" >
 The first argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">categories</span>&#x27E9; is a comma-separated list of categories. For each
 category, the <a 
@@ -15986,45 +16727,45 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-191">
 \renewcommand*{\gls}{\cgls}%
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\Gls}{\cGls}%
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glspl}{\cglspl}%
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\Glspl}{\cGlspl}%
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\GLS}{\cGLS}%
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\GLSpl}{\cGLSpl}%
-</div>
-<!--l. 8208--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents.
-</p><!--l. 8212--><p class="indent" >   If you use <span 
+\renewcommand*{\Gls}{\cGls}%
+\renewcommand*{\glspl}{\cglspl}%
+\renewcommand*{\Glspl}{\cGlspl}%
+\renewcommand*{\GLS}{\cGLS}%
+\renewcommand*{\GLSpl}{\cGLSpl}%
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8309--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents.
+</p><!--l. 8313--><p class="indent" >   If you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting </span>more than once, subsequent uses will
 just set the <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-37029"></a> attribute for each listed category.
-</p><!--l. 8216--><p class="indent" >   The above example document can then become:
+</p><!--l. 8317--><p class="indent" >   The above example document can then become:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-192">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting{abbreviation}{1}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}{extensible&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;once:&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
-&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;twice:&#x00A0;\gls{xml}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{xml}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8238--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8240--><p class="indent" >   The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\makeglossaries
+\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting{abbreviation}{1}
+\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}{extensible&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+\begin{document}
+Used&#x00A0;once:&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
+Used&#x00A0;twice:&#x00A0;\gls{xml}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{xml}.
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8339--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8341--><p class="indent" >   The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times
 an entry has been marked as used throughout the document. (The reset commands
 will reset the total back to zero.) If you prefer to count per sectional-unit, you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 8245--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8346--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-37030"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">categories</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -16034,7 +16775,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">counter-name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8247--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8348--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">categories</span>&#x27E9; is a comma-separated list of categories to which this feature should
 be applied, &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -16041,14 +16782,14 @@
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; is the trigger value and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the counter
 used by the sectional unit.
-</p><!--l. 8253--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of TeX’s output routine, discrepancies will occur
+</p><!--l. 8354--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of TeX’s output routine, discrepancies will occur
 in page spanning paragraphs if you use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">page</span><a 
  id="dx1-37031"></a> counter. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8257--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8259--><p class="indent" >   Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit
+</p><!--l. 8358--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8360--><p class="indent" >   Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit
 counting in the same document.
-</p><!--l. 8262--><p class="indent" >   The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span 
+</p><!--l. 8363--><p class="indent" >   The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\the</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>&#x27E9;
 needs to be expandable. Since <span 
@@ -16063,7 +16804,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>&#x27E9; if it exists otherwise it will use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\the</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 8269--><p class="indent" >   The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a 
+</p><!--l. 8370--><p class="indent" >   The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-37033"></a> (as before) and
@@ -16074,69 +16815,69 @@
 href="#catattr.unitcount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">unitcount</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-37034"></a> (the name of the counter).
-</p><!--l. 8272--><p class="indent" >   Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting
+</p><!--l. 8373--><p class="indent" >   Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting
 mechanism provide a command that can be used to access the current count value for
 this run:
-</p><!--l. 8275--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8376--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-37035"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8277--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8378--><p class="noindent" >
 and the final value from the previous run:
-</p><!--l. 8279--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8380--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-37036"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8281--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8382--><p class="noindent" >
 In the case of the per-unit counting, this is the final value <span 
 class="cmti-10">for the current unit</span>. In
 both commands &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label.
-</p><!--l. 8286--><p class="indent" >   The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides:
-</p><!--l. 8287--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8387--><p class="indent" >   The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides:
+</p><!--l. 8388--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-37037"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevtotalcount{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8289--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8390--><p class="noindent" >
 which gives the sum of all the per-unit totals from the previous run for the entry
 given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, and
-</p><!--l. 8292--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8393--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-37038"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevmaxcount{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8294--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8395--><p class="noindent" >
 which gives the maximum per-unit total from the previous run.
-</p><!--l. 8297--><p class="indent" >   The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting.
-</p><!--l. 8299--><p class="indent" >   Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter:
+</p><!--l. 8398--><p class="indent" >   The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting.
+</p><!--l. 8400--><p class="indent" >   Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-189">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-193">
 \documentclass{report}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{abbreviation}{2}{chapter}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{css}{CSS}{cascading&#x00A0;style&#x00A0;sheet}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={sample}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\chapter{Sample}
-&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;once:&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
-&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;three&#x00A0;times:&#x00A0;\gls{css}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{css}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{css}.
-&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;once:&#x00A0;\gls{sample}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\chapter{Another&#x00A0;Sample}
-&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;once:&#x00A0;\gls{css}.
-&#x00A0;<br />Used&#x00A0;twice:&#x00A0;\gls{html}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8330--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span 
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{abbreviation}{2}{chapter}
+\makeglossaries
+\newabbreviation{html}{HTML}{hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}
+\newabbreviation{css}{CSS}{cascading&#x00A0;style&#x00A0;sheet}
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={sample}}
+\begin{document}
+\chapter{Sample}
+Used&#x00A0;once:&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
+Used&#x00A0;three&#x00A0;times:&#x00A0;\gls{css}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{css}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{css}.
+Used&#x00A0;once:&#x00A0;\gls{sample}.
+\chapter{Another&#x00A0;Sample}
+Used&#x00A0;once:&#x00A0;\gls{css}.
+Used&#x00A0;twice:&#x00A0;\gls{html}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{html}.
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8431--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">css </span>entry is used three times in the first chapter. This is
 more than the trigger value of 2, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> is expanded on <a 
@@ -16150,12 +16891,12 @@
 long form is used and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> doesn’t get a line added to the glossary
 file.
-</p><!--l. 8341--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 8442--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">html </span>is used a total of three times, but the expansion and indexing
 suppression trigger is tripped in both chapters because the per-unit total (1 for the
 first chapter and 2 for the second chapter) is less than or equal to the trigger
 value.
-</p><!--l. 8347--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 8448--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample </span>entry has only been used once, but it doesn’t trip the indexing
 suppression because it’s in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">general</span><a 
@@ -16165,16 +16906,16 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 8352--><p class="indent" >   The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following
+</p><!--l. 8453--><p class="indent" >   The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following
 example document the trigger value is set to zero, which means the index suppression
 won’t be triggered, but the unit entry count is used to automatically suppress the
 hyperlink for commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-37041"></a> by modifying the hook
-</p><!--l. 8358--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8459--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-37042"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8360--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8461--><p class="noindent" >
 which is used at the end of the macro the determines whether or not to suppress the
 hyperlink.
                                                                   
@@ -16181,31 +16922,31 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-190">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-194">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{general}{0}{page}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifnum\glsentrycurrcount\glslabel&#x003E;0
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />A&#x00A0;\gls{sample}&#x00A0;entry.
-&#x00A0;<br />Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{sample}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\newpage
-&#x00A0;<br />Next&#x00A0;page:&#x00A0;\gls{sample}.
-&#x00A0;<br />Again:&#x00A0;\gls{sample}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8395--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\makeglossaries
+\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{general}{0}{page}
+\newglossaryentry{sample}{name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
+\renewcommand*{\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook}{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifnum\glsentrycurrcount\glslabel&#x003E;0
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\fi
+}
+\begin{document}
+A&#x00A0;\gls{sample}&#x00A0;entry.
+Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{sample}.
+\newpage
+Next&#x00A0;page:&#x00A0;\gls{sample}.
+Again:&#x00A0;\gls{sample}.
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8496--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample}</span></span></span> on each
 page.
-</p><!--l. 8399--><p class="indent" >   The earlier warning about using the <span 
+</p><!--l. 8500--><p class="indent" >   The earlier warning about using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">page</span><a 
  id="dx1-37043"></a> counter still applies. If the
 first instance of <span 
@@ -16212,12 +16953,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>occurs at the top of the page within a paragraph that
 started on the previous page, then the count will continue from the previous
 page.
-</p><!--l. 8404--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8505--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 8404--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8505--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:linkcount"></a>Link Counting</h3>
-<!--l. 8407--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.26, an alternative method of entry counting is to count the number
+<!--l. 8508--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.26, an alternative method of entry counting is to count the number
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -16233,8 +16974,8 @@
 <a 
  id="dx1-38001"></a><a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a>.)
-</p><!--l. 8414--><p class="indent" >   To enable link counting use the preamble-only command:
-</p><!--l. 8415--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8515--><p class="indent" >   To enable link counting use the preamble-only command:
+</p><!--l. 8516--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-38002"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">master counter</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -16241,7 +16982,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">categories</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8417--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8518--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">categories</span>&#x27E9; is a list of category labels. The optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">master</span>
@@ -16257,16 +16998,16 @@
 class="cmss-10">linkcountmaster</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-38004"></a>
 attribute.
-</p><!--l. 8426--><p class="indent" >   When enabled, commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 8527--><p class="indent" >   When enabled, commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>increment the associated
 counter using
-</p><!--l. 8428--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8529--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-38005"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinclinkcounter{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8430--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8531--><p class="noindent" >
 This just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\stepcounter{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -16277,37 +17018,37 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-191">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrinclinkcounter}[1]{\refstepcounter{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8436--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8438--><p class="indent" >   You can access the internal count register using
-</p><!--l. 8439--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8537--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8539--><p class="indent" >   You can access the internal count register using
+</p><!--l. 8540--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-38006"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8441--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8542--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label. This will expand to 0 if the counter hasn’t been
 defined.
-</p><!--l. 8445--><p class="indent" >   It’s also possible to access the display value (<span 
+</p><!--l. 8546--><p class="indent" >   It’s also possible to access the display value (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\the</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;) using
-</p><!--l. 8447--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8548--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-38007"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8449--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8550--><p class="noindent" >
 (This will expand to 0 if the counter hasn’t been defined.)
-</p><!--l. 8452--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to conserve resources, the counter is only defined when it first
+</p><!--l. 8553--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to conserve resources, the counter is only defined when it first
 needs to be incremented so terms that have been defined but haven’t been
 used in the document won’t have the associated count register allocated.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 8457--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8459--><p class="indent" >   You can test if the counter has been defined using:
-</p><!--l. 8460--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8558--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8560--><p class="indent" >   You can test if the counter has been defined using:
+</p><!--l. 8561--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-38008"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfLinkCounterDef{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -16316,16 +17057,16 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8462--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8563--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label.
-</p><!--l. 8465--><p class="indent" >   The counter name can be obtained using
-</p><!--l. 8466--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8566--><p class="indent" >   The counter name can be obtained using
+</p><!--l. 8567--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-38009"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8468--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8569--><p class="noindent" >
 This simply expands to the counter name associated with the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;
 without any check for existence. For example, to change the display command
@@ -16338,10 +17079,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-192">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196">
 \csdef{the\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{duck}}{\Roman{\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{duck}}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8475--><p class="nopar" > This is useful if you just want to change the display for specific entries but isn’t
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8576--><p class="nopar" > This is useful if you just want to change the display for specific entries but isn’t
 convenient if you want to change the display for all entries. Instead, it’s simpler to
 redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter</span>. For example:
@@ -16349,16 +17090,16 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-193">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-197">
 \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\GlsXtrIfLinkCounterDef{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{\Roman{\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{#1}}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{0}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8486--><p class="nopar" > In both cases, the redefinition should be implemented after <span 
+&#x00A0;\GlsXtrIfLinkCounterDef{#1}%
+&#x00A0;{\Roman{\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{#1}}}%
+&#x00A0;{0}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8587--><p class="nopar" > In both cases, the redefinition should be implemented after <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span>.
-</p><!--l. 8490--><p class="indent" >   Here’s an example document that uses link counting to disable the hyperlink after
+</p><!--l. 8591--><p class="indent" >   Here’s an example document that uses link counting to disable the hyperlink after
 the first reference. This redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a 
  id="dx1-38011"></a> (which is used by both <span 
@@ -16373,30 +17114,30 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-194">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glslinkpresetkeys}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\ifnum\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{\glslabel}&#x003E;1
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\fi
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting{general}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample1},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},description={another&#x00A0;example}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{ex}{ex}{example}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\section{Sample&#x00A0;Section}
-&#x00A0;<br />\Gls{sample1},&#x00A0;\gls{sample2}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{ex}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\Glstext{sample1}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{ex}&#x00A0;again.
-&#x00A0;<br />\section{Another&#x00A0;Sample&#x00A0;Section}
-&#x00A0;<br />\Gls{sample1},&#x00A0;\gls{sample2}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{ex}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8532--><p class="nopar" > The use of <span 
+\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\makeglossaries
+\renewcommand*{\glslinkpresetkeys}{%
+&#x00A0;\ifnum\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{\glslabel}&#x003E;1
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%
+&#x00A0;\fi
+}
+\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting{general}
+\newglossaryentry{sample1}{name={sample1},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
+\newglossaryentry{sample2}{name={sample2},description={another&#x00A0;example}}
+\newabbreviation{ex}{ex}{example}
+\begin{document}
+\section{Sample&#x00A0;Section}
+\Gls{sample1},&#x00A0;\gls{sample2}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{ex}.
+\Glstext{sample1}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{ex}&#x00A0;again.
+\section{Another&#x00A0;Sample&#x00A0;Section}
+\Gls{sample1},&#x00A0;\gls{sample2}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{ex}.
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8633--><p class="nopar" > The use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a 
  id="dx1-38012"></a> means that the options can override this. For
 example
@@ -16404,10 +17145,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199">
 \gls[hyper=true]{sample1}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8537--><p class="nopar" > will override the <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8638--><p class="nopar" > will override the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>setting in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a 
  id="dx1-38013"></a>. If <span 
@@ -16416,7 +17157,7 @@
 is used instead, the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>setting will override the setting provided in the
 optional argument.
-</p><!--l. 8543--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 8644--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a 
  id="dx1-38015"></a> category doesn’t have the <a 
 href="#catattr.linkcount"><span 
@@ -16432,10 +17173,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200">
 \ifnum\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{\glslabel}&#x003E;1
-</div>
-<!--l. 8551--><p class="nopar" > will always be false. This means that the abbreviation won’t have <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8652--><p class="nopar" > will always be false. This means that the abbreviation won’t have <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>
 applied. If the test is changed to
                                                                   
@@ -16442,33 +17183,33 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-197">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201">
 \ifnum\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{\glslabel}=1
-&#x00A0;<br />\else
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%
-&#x00A0;<br />\fi
-</div>
-<!--l. 8559--><p class="nopar" > Then the abbreviation will always have <span 
+\else
+&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%
+\fi
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8660--><p class="nopar" > Then the abbreviation will always have <span 
 class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>applied.
-</p><!--l. 8563--><p class="indent" >   To reset the counter every section use the optional argument to set the master
+</p><!--l. 8664--><p class="indent" >   To reset the counter every section use the optional argument to set the master
 counter:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-198">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-202">
 \GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting[section]{general}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8567--><p class="nopar" >
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8668--><p class="nopar" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 8569--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 8569--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8670--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 8670--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">8. <a 
  id="sec:autoindex"></a>Auto-Indexing</h2>
-</p><!--l. 8572--><p class="indent" >   It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary,
+</p><!--l. 8673--><p class="indent" >   It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary,
 and you may want entries to automatically be added to the index (as in
 this document). There are two attributes that govern this: <a 
 href="#catattr.indexname"><span 
@@ -16478,7 +17219,7 @@
 href="#catattr.dualindex"><span 
 class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-39002"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 8578--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The auto-indexing is designed for <a 
+</p><!--l. 8679--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The auto-indexing is designed for <a 
  id="dx1-39003"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> syntax. If you’ve used the <a 
@@ -16504,8 +17245,8 @@
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> and its dual entries as an alternative approach.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 8587--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8590--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 8688--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8691--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span><a 
  id="dx1-39010"></a> macro, used at the end of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a 
@@ -16523,14 +17264,14 @@
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-39014"></a>
 key.
-</p><!--l. 8600--><p class="indent" >   The internal macro used by the <span 
+</p><!--l. 8701--><p class="indent" >   The internal macro used by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to write the information to the
 external glossary file is modified to check for the <a 
 href="#catattr.dualindex"><span 
 class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-39015"></a> attribute.
-</p><!--l. 8604--><p class="indent" >   In both cases, the indexing is done through
-</p><!--l. 8605--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8705--><p class="indent" >   In both cases, the indexing is done through
+</p><!--l. 8706--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-39016"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -16537,7 +17278,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8607--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8708--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses the standard <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a 
  id="dx1-39017"></a> command with the sort value taken from the entry’s
@@ -16549,13 +17290,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>. As from v1.16, there are
 user-level commands available to change the sort and actual value used by the
 automated index.
-</p><!--l. 8614--><p class="indent" >   The actual value is given by
-</p><!--l. 8615--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8715--><p class="indent" >   The actual value is given by
+</p><!--l. 8716--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-39019"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8617--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8718--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label. The default definition is:
                                                                   
@@ -16562,15 +17303,15 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryname{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8622--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8723--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\string </span>to prevent <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>from being expanded as it’s
 written to the index file.
-</p><!--l. 8626--><p class="indent" >   The sort value is assigned using:
-</p><!--l. 8627--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8727--><p class="indent" >   The sort value is assigned using:
+</p><!--l. 8728--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-39020"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexassignsort{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -16577,7 +17318,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8629--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8730--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry label and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; is the command which needs to be set to the
@@ -16586,21 +17327,21 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-204">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexassignsort}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8636--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, &#x27E8;<span 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8737--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; is then processed to escape any of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-39021"></a>’s special
 characters. Note that this escaping is only performed on the sort not on the actual
 value. The escaping of the sort value is performed by
-</p><!--l. 8641--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8742--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-39022"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexesc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8643--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8744--><p class="noindent" >
 You can redefine this to do nothing if you want to omit the escaping. You may want
 to consider providing another field to obtain the appropriate sort value if the one
 provided in the <span 
@@ -16608,23 +17349,23 @@
  id="dx1-39023"></a> field isn’t suitable (because it may already have had special
 characters escaped or it may be a numeric value in the case of sort by use or
 definition).
-</p><!--l. 8651--><p class="indent" >   The command used to perform the actual indexing is:
-</p><!--l. 8652--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8752--><p class="indent" >   The command used to perform the actual indexing is:
+</p><!--l. 8753--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-39024"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindex{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8654--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8755--><p class="noindent" >
 This just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 8657--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span 
+</p><!--l. 8758--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span 
 class="cmss-10">parent</span><a 
  id="dx1-39025"></a> field isn’t referenced in this automated indexing.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 8660--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8662--><p class="indent" >   For example, to index the value of the <span 
+</p><!--l. 8761--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8763--><p class="indent" >   For example, to index the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
  id="dx1-39026"></a> key, instead of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
@@ -16633,10 +17374,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-201">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryfirst{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8666--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8767--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span 
 class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
  id="dx1-39028"></a> field, if present, otherwise the
 <span 
@@ -16646,15 +17387,15 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-202">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-206">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexassignsort}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglshaslong{#2}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{long}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8675--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8677--><p class="indent" >   If the value of the attribute given by &#x27E8;<span 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglshaslong{#2}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{long}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8776--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8778--><p class="indent" >   If the value of the attribute given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9; is “true”, no encap will be
 added, otherwise the encap will be the attribute value. For example:
                                                                   
@@ -16661,10 +17402,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207">
 \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{indexname}{textbf}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8683--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8784--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">textbf </span>which will display the relevant page number in bold
 whereas
                                                                   
@@ -16671,16 +17412,16 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-204">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208">
 \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{dualindex}{true}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8688--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index.
-</p><!--l. 8691--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8789--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index.
+</p><!--l. 8792--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter
 used in the glossary. (Unless some other loaded package has modified the definition of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index </span>to use some thing else.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 8696--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8698--><p class="indent" >   By default the <span 
+</p><!--l. 8797--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8799--><p class="indent" >   By default the <span 
 class="cmss-10">format</span><a 
  id="dx1-39030"></a> key won’t be used with the <a 
 href="#catattr.dualindex"><span 
@@ -16690,10 +17431,10 @@
 class="cmss-10">format</span><a 
  id="dx1-39032"></a> key to override the attribute value by using the preamble-only
 command:
-</p><!--l. 8702--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8803--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-39033"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8704--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8805--><p class="noindent" >
 If you use this command and <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-39034"></a> has been loaded, then the <span 
@@ -16704,7 +17445,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber</span><a 
  id="dx1-39037"></a> to allow formats that use
 that command.
-</p><!--l. 8709--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a 
+</p><!--l. 8810--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a 
 href="#catattr.dualindex"><span 
 class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-39038"></a> attribute will still be used on subsequent use even if the
@@ -16721,8 +17462,8 @@
 attribute will honour the <span 
 class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-39042"></a> key. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8715--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8717--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 8816--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8818--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname </span>command will attempt to escape any of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeindex</span><a 
@@ -16742,35 +17483,35 @@
  id="dx1-39048"></a>
 have been defined before <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is loaded).
-</p><!--l. 8725--><p class="indent" >   If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set
+</p><!--l. 8826--><p class="indent" >   If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set
 the correct characters.
-</p><!--l. 8727--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div>
-</p><!--l. 8729--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8731--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8828--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div>
+</p><!--l. 8830--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8832--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-39049"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetActualChar{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">char</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8733--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8834--><p class="noindent" >
 Set the actual character to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 8736--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8837--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-39050"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">char</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8738--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8839--><p class="noindent" >
 Set the level character to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 8741--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8842--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-39051"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEscChar{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">char</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8743--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8844--><p class="noindent" >
 Set the escape (quote) character to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 8746--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8847--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-39052"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEncapChar{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">char</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -16778,7 +17519,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 8748--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8849--><p class="noindent" >
 Set the encap character to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9;.
                                                                   
@@ -16785,12 +17526,12 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 8751--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 8751--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 8852--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 8852--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">9. <a 
  id="sec:bib2gls"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases</h2>
-</p><!--l. 8754--><p class="indent" >   There is a new command line application called <a 
+</p><!--l. 8855--><p class="indent" >   There is a new command line application called <a 
  id="dx1-40001"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, which works in much
@@ -16811,7 +17552,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>).
-</p><!--l. 8765--><p class="indent" >   This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to
+</p><!--l. 8866--><p class="indent" >   This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to
 maintain the database and it reduces the TeX&#x00A0;overhead by only defining the entries
 that are actually required in the document. If you currently have a <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.tex </span>file that
@@ -16826,12 +17567,12 @@
 <a 
  id="dx1-40004"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 8776--><p class="indent" >   There are some new commands and options added to <span 
+</p><!--l. 8877--><p class="indent" >   There are some new commands and options added to <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to help assist
 the integration of <a 
  id="dx1-40005"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>into the document build process.
-</p><!--l. 8780--><p class="indent" >   This chapter just provides a general overview of <a 
+</p><!--l. 8881--><p class="indent" >   This chapter just provides a general overview of <a 
  id="dx1-40006"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. The full details and
 some sample documents are provided in the <a 
@@ -16838,7 +17579,7 @@
  id="dx1-40007"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span><a 
 href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls.pdf" >manual</a>.
-</p><!--l. 8784--><p class="indent" >   An example of the contents of <span 
+</p><!--l. 8885--><p class="indent" >   An example of the contents of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file that stores glossary entries that can be
 extracted with <a 
  id="dx1-40008"></a><span 
@@ -16847,73 +17588,73 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-209">
 @entry{bird,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={bird},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;{feathered&#x00A0;animal},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;see={[see&#x00A0;also]{duck,goose}}
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />@entry{duck,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={duck},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;{a&#x00A0;waterbird&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;short&#x00A0;legs}
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />@entry{goose,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name="goose",
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;plural="geese",
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;waterbird&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;long&#x00A0;neck}
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8803--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8805--><p class="indent" >   The follow provides some abbreviations:
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={bird},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;{feathered&#x00A0;animal},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;see={[see&#x00A0;also]{duck,goose}}
+}
+ at entry{duck,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={duck},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;{a&#x00A0;waterbird&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;short&#x00A0;legs}
+}
+ at entry{goose,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name="goose",
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;plural="geese",
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;waterbird&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;long&#x00A0;neck}
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8904--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8906--><p class="indent" >   The follow provides some abbreviations:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-206">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210">
 @string{ssi={server-side&#x00A0;includes}}
-&#x00A0;<br />@string{html={hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}}
-&#x00A0;<br />@abbreviation{shtml,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;short="shtml",
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;long=&#x00A0;ssi&#x00A0;#&#x00A0;"&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;"&#x00A0;#&#x00A0;html,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;combination&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;\gls{html}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{ssi}}
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />@abbreviation{html,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;short&#x00A0;="html",
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;long&#x00A0;&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;html,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;creating&#x00A0;web&#x00A0;pages}
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />@abbreviation{ssi,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;short="ssi",
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;long&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;ssi,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;simple&#x00A0;interpreted&#x00A0;server-side&#x00A0;scripting&#x00A0;language}
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8827--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8829--><p class="indent" >   Here are some symbols:
+ at string{html={hypertext&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language}}
+ at abbreviation{shtml,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;short="shtml",
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;long=&#x00A0;ssi&#x00A0;#&#x00A0;"&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;"&#x00A0;#&#x00A0;html,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;combination&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;\gls{html}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{ssi}}
+}
+ at abbreviation{html,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;short&#x00A0;="html",
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;long&#x00A0;&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;html,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;markup&#x00A0;language&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;creating&#x00A0;web&#x00A0;pages}
+}
+ at abbreviation{ssi,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;short="ssi",
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;long&#x00A0;=&#x00A0;ssi,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;simple&#x00A0;interpreted&#x00A0;server-side&#x00A0;scripting&#x00A0;language}
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8928--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8930--><p class="indent" >   Here are some symbols:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-211">
 preamble{"\providecommand{\mtx}[1]{\boldsymbol{#1}}"}
-&#x00A0;<br />@symbol{M,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={$\mtx{M}$},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;text={\mtx{M}},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;matrix}
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />@symbol{v,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={$\vec{v}$},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;text={\vec{v}},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;vector}
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />@symbol{S,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={$\mathcal{S}$},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;text={\mathcal{S}},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;set}
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8850--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8852--><p class="indent" >   To ensure that <a 
+ at symbol{M,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={$\mtx{M}$},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;text={\mtx{M}},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;matrix}
+}
+ at symbol{v,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={$\vec{v}$},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;text={\vec{v}},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;vector}
+}
+ at symbol{S,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={$\mathcal{S}$},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;text={\mathcal{S}},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;set}
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8951--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8953--><p class="indent" >   To ensure that <a 
  id="dx1-40009"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can find out which entries have been used in the
@@ -16925,15 +17666,15 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212">
 \usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8856--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off,
+</pre>
+<!--l. 8957--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off,
 since <a 
  id="dx1-40011"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can also sort the entries and collate the locations.
-</p><!--l. 8861--><p class="indent" >   If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom
+</p><!--l. 8962--><p class="indent" >   If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom
 <a 
  id="dx1-40012"></a><a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
@@ -16940,10 +17681,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> rule), then just use <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
-class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a 
+class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a 
  id="dx1-40013"></a> and continue to use <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span>
-and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>and
+<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>), but you also need to instruct
 <a 
@@ -16952,11 +17693,11 @@
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-40015"></a> key from being
 set.
-</p><!--l. 8868--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 8969--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file created by <a 
  id="dx1-40016"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>is loaded using:
-</p><!--l. 8869--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8970--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-40017"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -16963,18 +17704,18 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">filename</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8871--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8972--><p class="noindent" >
 (Don’t include the file extension in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">filename</span>&#x27E9;.) There’s a shortcut version
 (recommended over the above) that sets &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">filename</span>&#x27E9; to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span>:
-</p><!--l. 8874--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 8975--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-40018"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8876--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8977--><p class="noindent" >
 On the first use, this command is a shortcut for </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -17001,15 +17742,15 @@
 </div>
 </div> where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9; is the current value of
-<!--l. 8888--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+<!--l. 8989--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcecount </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8889--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8990--><p class="noindent" >
 which is incremented at the end of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. Any advisory notes
 regarding <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>also apply to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>.
-</p><!--l. 8894--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 8995--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>command writes the line </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -17029,7 +17770,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-<!--l. 8904--><p class="indent" >   Since the <span 
+<!--l. 9005--><p class="indent" >   Since the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file won’t exist on the first LaTeX&#x00A0;run, the <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a 
@@ -17049,16 +17790,16 @@
 This may cause a shift in the locations if the actual text produced once the entry is
 defined is significantly larger than the placeholder ?? (as this can alter the page
 breaking).
-</p><!--l. 8914--><p class="indent" >   Note that as from v1.12, <span 
+</p><!--l. 9015--><p class="indent" >   Note that as from v1.12, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>temporarily switches the
 category code of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">@ </span>to 11 (letter) while it reads the file to allow for any internal
 commands stored in the location field.
 </p>
-<!--l. 8919--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 9020--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1   </span> <a 
  id="selection"></a>Selection</h3>
-<!--l. 8921--><p class="noindent" >The default behaviour is for <a 
+<!--l. 9022--><p class="noindent" >The default behaviour is for <a 
  id="dx1-41001"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> to select all entries that have a record in the
@@ -17077,20 +17818,20 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-209">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-213">
 \GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{glsignore}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8933--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the front matter and
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9034--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the front matter and
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-210">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-214">
 \GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{glsnumberformat}
-</div>
-<!--l. 8937--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the main matter to prevent any records in the front matter from
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9038--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the main matter to prevent any records in the front matter from
 occurring in the location lists.
-</p><!--l. 8941--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 9042--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused </span>don’t
 work with <a 
@@ -17102,8 +17843,8 @@
  id="dx1-41004"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 8946--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8948--><p class="indent" >   If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a 
+</p><!--l. 9047--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9049--><p class="indent" >   If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a 
  id="dx1-41005"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>this in the
 options list. For example:
@@ -17111,10 +17852,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-211">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215">
 \GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},selection={all}]
-</div>
-<!--l. 8953--><p class="nopar" > This will add all entries, regardless of whether or not they have any records in the
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9054--><p class="nopar" > This will add all entries, regardless of whether or not they have any records in the
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. Those that don’t have any records will have an empty location list. See the
 <a 
@@ -17121,12 +17862,12 @@
  id="dx1-41006"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> user manual for more details of this option.
-</p><!--l. 8959--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9060--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 8959--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 9060--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.2   </span> <a 
  id="sortinganddisplayingtheglossary"></a>Sorting and Displaying the Glossary</h3>
-<!--l. 8961--><p class="noindent" >There are many sorting options provided by <a 
+<!--l. 9062--><p class="noindent" >There are many sorting options provided by <a 
  id="dx1-42001"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. The default is to sort
 according to the system locale. If the document has a language setting, you can use
@@ -17144,13 +17885,13 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-216">
 \GlsXtrLoadResources[
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;src=terms,&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;data&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;terms.bib
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort=de-DE-1996&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;sort&#x00A0;according&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;this&#x00A0;locale
-&#x00A0;<br />]
-</div>
-<!--l. 8974--><p class="nopar" > The locale-sensitive sort methods usually ignore most punctuation so for lists of
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;src=terms,&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;data&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;terms.bib
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort=de-DE-1996&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;sort&#x00A0;according&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;this&#x00A0;locale
+]
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9075--><p class="nopar" > The locale-sensitive sort methods usually ignore most punctuation so for lists of
 symbols you may find it more appropriate to use one of the letter-base sort methods
 that sort according to the Unicode value of each character. Alternatively you can
 provide a custom rule. See the <a 
@@ -17158,7 +17899,7 @@
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> manual for full details of all the available sort
 methods.
-</p><!--l. 8983--><p class="indent" >   Since the <span 
+</p><!--l. 9084--><p class="indent" >   Since the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file only defines those references required within the document
 (selected according to the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">selection </span>option) and the definitions have been written in
@@ -17170,9 +17911,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span>), described in
 <a 
 href="#sec:printunsrt"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>10.2 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:printunsrt </a><a 
 href="#sec:printunsrt">Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printunsrt --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 8991--><p class="indent" >   Suppose the <span 
+</p><!--l. 9092--><p class="indent" >   Suppose the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>examples shown above have been stored in the files <span 
 class="cmtt-10">terms.bib</span>,
 <span 
@@ -17183,30 +17925,30 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-213">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms,abbrvs,symbols}]
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{bird}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{shtml}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{M}
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9013--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span 
+\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms,abbrvs,symbols}]
+\begin{document}
+\gls{bird}
+\gls{shtml}
+\gls{M}
+\printunsrtglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9114--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span 
 class="cmtt-10">mydoc</span>) is:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-214">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218">
 pdflatex&#x00A0;mydoc
-&#x00A0;<br />bib2gls&#x00A0;mydoc
-&#x00A0;<br />pdflatex&#x00A0;mydoc
-</div>
-<!--l. 9020--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span 
+bib2gls&#x00A0;mydoc
+pdflatex&#x00A0;mydoc
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9121--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span 
 class="cmtt-10">bird</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">duck</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">goose</span>, <span 
@@ -17243,30 +17985,30 @@
 a location list when the glossary is first displayed, but depending on how
 they are referenced, they may pick up a location list on the next document
 build.
-</p><!--l. 9037--><p class="indent" >   The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort
+</p><!--l. 9138--><p class="indent" >   The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort
 methods:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-219">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},sort={en-GB},type=main]
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrLoadResources
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[src={abbrvs},sort={letter-nocase},type=abbreviations]
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrLoadResources
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[src={symbols},sort={use},type={symbols}]
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{bird}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{shtml}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{M}
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9063--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9065--><p class="indent" >   Or you can have multiple instance of <span 
+\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},sort={en-GB},type=main]
+\GlsXtrLoadResources
+&#x00A0;[src={abbrvs},sort={letter-nocase},type=abbreviations]
+\GlsXtrLoadResources
+&#x00A0;[src={symbols},sort={use},type={symbols}]
+\begin{document}
+\gls{bird}
+\gls{shtml}
+\gls{M}
+\printunsrtglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9164--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9166--><p class="indent" >   Or you can have multiple instance of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>with the same
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">type</span>, which will produce a glossary with ordered sub-blocks. For example:
@@ -17274,25 +18016,25 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-216">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-220">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[record,style=indexgroup]{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrLoadResources
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[src={abbrvs},sort={letter-nocase},type=main,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;group={Abbreviations}]
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrLoadResources
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[src={symbols},sort={use},type=main,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;group={Symbols}]
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},sort={en-GB},type=main]
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{bird}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{shtml}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{M}
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9094--><p class="nopar" > This will result in a glossary where the first group has the title “Abbreviations”, the
+\usepackage[record,style=indexgroup]{glossaries-extra}
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
+\GlsXtrLoadResources
+&#x00A0;[src={abbrvs},sort={letter-nocase},type=main,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;group={Abbreviations}]
+\GlsXtrLoadResources
+&#x00A0;[src={symbols},sort={use},type=main,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;group={Symbols}]
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},sort={en-GB},type=main]
+\begin{document}
+\gls{bird}
+\gls{shtml}
+\gls{M}
+\printunsrtglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9195--><p class="nopar" > This will result in a glossary where the first group has the title “Abbreviations”, the
 second group has the title “Symbols” and then follow the usual letter groups. Note
 that for this example to work, you must run <a 
  id="dx1-42010"></a><a 
@@ -17306,21 +18048,22 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-217">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-221">
 pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
-&#x00A0;<br />bib2gls&#x00A0;-g&#x00A0;myDoc
-&#x00A0;<br />pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
-</div>
-<!--l. 9105--><p class="nopar" > The value of the <span 
+bib2gls&#x00A0;-g&#x00A0;myDoc
+pdflatex&#x00A0;myDoc
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9206--><p class="nopar" > The value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">group</span><a 
  id="dx1-42011"></a> field must always be a label. You can set the corresponding
 title with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle </span>(see <a 
 href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.10.1 </a><a 
-href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a>). If no
-title is set then the label is used as the group title.
-</p><!--l. 9111--><p class="indent" >   You can provide your own custom sort rule. For example, if you are using
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glosstylemods </a><a 
+href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style
+Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a>). If no title is set then the label is used as the group title.
+</p><!--l. 9212--><p class="indent" >   You can provide your own custom sort rule. For example, if you are using
 <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">&#x018e;</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>&#x00A0;or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>: </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -17618,13 +18361,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div>
 </div>
-<!--l. 9159--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 9260--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 9159--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 9260--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3   </span> <a 
  id="x1-430009.3"></a>The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package</h3>
-<!--l. 9162--><p class="noindent" >The package option <a 
+<!--l. 9263--><p class="noindent" >The package option <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=only</span><a 
@@ -17641,26 +18384,27 @@
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. The package isn’t loaded by <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
-class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a 
- id="dx1-43005"></a> as that option
-is intended for sorting with <a 
+class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a 
+ id="dx1-43005"></a> as that option is
+intended for sorting with <a 
  id="dx1-43006"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a 
  id="dx1-43007"></a><a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> and it is expected that the sorting
-will be switched off (with the resource option <span 
+class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> and it is expected that the sorting will
+be switched off (with the resource option <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sort=none</span>).
-</p><!--l. 9171--><p class="indent" >   If <span 
+</p><!--l. 9272--><p class="indent" >   If <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-43008"></a> is loaded via the <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-43009"></a> package option then the
-check for associated language resource files (see <a 
+ id="dx1-43009"></a> package option then the check for
+associated language resource files (see <a 
 href="#sec:lang"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>14 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:lang </a><a 
 href="#sec:lang">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lang --></a>)
 will also search for the existence of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -17670,7 +18414,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">script</span>&#x27E9; is the four letter script identifier, such as
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">Latn</span>).
-</p><!--l. 9179--><p class="indent" >   This package provides some shortcut commands that use <span 
+</p><!--l. 9280--><p class="indent" >   This package provides some shortcut commands that use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a 
  id="dx1-43010"></a> if the
 relevant package option has defined the associated glossary: <span 
@@ -17686,7 +18430,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-43015"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 9185--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+</p><!--l. 9286--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
 href="#styopt.savenumberlist"><span 
 class="cmss-10">savenumberlist</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-43016"></a> package option doesn’t have any effect with <a 
@@ -17703,7 +18447,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">location</span><a 
  id="dx1-43021"></a>
 field
-</p><!--l. 9190--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9291--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-43022"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprovidecommand{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -17714,7 +18458,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9192--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9293--><p class="noindent" >
 This command is intended for use in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">@preamble</span>. It’s simply defined to
 <span 
@@ -17733,10 +18477,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-218">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222">
 @preamble{"\glsxtrprovidecommand{\int}{integral}"}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9203--><p class="nopar" > This will force <a 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9304--><p class="nopar" > This will force <a 
  id="dx1-43026"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> to treat <span 
@@ -17745,7 +18489,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file (as it is by default) then it won’t
 override the current definition (provided by the kernel or redefined by a
 package).
-</p><!--l. 9210--><p class="indent" >   The helper commands in the resource files are defined using <span 
+</p><!--l. 9311--><p class="indent" >   The helper commands in the resource files are defined using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\providecommand</span>.
 For many of them, if you want to provide an alternative definition then you need to
 define the command before the resource file is loaded. There are a few that may be
@@ -17754,7 +18498,7 @@
 first LaTeX&#x00A0;run when the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file doesn’t exist. In this case, you may prefer to
 use:
-</p><!--l. 9217--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9318--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-43027"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsrenewcommand{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -17765,12 +18509,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">definition</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9219--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9320--><p class="noindent" >
 This behaves like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand </span>but only generates a warning rather than an error
 if the command isn’t already defined so it won’t interrupt the document
 build.
-</p><!--l. 9224--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9325--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-43028"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIndexCounterLink{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -17777,7 +18521,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9226--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9327--><p class="noindent" >
 If the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-43029"></a> command has been defined (that is, <span 
@@ -17811,12 +18555,12 @@
  id="dx1-43033"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>manual for further details (at least version
 1.4).
-</p><!--l. 9240--><p class="indent" >   If you use the <span 
+</p><!--l. 9341--><p class="indent" >   If you use the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">set-widest </span>resource option, <a 
  id="dx1-43034"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+ will now
 use:
-</p><!--l. 9242--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9343--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-43035"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSetWidest{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -17825,7 +18569,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9244--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9345--><p class="noindent" >
 (if it has been defined) to set the widest name for the given glossary type and level.
 This allows for both the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
@@ -17833,7 +18577,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra</span><a 
  id="dx1-43037"></a>,
 which need to know the widest name.
-</p><!--l. 9250--><p class="indent" >   If <a 
+</p><!--l. 9351--><p class="indent" >   If <a 
  id="dx1-43038"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>can’t determine the widest name (typically because the name field
 consists of commands that aren’t recognised by the interpreter) then <a 
@@ -17840,7 +18584,7 @@
  id="dx1-43039"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+
 will now use:
-</p><!--l. 9253--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9354--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-43040"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSetWidestFallback{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">max depth</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -17847,7 +18591,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9255--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9356--><p class="noindent" >
 (if defined). Currently the maximum hierarchical depth &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">max depth</span>&#x27E9; may only be 0 or
 2. This command requires commands provided by the <span 
@@ -17862,12 +18606,12 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest</span><a 
  id="dx1-43043"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 9262--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9363--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 9262--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 9363--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:supplocations"></a>Supplemental Locations</h4>
-<!--l. 9265--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+<!--l. 9366--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-44001"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysupploc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -17881,7 +18625,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9267--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9368--><p class="noindent" >
 This is used by <a 
  id="dx1-44002"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
@@ -17893,7 +18637,7 @@
  id="dx1-44003"></a> attribute. This command sets up
 the location counter and prefix (used in the formation of hyperlinks) and then
 uses
-</p><!--l. 9273--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9374--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-44004"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultisupplocation{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -17902,16 +18646,16 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9275--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9376--><p class="noindent" >
 to format the actual location (with an external hyperlink, if supported).
-</p><!--l. 9279--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9380--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 9279--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 9380--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:recordnameref"></a>Nameref Record</h4>
-<!--l. 9282--><p class="noindent" >Normally locations are recorded in the <span 
+<!--l. 9383--><p class="noindent" >Normally locations are recorded in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file in the form:
-</p><!--l. 9285--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9386--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -17924,7 +18668,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9286--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9387--><p class="noindent" >
 The <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
@@ -17933,7 +18677,7 @@
  id="dx1-45002"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8, instead
 uses:
-</p><!--l. 9290--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9391--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record@nameref{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -17953,7 +18697,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">hcounter</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9291--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9392--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">title</span>&#x27E9; is obtained from <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabelname </span>and &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -17967,14 +18711,14 @@
 class="cmti-10">href </span>&#x27E9; will be left empty and <a 
  id="dx1-45004"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>will treat it as a regular record.
-</p><!--l. 9298--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful with this option as &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 9399--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful with this option as &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">href </span>&#x27E9; will globally change on every instance of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>but &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">title</span>&#x27E9; won’t necessarily change. It can therefore cause
 unexpected behaviour. </div>
-</p><!--l. 9302--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9304--><p class="indent" >   The final argument &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 9403--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9405--><p class="indent" >   The final argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>&#x27E9; is obtained from <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9; which provides the
@@ -18003,7 +18747,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">equation</span><a 
  id="dx1-45008"></a> counter with chapters) so this can fail.
-</p><!--l. 9315--><p class="indent" >   Since <a 
+</p><!--l. 9416--><p class="indent" >   Since <a 
  id="dx1-45009"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> is customized specifically for use with <span 
@@ -18024,10 +18768,10 @@
 using the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">href </span>&#x27E9; target, which will take you to the nearest target before the indexing
 took place.
-</p><!--l. 9326--><p class="indent" >   With <a 
+</p><!--l. 9427--><p class="indent" >   With <a 
  id="dx1-45011"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+, normal locations are displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 9328--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9429--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -18037,11 +18781,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9329--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9430--><p class="noindent" >
 This is provided by the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-45012"></a> package and is simply defined to do:
-</p><!--l. 9333--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 9434--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -18052,7 +18796,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9334--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9435--><p class="noindent" >
 Earlier versions of <a 
  id="dx1-45013"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>only used this in the <span 
@@ -18075,12 +18819,12 @@
 command sets up the prefix needed for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber </span>to reform the target name
 from the given location.
-</p><!--l. 9344--><p class="indent" >   The locations identified by <span 
+</p><!--l. 9445--><p class="indent" >   The locations identified by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record@nameref </span>are written by <a 
  id="dx1-45017"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to
 the location list using:
-</p><!--l. 9346--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9447--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-45018"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -18101,35 +18845,35 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">file</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9348--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9449--><p class="noindent" >
 With normal internal locations, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">file</span>&#x27E9; will always be empty. With supplemental
 locations, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">file</span>&#x27E9; will be the external file reference.
-</p><!--l. 9353--><p class="indent" >   The default definition is:
+</p><!--l. 9454--><p class="indent" >   The default definition is:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-219">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref}[8]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifstrequal{#2}{equation}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{(#4)}{#2.#7}{#8}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifstrempty{#5}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#4}{#2.#7}{#8}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifstrequal{#2}{page}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#4}{#2.#7}{#8}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#5}{#2.#7}{#8}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9370--><p class="nopar" > which uses:
-</p><!--l. 9372--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifstrequal{#2}{equation}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{(#4)}{#2.#7}{#8}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifstrempty{#5}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#4}{#2.#7}{#8}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifstrequal{#2}{page}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#4}{#2.#7}{#8}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#5}{#2.#7}{#8}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9471--><p class="nopar" > which uses:
+</p><!--l. 9473--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-45019"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnamereflink{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -18140,7 +18884,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">file</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9374--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9475--><p class="noindent" >
 This ignores the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9; and <span 
@@ -18150,7 +18894,7 @@
 hyperlink with the target name obtained from &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">target</span>&#x27E9; (and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">file</span>&#x27E9;, if not empty).
-</p><!--l. 9378--><p class="indent" >   Since pages and equations typically don’t have titles, the default definition of
+</p><!--l. 9479--><p class="indent" >   Since pages and equations typically don’t have titles, the default definition of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref </span>checks the counter was used as the location. If it’s <span 
 class="cmss-10">page</span><a 
@@ -18162,9 +18906,9 @@
  id="dx1-45021"></a>, then the text is the location in parentheses. Otherwise the text is obtained
 from &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">title</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 9385--><p class="indent" >   If &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 9486--><p class="indent" >   If &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">file</span>&#x27E9; is empty an internal link is created with:
-</p><!--l. 9386--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9487--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-45022"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtinternalnameref{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">target</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -18173,9 +18917,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9388--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9489--><p class="noindent" >
 otherwise an external link is created with:
-</p><!--l. 9390--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9491--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-45023"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtexternalnameref{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">target</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -18186,13 +18930,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">file</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9392--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9493--><p class="noindent" >
 The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">file</span>&#x27E9; argument is set by <a 
  id="dx1-45024"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> for supplemental locations.
-</p><!--l. 9396--><p class="indent" >   Here’s alternative definition that uses the &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 9497--><p class="indent" >   Here’s alternative definition that uses the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9; to reform the
 target name (as <span 
@@ -18203,13 +18947,13 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-220">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-224">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref}[7]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#5}{#6}{#7}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9403--><p class="nopar" > which uses:
-</p><!--l. 9405--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+&#x00A0;\glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#5}{#6}{#7}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9504--><p class="nopar" > which uses:
+</p><!--l. 9506--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-45025"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnameloclink{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -18226,10 +18970,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">file</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9407--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9508--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses the same commands as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnamereflink </span>to produce the hyperlinks.
-</p><!--l. 9411--><p class="indent" >   In both cases, the link is encapsulated with the text-block command whose
+</p><!--l. 9512--><p class="indent" >   In both cases, the link is encapsulated with the text-block command whose
 name is given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9;, but <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber </span>is first locally redefined to
@@ -18240,7 +18984,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">hyperbf </span>then it will simply behave like
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">textbf</span>.
-</p><!--l. 9418--><p class="indent" >   For compactness, <a 
+</p><!--l. 9519--><p class="indent" >   For compactness, <a 
  id="dx1-45026"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> merges normal records if the &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -18266,15 +19010,15 @@
 class="cmti-10">location</span>&#x27E9;, as regular records). In all cases, the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9; must also
 match.
-</p><!--l. 9429--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9530--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 9429--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 9530--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:resourcecommands"></a>Helper Commands for Resource Options</h4>
-<!--l. 9432--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+<!--l. 9533--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46001"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glshex </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9434--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9535--><p class="noindent" >
 This is just defined as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\string\u</span></span></span>, which is required when you need to indicate a
 Unicode character in the form <span 
@@ -18281,10 +19025,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\u</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">hex</span>&#x27E9; in some of the resource options (as illustrated
 above).
-</p><!--l. 9440--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9541--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46002"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscapturedgroup </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9442--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9543--><p class="noindent" >
 This is just defined as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\string\$</span></span></span> and is used for the captured group reference in a
 replacement part of a regular expression substitution (requires at least <a 
@@ -18295,16 +19039,16 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-221">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225">
 sort-replace={{([a-zA-Z])\string\.}{\glscapturedgroup1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9448--><p class="nopar" > This only removes a full stop that follows any of the characters a,&#x2026;,z or
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9549--><p class="nopar" > This only removes a full stop that follows any of the characters a,&#x2026;,z or
 A,&#x2026;,Z.
-</p><!--l. 9452--><p class="indent" >   If you use the <span 
+</p><!--l. 9553--><p class="indent" >   If you use the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">save-child-count </span>resource option, you can test if the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">childcount</span>
 field is non-zero using:
-</p><!--l. 9454--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9555--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46004"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -18313,7 +19057,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9456--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9557--><p class="noindent" >
 This internally uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero </span>and will do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false</span>&#x27E9; if the field isn’t set.
@@ -18323,12 +19067,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>to access the value. (It
 will be 0 in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false</span>&#x27E9; if the field isn’t set.)
-</p><!--l. 9463--><p class="indent" >   A convenient shortcut for use in the <span 
+</p><!--l. 9564--><p class="indent" >   A convenient shortcut for use in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">entry-type-aliases </span>setting:
-</p><!--l. 9465--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9566--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46005"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrBibTeXEntryAliases </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9467--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9568--><p class="noindent" >
 This provides aliases for BibTeX’s standard entry types to <a 
  id="dx1-46006"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
@@ -18337,12 +19081,12 @@
 entry type (requires at least <a 
  id="dx1-46007"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>version 1.4).
-</p><!--l. 9472--><p class="indent" >   You may also want to provide storage keys for BibTeX’s standard fields rather
+</p><!--l. 9573--><p class="indent" >   You may also want to provide storage keys for BibTeX’s standard fields rather
 than having to alias them all. This can be done with:
-</p><!--l. 9474--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9575--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46008"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrProvideBibTeXFields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9476--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9577--><p class="noindent" >
 Note that BibTeX’s <span 
 class="cmtt-10">type </span>field clashes with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
@@ -18362,7 +19106,7 @@
 accessed with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbibtype</span>. Each of these commands takes the entry label as the
 sole argument.
-</p><!--l. 9487--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 9588--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-46011"></a> package also provides definitions of the missing
 mathematical Greek commands: <span 
@@ -18410,7 +19154,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a 
  id="dx1-46029"></a> has been loaded, the missing upright Greek commands are also
 provided.
-</p><!--l. 9501--><p class="indent" >   The remaining commands provide common rule blocks for use in the
+</p><!--l. 9602--><p class="indent" >   The remaining commands provide common rule blocks for use in the
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sort-rule </span>resource option. If you want a rule for a specific locale, you can
 provide similar commands in a file called <span 
@@ -18439,45 +19183,45 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226">
 \ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang{welsh}[2018/02/23&#x00A0;v1.0]
-&#x00A0;<br />\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries-extra-bib2gls}
-&#x00A0;<br />{
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newcommand{\glsxtrWelshRules}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrLatinA
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;b,B
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;c,C
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;ch,CH
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;d,D
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;dd,DD
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinE
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;f,F
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;ff,FF
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;g,G
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;ng,NG
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinH
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinI
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;j,J
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinL
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;ll,LL
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinM
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinN
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinO
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinP
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;ph,PH
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;r,R
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;rh,RH
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinS
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinT
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;th,TH
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;u,U
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;w,W
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;y,Y
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />{}%&#x00A0;glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty&#x00A0;not&#x00A0;loaded
-</div>
-<!--l. 9551--><p class="nopar" > (The use of <span 
+\@ifpackageloaded{glossaries-extra-bib2gls}
+{
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\newcommand{\glsxtrWelshRules}{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrLatinA
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;b,B
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;c,C
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;ch,CH
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;d,D
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;dd,DD
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinE
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;f,F
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;ff,FF
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;g,G
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;ng,NG
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinH
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinI
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;j,J
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinL
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;ll,LL
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinM
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinN
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinO
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinP
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;ph,PH
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;r,R
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;rh,RH
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinS
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinT
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;th,TH
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;u,U
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;w,W
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;y,Y
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}
+}
+{}%&#x00A0;glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty&#x00A0;not&#x00A0;loaded
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9652--><p class="nopar" > (The use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\string </span>is in case the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x003C; </span>character has been made active.) You can
 provide more than one rule-block per local, to allow for loanwords or foreign words.
@@ -18485,7 +19229,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrWelshIRules</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrWelshIIRules</span>
 etc.
-</p><!--l. 9558--><p class="indent" >   If the rules are for a particular script (independent of language or region) then
+</p><!--l. 9659--><p class="indent" >   If the rules are for a particular script (independent of language or region) then
 they can be provided in a file given by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">script</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -18496,16 +19240,16 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-223">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-227">
 \ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang{Cyrl}[2018/02/23&#x00A0;v1.0]
-&#x00A0;<br />\newcommand*{\glsxtrGeneralCyrillicIRules}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Cyrillic&#x00A0;rules
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newcommand*{\glsxtrGeneralCyrillicIIRules}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;an&#x00A0;alternative&#x00A0;set&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Cyrillic&#x00A0;rules
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9570--><p class="nopar" > (Remember that the required document language scripts need to be tracked through
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrGeneralCyrillicIRules}{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Cyrillic&#x00A0;rules
+}
+\newcommand*{\glsxtrGeneralCyrillicIIRules}{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;an&#x00A0;alternative&#x00A0;set&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Cyrillic&#x00A0;rules
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9671--><p class="nopar" > (Remember that the required document language scripts need to be tracked through
 the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a 
  id="dx1-46032"></a> package, in order for these files to be automatically loaded. This
@@ -18518,7 +19262,7 @@
 See the <span 
 class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a 
  id="dx1-46035"></a> documentation for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 9578--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively, if the rules are specific to a subject rather than a region or
+</p><!--l. 9679--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively, if the rules are specific to a subject rather than a region or
 language, then you can provide a supplementary package. For example, if you have a
 package called, say, <span 
 class="cmss-10">mapsymbols </span>that provides map symbols, then the file
@@ -18528,23 +19272,23 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-224">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-228">
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-&#x00A0;<br />\ProvidesPackage{mapsymbols}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;some&#x00A0;package&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;font&#x00A0;loading&#x00A0;stuff&#x00A0;here&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;provide
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;appropriate&#x00A0;symbols
-&#x00A0;<br />\newcommand{\Stadium}{...}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newcommand{\Battlefield}{...}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newcommand{\Harbour}{...}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;etc
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;Provide&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;rule&#x00A0;block:
-&#x00A0;<br />\newcommand{\MapSymbolOrder}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glshex&#x00A0;2694&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;crossed-swords&#x00A0;0x2694
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;&#x00A0;\glshex&#x00A0;2693&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;anchor&#x00A0;0x2693
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;&#x00A0;\glshex&#x00A0;26BD&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;football&#x00A0;0x26BD
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9599--><p class="nopar" > and the supplementary file <span 
+\ProvidesPackage{mapsymbols}
+&#x00A0;some&#x00A0;package&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;font&#x00A0;loading&#x00A0;stuff&#x00A0;here&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;provide
+&#x00A0;the&#x00A0;appropriate&#x00A0;symbols
+\newcommand{\Stadium}{...}
+\newcommand{\Battlefield}{...}
+\newcommand{\Harbour}{...}
+&#x00A0;etc
+&#x00A0;Provide&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;rule&#x00A0;block:
+\newcommand{\MapSymbolOrder}{%
+&#x00A0;\glshex&#x00A0;2694&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;crossed-swords&#x00A0;0x2694
+&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;&#x00A0;\glshex&#x00A0;2693&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;anchor&#x00A0;0x2693
+&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;&#x00A0;\glshex&#x00A0;26BD&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;football&#x00A0;0x26BD
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9700--><p class="nopar" > and the supplementary file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">mapsymbols.bib </span>can provide the appropriate definitions
 for <a 
  id="dx1-46036"></a><a 
@@ -18554,40 +19298,40 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-229">
 @preamble{"\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Harbour}{\char"2693}
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Battlefield}{\char"2694}
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Stadium}{\char"26BD}"}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9606--><p class="nopar" > Now both the preamble and rule block can be used in the resource set:
+\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Battlefield}{\char"2694}
+\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Stadium}{\char"26BD}"}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9707--><p class="nopar" > Now both the preamble and rule block can be used in the resource set:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-226">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-230">
 \usepackage{mapsymbols}%&#x00A0;my&#x00A0;custom&#x00A0;package
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;src={mapsymbols,%&#x00A0;&#x003C;---&#x00A0;my&#x00A0;custom&#x00A0;mapsymbols.bib
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;entries%&#x00A0;data&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;entries.bib
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={custom},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort-rule={\glsxtrcontrolrules&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;control&#x00A0;codes
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;;\glsxtrspacerules&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;space&#x00A0;characters
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;;\glsxtrnonprintablerules&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;non-printable&#x00A0;characters
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;;\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;combining&#x00A0;diacritics
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;,\glsxtrhyphenrules&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;hyphens
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;general&#x00A0;punctuation
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrdigitrules&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;0,&#x00A0;...,&#x00A0;9
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrfractionrules&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;fraction&#x00A0;symbols
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x003C;\MapSymbolOrder&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;&#x003C;---&#x00A0;custom&#x00A0;map&#x00A0;symbols
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;math-greek&#x00A0;symbols
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Latin&#x00A0;letters
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}
-&#x00A0;<br />]
-</div>
-<!--l. 9631--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9633--><p class="indent" >   The following commands are provided by <span 
+\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;src={mapsymbols,%&#x00A0;&#x003C;---&#x00A0;my&#x00A0;custom&#x00A0;mapsymbols.bib
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;entries%&#x00A0;data&#x00A0;in&#x00A0;entries.bib
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort={custom},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;sort-rule={\glsxtrcontrolrules&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;control&#x00A0;codes
+&#x00A0;;\glsxtrspacerules&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;space&#x00A0;characters
+&#x00A0;;\glsxtrnonprintablerules&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;non-printable&#x00A0;characters
+&#x00A0;;\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;combining&#x00A0;diacritics
+&#x00A0;,\glsxtrhyphenrules&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;hyphens
+&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;general&#x00A0;punctuation
+&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrdigitrules&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;0,&#x00A0;...,&#x00A0;9
+&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrfractionrules&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;fraction&#x00A0;symbols
+&#x00A0;&#x003C;\MapSymbolOrder&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;&#x003C;---&#x00A0;custom&#x00A0;map&#x00A0;symbols
+&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;math-greek&#x00A0;symbols
+&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules&#x00A0;%&#x00A0;Latin&#x00A0;letters
+&#x00A0;}
+]
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9732--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9734--><p class="indent" >   The following commands are provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-46037"></a>. They should be
 separated by the rule separator characters <span 
@@ -18598,7 +19342,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">&#x003C;</span>&#x00A0;(less than). See Java’s <a 
 href="http://docs.oracle.com/javase/8/docs/api/java/text/RuleBasedCollator.html" >RuleBasedCollator</a> documentation for
 details of the rule syntax.
-</p><!--l. 9640--><p class="indent" >   For example, the following will place the mathematical Greek symbols (<span 
+</p><!--l. 9741--><p class="indent" >   For example, the following will place the mathematical Greek symbols (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a 
  id="dx1-46038"></a>,
 <span 
@@ -18612,40 +19356,40 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-227">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-231">
 sort-rule={\glsxtrcontrolrules
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;;\glsxtrspacerules
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;;\glsxtrnonprintablerules
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;;\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;,\glsxtrhyphenrules
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrdigitrules
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrfractionrules
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrGeneralLatinIVrules
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinAA
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinOslash
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9657--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9659--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+&#x00A0;;\glsxtrspacerules
+&#x00A0;;\glsxtrnonprintablerules
+&#x00A0;;\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules
+&#x00A0;,\glsxtrhyphenrules
+&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules
+&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrdigitrules
+&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrfractionrules
+&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules
+&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrGeneralLatinIVrules
+&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinAA
+&#x00A0;&#x003C;\glsxtrLatinOslash
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9758--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9760--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46042"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcontrolrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9661--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9762--><p class="noindent" >
 These are control characters that are usually placed at the start of a rule in the
 ignored section. They typically won’t occur in any sort values, but if they do they
 should normally be ignored.
-</p><!--l. 9666--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9767--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46043"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrspacerules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9668--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9769--><p class="noindent" >
 These are space characters. They typically come after the control characters with the
 two blocks separated by a <span 
 class="cmtt-10">;</span>&#x00A0;(semi-colon).
-</p><!--l. 9672--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9773--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46044"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnonprintablerules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9674--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9775--><p class="noindent" >
 These are non-printable characters (BOM, tabs, line feed and carriage return). They
 typically come after the spaces separated by a <span 
 class="cmtt-10">;</span>&#x00A0;(semi-colon). These characters
@@ -18655,10 +19399,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> when it determines whether or not to use the
 interpreter, so a&#x00A0;TAB or newline character may end up in the sort value if it wasn’t
 interpreted.
-</p><!--l. 9682--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9783--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46046"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9684--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9785--><p class="noindent" >
 These are combining diacritic marks which typically follow the space and
 non-printable blocks (separated by a semi-colon). This command is defined in terms
 of sub-block commands:
@@ -18666,35 +19410,35 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-228">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-232">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules\string;
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules\string;
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIIrules\string;
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9695--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer, you can use the sub-blocks directly in your required ordered.
-</p><!--l. 9699--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+&#x00A0;\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules\string;
+&#x00A0;\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules\string;
+&#x00A0;\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIIrules\string;
+&#x00A0;\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9796--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer, you can use the sub-blocks directly in your required ordered.
+</p><!--l. 9800--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46047"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9701--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9802--><p class="noindent" >
 This contains the combining diacritics: acute, grave, breve, circumflex, caron, ring,
 vertical line above, diaeresis (umlaut), double acute, tilde, dot above, combining
 macron.
-</p><!--l. 9706--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9807--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46048"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9708--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9809--><p class="noindent" >
 This contains the combining diacritics: short solidus overlay, cedilla, ogonek, dot
 below, low line, overline, hook above, double vertical line above, double grave
 accent, candrabindu, inverted breve, turned comma above, comma above,
 reversed comma above, comma above right, grave accent below, acute accent
 below.
-</p><!--l. 9715--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9816--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46049"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9717--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9818--><p class="noindent" >
 This contains the combining diacritics: left tack below, right tack below, left angle
 above, horn, left half ring below, up tack below, down tack below, plus sign below,
 minus sign below, palatalized hook below, retroflex hook below, diaresis below, ring
@@ -18706,10 +19450,10 @@
 dialytika tonos, Greek ypogegrammeni, double tilde, double inverted breve,
 Cyrillic titlo, Cyrillic palatalization, Cyrillic dasia pneumata, Cyrillic psili
 pneumata.
-</p><!--l. 9732--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9833--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46050"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9734--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9835--><p class="noindent" >
 This contains the combining diacritics: left harpoon above, right harpoon above, long
 vertical line overlay, short vertical line overlay, anticlockwise arrow above, clockwise
 arrow above, left arrow above, right arrow above, ring overlay, clockwise ring overlay,
@@ -18716,19 +19460,19 @@
 anticlockwise ring overlay, three dots above, four dots above, enclosing circle,
 enclosing square, enclosing diamond, enclosing circle backslash, left right arrow
 above.
-</p><!--l. 9744--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9845--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46051"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphenrules </span></div><hr>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 9746--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9847--><p class="noindent" >
 This contains hyphens (including the minus sign 0x2212). This rule block typically
 comes after the diacritic rules separated by a comma.
-</p><!--l. 9751--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9852--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46052"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9753--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9854--><p class="noindent" >
 This contains punctuation characters. This rule block typically comes after the
 hyphen rules separated by a less than (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x003C;</span>). As with the combining diacritics, this
@@ -18738,18 +19482,18 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-229">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-233">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrcurrencyrules
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 9765--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9767--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrcurrencyrules
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\string&#x003C;\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 9866--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9868--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46053"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9769--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9870--><p class="noindent" >
 This is the first punctuation sub-block containing: underscore, macron, comma,
 semi-colon, colon, exclamation mark, inverted exclamation mark, question
 mark, inverted question mark, solidus, full stop, acute accent, grave accent,
@@ -18758,26 +19502,26 @@
 parenthesis, left square bracket, right square bracket, left curly bracket, right
 curly bracket, section sign, pilcrow sign, copyright sign, registered sign, at
 sign.
-</p><!--l. 9780--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9881--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46054"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcurrencyrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9782--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9883--><p class="noindent" >
 This sub-block contains some currency symbols: currency sign, Thai currency symbol
 baht, cent sign, colon sign, cruzeiro sign, dollar sign, dong sign, euro sign, French
 franc sign, lira sign, mill sign, naira sign, peseta sign, pound sign, rupee sign, new
 sheqel sign, won sign, yen sign.
-</p><!--l. 9789--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9890--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46055"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9791--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9892--><p class="noindent" >
 This sub-block contains some other punctuation symbols: asterisk, backslash,
 ampersand, hash sign, percent sign, plus sign, plus-minus sign, division sign,
 multiplication sign, less-than sign, equals sign, greater-than sign, not sign, vertical
 bar (pipe), broken bar, degree sign, micron sign.
-</p><!--l. 9798--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9899--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46056"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdigitrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9800--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9901--><p class="noindent" >
 This rule block contains the Basic Latin digits (0, &#x2026;, 9) and the subscript and
 superscript digits (<sub class="textsubscript"><span 
 class="cmr-9">0</span></sub> <sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
@@ -18785,36 +19529,36 @@
 The digit block typically comes after the punctuation rules separated by a less than
 (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x003C;</span>).
-</p><!--l. 9808--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9909--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46057"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrBasicDigitrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9810--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9911--><p class="noindent" >
 This rule block contains just the Basic Latin digits (0, &#x2026;, 9).
-</p><!--l. 9813--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9914--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46058"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSubScriptDigitrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9815--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9916--><p class="noindent" >
 This rule block contains just the subscript digits (<sub class="textsubscript"><span 
 class="cmr-9">0</span></sub> &#x2026;&#x00A0;<sub class="textsubscript"><span 
 class="cmr-9">9</span></sub>).
-</p><!--l. 9819--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9920--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46059"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSuperScriptDigitrules </span></div><hr>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 9821--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9922--><p class="noindent" >
 This rule block contains just the superscript digits (<sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="cmr-9">0</span></sup> &#x2026;&#x00A0;<sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="cmr-9">9</span></sup>).
-</p><!--l. 9825--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9926--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46060"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfractionrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9827--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9928--><p class="noindent" >
 This rule block contains vulgar fraction characters. The digit block typically comes
 after the digit rules separated by a less than (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x003C;</span>).
-</p><!--l. 9832--><p class="indent" >   There are a number of Latin rule blocks. Some of these included extended
+</p><!--l. 9933--><p class="indent" >   There are a number of Latin rule blocks. Some of these included extended
 characters or ligatures (such as ß&#x00A0;or œ) but they don’t include accented
 characters. If you require a Latin rule block that includes accented characters,
 digraphs, trigraphs or other extended characters, then it’s best to provide similar
@@ -18823,10 +19567,10 @@
 class="cmti-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">.ldf </span>file for the particular language or
 region.
-</p><!--l. 9840--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9941--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46061"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9842--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9943--><p class="noindent" >
 This is just the basic (non-extended) Latin alphabet with the superscript and
 subscript Latin letters (<sup class="textsuperscript"><span 
 class="cmr-9">a</span></sup> <sub class="textsubscript"><span 
@@ -18834,201 +19578,201 @@
 don’t want the subscripts and superscripts included you can redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinA</span>
 etc to omit them.)
-</p><!--l. 9849--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9950--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46062"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9851--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9952--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’
 and eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’.
-</p><!--l. 9855--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9956--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46063"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9857--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9958--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’
 and eszett (ß) treated as ‘sz’.
-</p><!--l. 9861--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9962--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46064"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIVrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9863--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9964--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’,
 ae-ligature (æ) is treated as ‘ae’, oe-ligature (œ) is treated as ‘oe’, eszett (ß) treated
 as ‘ss’ and thorn (þ) is treated as ‘th’.
-</p><!--l. 9869--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9970--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46065"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9871--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9972--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’,
 eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’ and thorn (þ) treated as ‘th’.
-</p><!--l. 9876--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9977--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46066"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9878--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9979--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’,
 eszett (ß) treated as ‘sz’ and thorn (þ) treated as ‘th’.
-</p><!--l. 9883--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9984--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46067"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9885--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9986--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes ae-ligature (æ) between ‘A’
 and ‘B’, eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’, insular G (&#xA77D;) instead of ‘G’, oe-ligature between
 ‘O’ and ‘P’, long&#x00A0;s (&#x017F;) equivalent to ‘s’, thorn (þ) between ‘T’ and ‘U’ and wynn (&#x01F7;)
 instead of W.
-</p><!--l. 9892--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 9993--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46068"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIIrules </span></div><hr>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 9894--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9995--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but ae-ligature (æ) is treated as ‘ae’,
 oe-ligature (œ) is treated as ‘oe’, eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’, thorn (þ) is treated as ‘th’,
 Ø&#x00A0;is treated as ‘O’ and ‘Ł’ is treated as ‘L’.
-</p><!--l. 9900--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10001--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46069"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinA </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9902--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10003--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘A’ but includes the sub- and superscript A.
-</p><!--l. 9906--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10007--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46070"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinE </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9908--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10009--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘E’ but includes the subscript E.
-</p><!--l. 9912--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10013--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46071"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinH </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9914--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10015--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘H’ but includes the subscript H.
-</p><!--l. 9918--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10019--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46072"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinK </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9920--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10021--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘K’ but includes the subscript K.
-</p><!--l. 9924--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10025--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46073"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinI </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9926--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10027--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘I’ but includes the superscript I.
-</p><!--l. 9930--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10031--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46074"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinL </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9932--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10033--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘L’ but includes the subscript L.
-</p><!--l. 9936--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10037--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46075"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinM </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9938--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10039--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘M’ but includes the subscript M.
-</p><!--l. 9942--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10043--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46076"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinN </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9944--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10045--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘N’ but includes the sub- and superscript N.
-</p><!--l. 9948--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10049--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46077"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinO </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9950--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10051--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘O’ but includes the sub- and superscript O.
-</p><!--l. 9954--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10055--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46078"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinP </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9956--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10057--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘P’ but includes the subscript P.
-</p><!--l. 9960--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10061--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46079"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinS </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9962--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10063--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘S’ but includes the subscript S.
-</p><!--l. 9966--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10067--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46080"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinT </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9968--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10069--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘T’ but includes the subscript T.
-</p><!--l. 9972--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10073--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46081"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinX </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9974--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10075--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers ‘X’ but includes the subscript X.
-</p><!--l. 9978--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10079--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46082"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEszettSs </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9980--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10081--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers eszett (ß) and makes long&#x00A0;s (&#x017F;) followed by short ‘s’
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 equivalent to ‘ß’. (This is used in the above blocks that treat ‘ß’ as ‘ss’.)
-</p><!--l. 9985--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10086--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46083"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEszettSz </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9987--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10088--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers eszett (ß) and makes long&#x00A0;s (&#x017F;) followed by ‘z’ equivalent
 to ‘ß’. (This is used in the above blocks that treat ‘ß’ as ‘sz’.)
-</p><!--l. 9992--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10093--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46084"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9994--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10095--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule for eth (Ð) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 9998--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10099--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46085"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinThorn </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10000--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10101--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule for thorn (þ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 10004--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10105--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46086"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinAELigature </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10006--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10107--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule for ae-ligature (æ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode
 values.
-</p><!--l. 10010--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10111--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46087"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinOELigature </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10012--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10113--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule for oe-ligature (œ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode
 values.
-</p><!--l. 10016--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10117--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46088"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinOslash </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10018--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10119--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule for ‘Ø’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 10022--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10123--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46089"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinLslash </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10024--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10125--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule for ‘Ł’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 10028--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10129--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46090"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinWynn </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10030--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10131--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule for wynn (&#x01F7;) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 10034--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10135--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46091"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinInsularG </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10036--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10137--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule for insular G (&#xA77D;) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode
 values.
-</p><!--l. 10040--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10141--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46092"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinSchwa </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10042--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10143--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule that just covers schwa (&#x018F;) but includes the subscript schwa. (Not used in
 any of the provided Latin rule blocks described above.)
-</p><!--l. 10047--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10148--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46093"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinAA </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10049--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10150--><p class="noindent" >
 A mini-rule for ‘Å’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. (Not used in
 any of the provided Latin rule blocks described above.)
-</p><!--l. 10054--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10155--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46094"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10056--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10157--><p class="noindent" >
 A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a 
  id="dx1-46095"></a>, <span 
@@ -19048,16 +19792,16 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 10063--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10164--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46101"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10065--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10166--><p class="noindent" >
 As <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules </span>but doesn’t include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 10068--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10169--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46102"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10070--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10171--><p class="noindent" >
 A rule block for upright Greek (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\upalpha</span><a 
  id="dx1-46103"></a>, etc, from the <span 
@@ -19069,10 +19813,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a 
  id="dx1-46106"></a>) between epsilon and
 zeta.
-</p><!--l. 10076--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10177--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46107"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10078--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10179--><p class="noindent" >
 A rule block for upright Greek (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\upalpha</span><a 
  id="dx1-46108"></a>, etc, from the <span 
@@ -19079,10 +19823,10 @@
 class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a 
  id="dx1-46109"></a> package) that
 doesn’t include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 10082--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10183--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46110"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10084--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10185--><p class="noindent" >
 A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a 
  id="dx1-46111"></a>, <span 
@@ -19100,10 +19844,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a>
 interpreter treats them as italic to help keep them close to the lower case
 versions.
-</p><!--l. 10092--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10193--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46116"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10094--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10195--><p class="noindent" >
 A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a 
  id="dx1-46117"></a>, <span 
@@ -19110,10 +19854,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a 
  id="dx1-46118"></a>, etc) characters that doesn’t
 include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 10098--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10199--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46119"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10100--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10201--><p class="noindent" >
 A rule block for upper case mathematical Greek (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a 
  id="dx1-46120"></a>, <span 
@@ -19122,10 +19866,10 @@
 includes digamma (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a 
  id="dx1-46122"></a>) between epsilon and zeta.
-</p><!--l. 10105--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10206--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46123"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10107--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10208--><p class="noindent" >
 A rule block for upper case mathematical Greek (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a 
  id="dx1-46124"></a>, <span 
@@ -19132,10 +19876,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a 
  id="dx1-46125"></a>, etc) characters that
 doesn’t include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 10111--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10212--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46126"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10113--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10214--><p class="noindent" >
 A rule block for lower case mathematical Greek (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a 
  id="dx1-46127"></a>, <span 
@@ -19144,10 +19888,10 @@
 includes digamma (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\digamma</span><a 
  id="dx1-46129"></a>) between epsilon and zeta.
-</p><!--l. 10118--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10219--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46130"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10120--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10221--><p class="noindent" >
 A rule block for lower case mathematical Greek (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a 
  id="dx1-46131"></a>, <span 
@@ -19154,7 +19898,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a 
  id="dx1-46132"></a>, etc) characters that
 doesn’t include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 10124--><p class="indent" >   Additionally, there are commands in the form <span 
+</p><!--l. 10225--><p class="indent" >   Additionally, there are commands in the form <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrUpAlpha</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrUpBeta</span>
 etc and <span 
@@ -19166,32 +19910,32 @@
 and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\alpha </span>etc) as well as the following:
-</p><!--l. 10131--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10232--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46133"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicPartial </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10133--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10234--><p class="noindent" >
 The partial derivative symbol (<span 
 class="cmmi-10">&#x2202;</span>).
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 10136--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10237--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-46134"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicNabla </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10138--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10239--><p class="noindent" >
 The nabla symbol (<span 
 class="cmsy-10">&#x2207;</span>).
-</p><!--l. 10142--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10243--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 10142--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 10243--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.4   </span> <a 
  id="supplementarycommands"></a>Supplementary Commands</h3>
-<!--l. 10144--><p class="noindent" >These commands are provided by <span 
+<!--l. 10245--><p class="noindent" >These commands are provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>for use with <a 
  id="dx1-47001"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 10147--><p class="indent" >   The information provided with <span 
+</p><!--l. 10248--><p class="indent" >   The information provided with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>is written to the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file
 using </p><div class="alltt">
@@ -19210,10 +19954,10 @@
  id="dx1-47002"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. The command in the
 second argument
-<!--l. 10154--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+<!--l. 10255--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-47003"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourceinit </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10156--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10257--><p class="noindent" >
 may be used to temporarily redefine commands before the information is written to
 the file. This does nothing by default, but may be redefined to allow the use of short
 commands for convenience. For example, with:
@@ -19221,10 +19965,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-230">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-234">
 \renewcommand{\glsxtrresourceinit}{\let\u\glshex}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10163--><p class="nopar" > you can just use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10264--><p class="nopar" > you can just use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\u</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;E6</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\string\uE6</span></span></span> in the custom rule.
@@ -19231,63 +19975,63 @@
 This redefinition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\u </span>is scoped so its original definition is restored after the write
 operation.
-</p><!--l. 10168--><p class="indent" >   If you have multiple resource commands and you want a default set of options you
+</p><!--l. 10269--><p class="indent" >   If you have multiple resource commands and you want a default set of options you
 can supply them in the definition of:
-</p><!--l. 10170--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10271--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-47004"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrDefaultResourceOptions </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10172--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10273--><p class="noindent" >
 For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-231">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-235">
 \renewcommand{\GlsXtrDefaultResourceOptions}{selection=all}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10176--><p class="nopar" > This should be done before the resource commands.
-</p><!--l. 10179--><p class="indent" >   It’s possible to specify label prefixes. For example, modifying the earlier
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10277--><p class="nopar" > This should be done before the resource commands.
+</p><!--l. 10280--><p class="indent" >   It’s possible to specify label prefixes. For example, modifying the earlier
 example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-232">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-236">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[record,style=indexgroup]{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrLoadResources
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[src={abbrvs},sort={letter-nocase},type=main,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;label-prefix={abr.},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;group={Abbreviations}]
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrLoadResources
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[src={symbols},sort={use},type=main,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;label-prefix={sym.},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;group={Symbols}]
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},sort={en-GB},type=main
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;label-prefix={trm.}]
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{trm.bird}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{abr.shtml}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{sym.M}
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10210--><p class="nopar" > If you do something like this, you may find it more convenient to define custom
+\usepackage[record,style=indexgroup]{glossaries-extra}
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-desc}
+\GlsXtrLoadResources
+&#x00A0;[src={abbrvs},sort={letter-nocase},type=main,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;label-prefix={abr.},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;group={Abbreviations}]
+\GlsXtrLoadResources
+&#x00A0;[src={symbols},sort={use},type=main,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;label-prefix={sym.},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;group={Symbols}]
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},sort={en-GB},type=main
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;label-prefix={trm.}]
+\begin{document}
+\gls{trm.bird}
+\gls{abr.shtml}
+\gls{sym.M}
+\printunsrtglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10311--><p class="nopar" > If you do something like this, you may find it more convenient to define custom
 commands that set the prefix. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-233">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-237">
 \newcommand*{\sym}[2][]{\gls[#1]{sym.#2}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10215--><p class="nopar" > The problem with this is that the custom command <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10316--><p class="nopar" > The problem with this is that the custom command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\sym </span>doesn’t allow for modifiers
 (such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls* </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls+</span>). Instead you can use:
-</p><!--l. 10219--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10320--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-47005"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewgls[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">default options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -19296,7 +20040,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10221--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10322--><p class="noindent" >
 which defines the command &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; that behaves like </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -19321,23 +20065,23 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-234">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-238">
 \glsxtrnewgls{sym.}{\sym}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10229--><p class="nopar" > or (to default to no hyperlinks)
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10330--><p class="nopar" > or (to default to no hyperlinks)
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-235">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-239">
 \glsxtrnewgls[hyper=false]{sym.}{\sym}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10233--><p class="nopar" > now you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10334--><p class="nopar" > now you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\sym+{M}</span></span></span> to behave like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls+{sym.M}</span></span></span>.
-</p><!--l. 10236--><p class="indent" >   If you also want the plural and first letter upper case versions you can
+</p><!--l. 10337--><p class="indent" >   If you also want the plural and first letter upper case versions you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 10238--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10339--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-47006"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">default options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -19354,17 +20098,17 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">\Glspl-like cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10241--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10342--><p class="noindent" >
 For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-236">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-240">
 \glsxtrnewglslike[hyper=false]{idx.}{\idx}{\idxpl}{\Idx}{\Idxpl}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10245--><p class="nopar" > For the all caps versions:
-</p><!--l. 10247--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10346--><p class="nopar" > For the all caps versions:
+</p><!--l. 10348--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-47007"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewGLSlike[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">default options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -19377,19 +20121,19 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">\GLSpl-like cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10250--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10351--><p class="noindent" >
 For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-237">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-241">
 \glsxtrnewGLSlike[hyper=false]{idx.}{\IDX}{\IDXpl}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10254--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10256--><p class="indent" >   There’s an analogous command for <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10355--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10357--><p class="indent" >   There’s an analogous command for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>:
-</p><!--l. 10257--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10358--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-47008"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrgls[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">default options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -19398,13 +20142,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10259--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10360--><p class="noindent" >
 and for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rglspl</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGls </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>:
-</p><!--l. 10262--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10363--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-47009"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrglslike[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">default options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -19421,9 +20165,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">\rGlspl-like cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10266--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10367--><p class="noindent" >
 and for the all caps:
-</p><!--l. 10268--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10369--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-47010"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrGLSlike[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">default options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -19436,8 +20180,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">\rGLSpl-like cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10271--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10273--><p class="indent" >   If you provide your own custom command with just <span 
+</p><!--l. 10372--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10374--><p class="indent" >   If you provide your own custom command with just <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newcommand </span>that
 has syntax that starts with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -19449,7 +20193,7 @@
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>
 using:
-</p><!--l. 10276--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10377--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-47012"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtridentifyglslike{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -19456,38 +20200,38 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">command</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10278--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10379--><p class="noindent" >
 This writes information to the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file so that <a 
  id="dx1-47013"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>can search for the given
 command when looking for dependencies.
-</p><!--l. 10283--><p class="indent" >   Another possibility is to set up known label prefixes, with each one identified
+</p><!--l. 10384--><p class="indent" >   Another possibility is to set up known label prefixes, with each one identified
 by:
-</p><!--l. 10285--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10386--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-47014"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddlabelprefix{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10287--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10388--><p class="noindent" >
 These should be listed in order of precedence. Since no entries are defined on the first
 LaTeX&#x00A0;run, the final prefix should be the fallback. You can prepend a prefix to the
 list using:
-</p><!--l. 10291--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10392--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-47015"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10293--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10394--><p class="noindent" >
 which gives it the highest order of precedence.
-</p><!--l. 10296--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 10397--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9; argument may be empty. You can clear the list with:
-</p><!--l. 10298--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10399--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-47016"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrclearlabelprefixes </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10300--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10302--><p class="indent" >   You can test if a prefix is already in the list with:
-</p><!--l. 10303--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10401--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10403--><p class="indent" >   You can test if a prefix is already in the list with:
+</p><!--l. 10404--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-47017"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifinlabelprefixlist{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -19496,7 +20240,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10305--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10406--><p class="noindent" >
 In general it’s best to avoid adding multiple instances of the same prefix, so you can
 check with this command before adding a prefix to the list. However, it can be useful
                                                                   
@@ -19504,9 +20248,9 @@
                                                                   
 to repeat a prefix at the end of the list so that it can be used as a fallback for entries
 that haven’t yet been defined.
-</p><!--l. 10312--><p class="indent" >   With the list of possible prefixes set up (including an empty prefix if necessary),
+</p><!--l. 10413--><p class="indent" >   With the list of possible prefixes set up (including an empty prefix if necessary),
 you can use:
-</p><!--l. 10314--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10415--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-47018"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dgls[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -19515,7 +20259,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10316--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10417--><p class="noindent" >
 which behaves like </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -19535,9 +20279,9 @@
 class="cmti-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; matches a defined
 entry (or the last entry in the prefix list if none match).
-<!--l. 10325--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous commands for the plural and case-changing
+<!--l. 10426--><p class="indent" >   There are also analogous commands for the plural and case-changing
 versions:
-</p><!--l. 10327--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10428--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-47019"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dglspl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -19546,10 +20290,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10329--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10430--><p class="noindent" >
 (uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>),
-</p><!--l. 10331--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10432--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-47020"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dGls[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -19558,10 +20302,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10333--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10434--><p class="noindent" >
 (uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>),
-</p><!--l. 10335--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10436--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-47021"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dGlspl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -19570,10 +20314,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10337--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10438--><p class="noindent" >
 (uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span>),
-</p><!--l. 10339--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10440--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-47022"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dGLS[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -19582,10 +20326,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10341--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10442--><p class="noindent" >
 (uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span>),
-</p><!--l. 10343--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10444--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-47023"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dGLSpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -19594,10 +20338,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10345--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10446--><p class="noindent" >
 (uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span>),
-</p><!--l. 10347--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10448--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-47024"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dglslink[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -19606,10 +20350,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10349--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10450--><p class="noindent" >
 (uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>),
-</p><!--l. 10351--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10452--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-47025"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dglsdisp[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -19618,10 +20362,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10353--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10454--><p class="noindent" >
 (uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>).
-</p><!--l. 10356--><p class="indent" >   These commands are essentially provided for a mixture of single and dual entries.
+</p><!--l. 10457--><p class="indent" >   These commands are essentially provided for a mixture of single and dual entries.
 Suppose the file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>contains:
                                                                   
@@ -19628,39 +20372,39 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-238">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-242">
 @index{duck}
-&#x00A0;<br />@dualindexabbreviation{svm,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;short={SVM},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;long={support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />@dualindexsymbol{pi,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{\pi}},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={ratio&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;circle's&#x00A0;circumference&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;its
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;diameter}
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10369--><p class="nopar" > and suppose the document code is:
+ at dualindexabbreviation{svm,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;short={SVM},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;long={support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
+}
+ at dualindexsymbol{pi,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{\pi}},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={ratio&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;circle's&#x00A0;circumference&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;its
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;diameter}
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10470--><p class="nopar" > and suppose the document code is:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-239">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-243">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{hyperref}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newcommand{\bibglsnewdualindexsymbolsecondary}[5]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\longnewglossaryentry*{#1}{name={#3},category={symbol},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;type={symbols},symbol={#4},#2}{#5}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries]
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{duck},&#x00A0;\gls{svm},&#x00A0;\gls{pi}.
-&#x00A0;<br />Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{duck},&#x00A0;\gls{svm},&#x00A0;\gls{pi}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10388--><p class="nopar" > This uses the default empty primary prefix and <span 
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
+\newcommand{\bibglsnewdualindexsymbolsecondary}[5]{%
+&#x00A0;\longnewglossaryentry*{#1}{name={#3},category={symbol},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;type={symbols},symbol={#4},#2}{#5}%
+}
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries]
+\begin{document}
+First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{duck},&#x00A0;\gls{svm},&#x00A0;\gls{pi}.
+Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\gls{duck},&#x00A0;\gls{svm},&#x00A0;\gls{pi}.
+\printunsrtglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10489--><p class="nopar" > This uses the default empty primary prefix and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">dual.</span>&#x00A0;for the dual prefix, so
 <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> is referencing the primary entry, which is (essentially) an <span 
@@ -19671,67 +20415,67 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{pi}</span></span></span>, which references the primary <span 
 class="cmtt-10">@index </span>entry rather than the
 symbol.
-</p><!--l. 10397--><p class="indent" >   What’s really needed is:
+</p><!--l. 10498--><p class="indent" >   What’s really needed is:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-240">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244">
 \gls{duck},&#x00A0;\gls{dual.svm},&#x00A0;\gls{dual.pi}.
-</div>
-<!--l. 10400--><p class="nopar" > or with
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10501--><p class="nopar" > or with
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-241">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-245">
 \GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;label-prefix={idx.},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;dual-prefix={}
-&#x00A0;<br />]
-</div>
-<!--l. 10407--><p class="nopar" > then only the entries without a dual need a prefix:
+&#x00A0;label-prefix={idx.},
+&#x00A0;dual-prefix={}
+]
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10508--><p class="nopar" > then only the entries without a dual need a prefix:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-242">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-246">
 \gls{idx.duck},&#x00A0;\gls{svm},&#x00A0;\gls{pi}.
-</div>
-<!--l. 10411--><p class="nopar" > Using <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10512--><p class="nopar" > Using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike</span>, as earlier, this can be simplified to:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-243">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-247">
 \idx{duck},&#x00A0;\gls{svm},&#x00A0;\gls{pi}.
-</div>
-<!--l. 10415--><p class="nopar" > but this requires remembering which terms have duals.
-</p><!--l. 10418--><p class="indent" >   An alternative is to use <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10516--><p class="nopar" > but this requires remembering which terms have duals.
+</p><!--l. 10519--><p class="indent" >   An alternative is to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dgls </span>instead:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-248">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{hyperref}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newcommand{\bibglsnewdualindexsymbolsecondary}[5]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\longnewglossaryentry*{#1}{name={#3},category={symbol},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;type={symbols},symbol={#4},#2}{#5}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries]
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsxtraddlabelprefix{dual.}
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsxtraddlabelprefix{}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\dgls{duck},&#x00A0;\dgls{svm},&#x00A0;\dgls{pi}.
-&#x00A0;<br />Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\dgls{duck},&#x00A0;\dgls{svm},&#x00A0;\dgls{pi}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10439--><p class="nopar" > On the first LaTeX&#x00A0;call (when the <span 
+\usepackage{hyperref}
+\usepackage[record,abbreviations,symbols]{glossaries-extra}
+\newcommand{\bibglsnewdualindexsymbolsecondary}[5]{%
+&#x00A0;\longnewglossaryentry*{#1}{name={#3},category={symbol},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;type={symbols},symbol={#4},#2}{#5}%
+}
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries]
+\glsxtraddlabelprefix{dual.}
+\glsxtraddlabelprefix{}
+\begin{document}
+First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\dgls{duck},&#x00A0;\dgls{svm},&#x00A0;\dgls{pi}.
+Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\dgls{duck},&#x00A0;\dgls{svm},&#x00A0;\dgls{pi}.
+\printunsrtglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10540--><p class="nopar" > On the first LaTeX&#x00A0;call (when the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file doesn’t exist), neither <span 
 class="cmtt-10">dual.svm </span>nor
 <span 
@@ -19748,7 +20492,7 @@
 location will be added to the primary entry’s location list, unless overridden by
 resource options, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">combine-dual-locations</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10451--><p class="indent" >   Once <a 
+</p><!--l. 10552--><p class="indent" >   Once <a 
  id="dx1-47026"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> has been run and the <span 
@@ -19763,7 +20507,7 @@
 <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{dual.svm}</span></span></span>, which follows the abbreviation style and hyperlinks to the list of
 abbreviations.
-</p><!--l. 10459--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the index-symbol combination <span 
+</p><!--l. 10560--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the index-symbol combination <span 
 class="cmtt-10">dual.pi </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">pi</span>. In the case of
 <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
@@ -19773,18 +20517,18 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\dgls{duck}</span></span></span> always behaves like
 <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{duck}</span></span></span>.
-</p><!--l. 10465--><p class="indent" >   If you haven’t used <span 
+</p><!--l. 10566--><p class="indent" >   If you haven’t used <span 
 class="cmtt-10">combine-dual-locations </span>an extra <a 
  id="dx1-47027"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>+LaTeX&#x00A0;run
 may be required to correct the location lists.
-</p><!--l. 10469--><p class="indent" >   If you change the label prefixes, remember to update the corresponding
+</p><!--l. 10570--><p class="indent" >   If you change the label prefixes, remember to update the corresponding
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddlabelprefix{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If no prefixes have been added to the list (or if the
 list is cleared), just an empty prefix is assumed.
-</p><!--l. 10474--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.8, <a 
+</p><!--l. 10575--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.8, <a 
  id="dx1-47028"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>provides hooks that identify the label prefixes in the
 <span 
@@ -19817,12 +20561,12 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-245">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-249">
 \newcommand{\bibglsprimaryprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtraddlabelprefix{#1}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newcommand{\bibglsdualprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{#1}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries]
-</div>
-<!--l. 10488--><p class="nopar" > Remember that this will only have an effect once the <span 
+\newcommand{\bibglsdualprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{#1}}
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries]
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10589--><p class="nopar" > Remember that this will only have an effect once the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file has been created.
 The prefix list will be empty on the first run (which is treated as a single empty
 prefix). If this isn’t a suitable fallback, it may be necessary to add one after all the
@@ -19831,20 +20575,20 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-246">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-250">
 \newcommand{\bibglsprimaryprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtraddlabelprefix{#1}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newcommand{\bibglsdualprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{#1}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries,label-prefix={idx.}]
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsxtraddlabelprefix{idx.}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10499--><p class="nopar" > Although this rather defeats the purpose of using the hooks as you still have to keep
+\newcommand{\bibglsdualprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{#1}}
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries,label-prefix={idx.}]
+\glsxtraddlabelprefix{idx.}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10600--><p class="nopar" > Although this rather defeats the purpose of using the hooks as you still have to keep
 track of the fallback prefix.
-</p><!--l. 10503--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10604--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 10503--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 10604--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.5   </span> <a 
  id="sec:recordcount"></a>Record Counting</h3>
-<!--l. 10506--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.1 of <a 
+<!--l. 10607--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.1 of <a 
  id="dx1-48001"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, you can save the total record count for each entry by
@@ -19860,31 +20604,34 @@
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>will additionally set the following internal fields for that entry:
 </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
-     <li class="itemize"><span 
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 10614--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">recordcount</span>: set to the total number of records found for the entry;
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize"><span 
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 10616--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">recordcount.</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;: set to the total number of records found for the
-     entry for the given counter.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 10518--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
+     entry for the given counter.</p></li></ul>
+<!--l. 10619--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
 class="cmtt-10">--record-count-unit </span>is used then additionally: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
-     <li class="itemize"><span 
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 10621--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">recordcount.</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">.</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;:  set  to  the  total  number  of  records
-     found for the entry for the given counter with the given location.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 10524--><p class="noindent" >Only use the unit counting option if the locations don’t contain any special characters. If
+     found for the entry for the given counter with the given location.</p></li></ul>
+<!--l. 10625--><p class="noindent" >Only use the unit counting option if the locations don’t contain any special characters. If
 you really need it with locations that may contain formatting commands, then you
 can try redefining:
-</p><!--l. 10527--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10628--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-48004"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdetoklocation{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10529--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10630--><p class="noindent" >
 so that it detokenizes &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">location</span>&#x27E9; but take care when using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount</span>
@@ -19891,7 +20638,10 @@
 with commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>as they can end up becoming detokenized too
 early.
-</p><!--l. 10535--><p class="indent" >   Note that the record count includes locations that <a 
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+</p><!--l. 10636--><p class="indent" >   Note that the record count includes locations that <a 
  id="dx1-48005"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>discards, such as
 ignored records, duplicates and partial duplicates. It doesn’t include cross-reference
@@ -19899,9 +20649,6 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{bird}</span></span></span> is used twice on page&#x00A0;1, once on page&#x00A0;2 and
 fours times on page&#x00A0;3, and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls[counter=section]{bird}</span></span></span> is used once in
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
 section&#x00A0;3, then the total record count (stored in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">recordcount </span>field) is
 2 + 1 + 4 + 1 = 8, the total for the <span 
@@ -19911,7 +20658,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">section </span>counter (stored in the
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">recordcount.section </span>field) is 1.
-</p><!--l. 10547--><p class="indent" >   With the unit counting on as well, the field <span 
+</p><!--l. 10648--><p class="indent" >   With the unit counting on as well, the field <span 
 class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.1 </span>is set to
 2, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.2 </span>is set to 1, <span 
@@ -19918,14 +20665,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.3 </span>is set to 4 and
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">recordcount.section.3 </span>is set to 1.
-</p><!--l. 10552--><p class="indent" >   You can access these fields using the following commands which will expand to
+</p><!--l. 10653--><p class="indent" >   You can access these fields using the following commands which will expand to
 the field value if set or to 0 if unset:
-</p><!--l. 10554--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10655--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-48006"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10556--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10657--><p class="noindent" >
 This expands to the total record count for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
                                                                   
@@ -19932,11 +20679,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-247">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-251">
 \GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{bird}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10561--><p class="nopar" > expands to 8.
-</p><!--l. 10564--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10662--><p class="nopar" > expands to 8.
+</p><!--l. 10665--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-48007"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCount{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -19943,7 +20690,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10566--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10667--><p class="noindent" >
 This expands to the counter total for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter</span>&#x27E9; is the
@@ -19952,19 +20699,19 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-248">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-252">
 \GlsXtrRecordCount{bird}{page}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10572--><p class="nopar" > expands to 7 and
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10673--><p class="nopar" > expands to 7 and
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-249">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-253">
 \GlsXtrRecordCount{bird}{section}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10576--><p class="nopar" > expands to 1.
-</p><!--l. 10579--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10677--><p class="nopar" > expands to 1.
+</p><!--l. 10680--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-48008"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -19973,26 +20720,26 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10581--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10682--><p class="noindent" >
 This expands to the total for the given location. For example
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-250">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-254">
 \GlsXtrLocationRecordCount{bird}{page}{3}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10585--><p class="nopar" > expands to 4. Be careful about using <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10686--><p class="nopar" > expands to 4. Be careful about using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>in the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">location</span>&#x27E9; part. Remember that
 due to TeX’s asynchronous output routine, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>may not be correct.
-</p><!--l. 10590--><p class="indent" >   There are commands analogous to the entry counting commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 10691--><p class="indent" >   There are commands analogous to the entry counting commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>
 and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>that are triggered by the record count. These are listed
 below.
-</p><!--l. 10594--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10695--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-48009"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20003,8 +20750,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10596--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10597--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10697--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10698--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-48010"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rglspl</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20015,8 +20762,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10599--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10600--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10700--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10701--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-48011"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGls</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20027,8 +20774,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10602--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10603--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10703--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10704--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-48012"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20039,8 +20786,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10605--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10606--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10706--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10707--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-48013"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGLS</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20051,8 +20798,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10608--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10609--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10709--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10710--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-48014"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGLSpl</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20063,7 +20810,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10611--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10712--><p class="noindent" >
 These commands check the <a 
 href="#catattr.recordcount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a 
@@ -20073,11 +20820,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-251">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-255">
 \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{recordcount}{1}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10616--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, you can use
-</p><!--l. 10618--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10717--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, you can use
+</p><!--l. 10719--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-48016"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetRecordCountAttribute{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20084,7 +20831,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">n</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10620--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10721--><p class="noindent" >
 to set the <a 
 href="#catattr.recordcount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a 
@@ -20093,9 +20840,9 @@
 class="cmti-10">category</span>
 <span 
 class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 10624--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 10725--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like commands use
-</p><!--l. 10625--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10726--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-48018"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifrecordtrigger{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20104,7 +20851,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">normal</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10628--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10729--><p class="noindent" >
 to determine whether the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like command should behave like its <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
@@ -20111,18 +20858,18 @@
 counterpart (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">normal</span>&#x27E9;) or whether it should instead use &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 10633--><p class="indent" >   This command checks if the <a 
+</p><!--l. 10734--><p class="indent" >   This command checks if the <a 
 href="#catattr.recordcount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-48019"></a> attribute is set. If not is just does
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">normal</span>&#x27E9;, otherwise it tests if
-</p><!--l. 10636--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10737--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-48020"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrecordtriggervalue{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10638--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10739--><p class="noindent" >
 is greater than the value given in the <a 
 href="#catattr.recordcount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a 
@@ -20135,12 +20882,12 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-252">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-256">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrrecordtriggervalue}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10647--><p class="nopar" > The &#x27E8;<span 
+&#x00A0;\GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{#1}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10748--><p class="nopar" > The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>&#x27E9; part writes a record with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">format</span><a 
  id="dx1-48022"></a> set to <span 
@@ -20155,11 +20902,11 @@
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Note that it doesn’t implement
 the post-link hook. This ensures that the record count is correct on the next
 run.
-</p><!--l. 10656--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 10757--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">trigger format</span>&#x27E9; depends on the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like command used and will be one of
 the following:
-</p><!--l. 10658--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10759--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-48025"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rglsformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20166,8 +20913,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10660--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10661--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10761--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10762--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-48026"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rglsplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20174,8 +20921,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10663--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10664--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10764--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10765--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-48027"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGlsformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20182,8 +20929,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10666--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10667--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10767--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10768--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-48028"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGlsplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20190,8 +20937,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10669--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10670--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10770--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10771--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-48029"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGLSformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20198,8 +20945,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10672--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10673--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10773--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10774--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-48030"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGLSplformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20206,7 +20953,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10675--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10776--><p class="noindent" >
 These all behave much like their <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>counterparts. If the entry’s <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
@@ -20214,11 +20961,11 @@
  id="dx1-48031"></a>
 attribute is set or if the entry doesn’t have a long form, the first or first plural is
 used, otherwise the long or long plural form is used.
-</p><!--l. 10681--><p class="indent" >   You can use
-</p><!--l. 10682--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10782--><p class="indent" >   You can use
+</p><!--l. 10783--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-48032"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrenablerecordcount </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10684--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10785--><p class="noindent" >
 to redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span 
@@ -20233,7 +20980,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGLS</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\rGLSpl</span>, respectively, for convenience.
-</p><!--l. 10689--><p class="indent" >   If you don’t want the entries that use &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 10790--><p class="indent" >   If you don’t want the entries that use &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>&#x27E9; to appear in the glossary, you
 need to use the resource option <span 
 class="cmtt-10">trigger-type </span>to assign them to another glossary.
@@ -20242,24 +20989,24 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-253">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-257">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newignoredglossary{ignored}
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrLoadResources[
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;src=example-glossaries-acronym,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;trigger-type=ignored,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;category=abbreviation
-&#x00A0;<br />]
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsxtrenablerecordcount
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrSetRecordCountAttribute{abbreviation}{1}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{lid}.&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\gls{stc}.&#x00A0;\gls{lid}.&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\gls{aeu}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{upa}.&#x00A0;\gls{aeu}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10715--><p class="nopar" > In the above, <span 
+\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
+\newignoredglossary{ignored}
+\GlsXtrLoadResources[
+&#x00A0;src=example-glossaries-acronym,
+&#x00A0;trigger-type=ignored,
+&#x00A0;category=abbreviation
+]
+\glsxtrenablerecordcount
+\GlsXtrSetRecordCountAttribute{abbreviation}{1}
+\begin{document}
+\gls{lid}.&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\gls{stc}.&#x00A0;\gls{lid}.&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\gls{aeu}.
+\gls{upa}.&#x00A0;\gls{aeu}.
+\printunsrtglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10816--><p class="nopar" > In the above, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">stc </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">upa </span>both only have one record, so they are assigned to the
 <span 
@@ -20269,11 +21016,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 10720--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 10720--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 10821--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 10821--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">10. <a 
  id="sec:miscnew"></a>Miscellaneous New Commands</h2>
-</p><!--l. 10723--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 10824--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-49001"></a> entry to cross-reference entries
@@ -20286,19 +21033,19 @@
  id="dx1-49003"></a> options. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
 package provides a supplementary command
-</p><!--l. 10727--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10828--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-49004"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpageref{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10729--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10830--><p class="noindent" >
 that works in the same way except that it uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\pageref</span><a 
  id="dx1-49005"></a> instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ref</span><a 
  id="dx1-49006"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 10733--><p class="indent" >   You can copy an entry to another glossary using
-</p><!--l. 10734--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10834--><p class="indent" >   You can copy an entry to another glossary using
+</p><!--l. 10835--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-49007"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcopytoglossary{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20305,7 +21052,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary-type</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10736--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10837--><p class="noindent" >
 This appends &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9; to the end of the internal list for the glossary given by
 &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20322,11 +21069,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-254">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-258">
 \printunsrtglossary[target=false]
-</div>
-<!--l. 10746--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10748--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10847--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10849--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package allows you to set preamble code for a given glossary
 type using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span>. This overrides any previous setting.
@@ -20333,7 +21080,7 @@
 With <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>(as from v1.12) you can instead append to the preamble
 using
-</p><!--l. 10753--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10854--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-49010"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\apptoglossarypreamble[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20340,9 +21087,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10755--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10856--><p class="noindent" >
 or prepend using
-</p><!--l. 10757--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10858--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-49011"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\pretoglossarypreamble[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">type</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20349,55 +21096,55 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10759--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10860--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 10761--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 10862--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:fields"></a>Entry Fields</h3>
-<!--l. 10764--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a
+<!--l. 10865--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a
 single argument. The field is given by
-</p><!--l. 10766--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10867--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50001"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtField </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10768--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10869--><p class="noindent" >
 The default value is <span 
 class="cmtt-10">useri</span>. Note that the value must be the control sequence name
 <span 
 class="cmti-10">without the initial backslash</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10773--><p class="indent" >   For example:
+</p><!--l. 10874--><p class="indent" >   For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-255">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-259">
 \newcommand*{\mtx}[1]{\boldsymbol{#1}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newcommand*{\mtxinv}[1]{\mtx{#1}\sp{-1}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{matrix}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={matrix},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{\mtx{M}}},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;plural={matrices},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;user1={mtx},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={rectangular&#x00A0;array&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;values}
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{identitymatrix}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={identity&#x00A0;matrix},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{\mtx{I}}},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;plural={identity&#x00A0;matrices},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;diagonal&#x00A0;matrix&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;all&#x00A0;diagonal&#x00A0;elements&#x00A0;equal&#x00A0;to
-&#x00A0;<br />1&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;all&#x00A0;other&#x00A0;elements&#x00A0;equal&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;0}
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{matrixinv}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={matrix&#x00A0;inverse},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{\mtxinv{M}}},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;user1={mtxinv},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;square&#x00A0;\gls{matrix}&#x00A0;such&#x00A0;that
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;$\mtx{M}\mtxinv{M}=\glssymbol{identitymatrix}$}
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10801--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10803--><p class="indent" >   There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an
+\newcommand*{\mtxinv}[1]{\mtx{#1}\sp{-1}}
+\newglossaryentry{matrix}{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={matrix},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{\mtx{M}}},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;plural={matrices},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;user1={mtx},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={rectangular&#x00A0;array&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;values}
+}
+\newglossaryentry{identitymatrix}{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={identity&#x00A0;matrix},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{\mtx{I}}},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;plural={identity&#x00A0;matrices},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;diagonal&#x00A0;matrix&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;all&#x00A0;diagonal&#x00A0;elements&#x00A0;equal&#x00A0;to
+1&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;all&#x00A0;other&#x00A0;elements&#x00A0;equal&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;0}
+}
+\newglossaryentry{matrixinv}{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={matrix&#x00A0;inverse},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;symbol={\ensuremath{\mtxinv{M}}},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;user1={mtxinv},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;square&#x00A0;\gls{matrix}&#x00A0;such&#x00A0;that
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;$\mtx{M}\mtxinv{M}=\glssymbol{identitymatrix}$}
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10902--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10904--><p class="indent" >   There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an
 argument:
-</p><!--l. 10805--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10906--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50002"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20406,7 +21153,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10807--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10908--><p class="noindent" >
 This effectively does </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -20433,15 +21180,15 @@
 must be defined to take a single required argument. Although it effectively acts like
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>it misses out the post-link hook.
-<!--l. 10817--><p class="indent" >   The default &#x27E8;<span 
+<!--l. 10918--><p class="indent" >   The default &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">default-options</span>&#x27E9; are given by
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 10818--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10919--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50003"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10820--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10921--><p class="noindent" >
 This is defined as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">noindex </span>but may be redefined as appropriate. Note that the
 replacement text of <span 
@@ -20448,9 +21195,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span>is prepended to the optional
 argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10826--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.23, there’s also a starred version of this command that has a
+</p><!--l. 10927--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.23, there’s also a starred version of this command that has a
 final optional argument:
-</p><!--l. 10828--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10929--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50004"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt*[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20461,9 +21208,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10830--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10931--><p class="noindent" >
 Both the starred and unstarred versions use:
-</p><!--l. 10832--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10933--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50005"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtdisplay{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20472,7 +21219,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10834--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10935--><p class="noindent" >
 within the link text. In the case of the unstarred version &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; will be empty. It will
 also be empty if the final option argument is missing from the starred form. If the
@@ -20494,33 +21241,33 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-256">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-260">
 \newcommand{\glsxtrfmtdisplay}[3]{\csuse{#1}{#2}#3}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10848--><p class="nopar" > which puts &#x27E8;<span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10949--><p class="nopar" > which puts &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; inside the argument of the control sequence and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; outside it
 (but it will still be inside the link text).
-</p><!--l. 10853--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that nested links cause a problem so avoid using commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 10954--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that nested links cause a problem so avoid using commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
 or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>within &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;. </div>
-</p><!--l. 10856--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10858--><p class="indent" >   For example:
+</p><!--l. 10957--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10959--><p class="indent" >   For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-257">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-261">
 \[
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfmt{matrix}{A}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfmt{matrixinv}{A}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;=
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glssymbol{identitymatrix}
-&#x00A0;<br />\]
-</div>
-<!--l. 10866--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfmt{matrix}{A}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfmt{matrixinv}{A}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;=
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glssymbol{identitymatrix}
+\]
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10967--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">noindex </span>then <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t index, but will
 create a hyperlink (if <span 
@@ -20531,14 +21278,14 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-258">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-262">
 \renewcommand{\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions}{hyper=false,noindex}
-</div>
-<!--l. 10873--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10875--><p class="indent" >   Note that <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 10974--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10976--><p class="indent" >   Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t work with PDF bookmarks. Instead you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 10877--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10978--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50008"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrentryfmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20545,12 +21292,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10879--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10980--><p class="noindent" >
 If <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-50009"></a> is used, this uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>and will expand to
-</p><!--l. 10881--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10982--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50010"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpdfentryfmt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20557,7 +21304,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10883--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10984--><p class="noindent" >
 within the PDF bookmarks, but in the document it will do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20568,7 +21315,7 @@
 simply does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;. It may be redefined, but remember that it needs to expand
 fully.
-</p><!--l. 10890--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 10991--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>to add new keys. This
 command will cause an error if the key has already been defined. The <span 
@@ -20575,7 +21322,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
 package provides a supplementary command that will only define the key if it doesn’t
 already exist:
-</p><!--l. 10895--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 10996--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50011"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprovidestoragekey{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">key</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20584,7 +21331,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10897--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10998--><p class="noindent" >
 If the key has already been defined, it will still provide the command given in the
 third argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; (if it hasn’t already been defined). Unlike <span 
@@ -20593,8 +21340,8 @@
 may be left empty if you’re happy to just use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch </span>to fetch the value of
 this new key.
-</p><!--l. 10903--><p class="indent" >   You can test if a key has been provided with:
-</p><!--l. 10904--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11004--><p class="indent" >   You can test if a key has been provided with:
+</p><!--l. 11005--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50012"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifkeydefined{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">key</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20603,7 +21350,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10906--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11007--><p class="noindent" >
 This tests if &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9; is available for use in the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;= list in the second argument of
@@ -20612,7 +21359,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>).
 The corresponding field may not have been set for any of the entries if no default was
 provided.
-</p><!--l. 10914--><p class="indent" >   There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that
+</p><!--l. 11015--><p class="indent" >   There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that
 these only change the specified field, not any related values. For example,
 changing the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
@@ -20624,7 +21371,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">parent</span><a 
  id="dx1-50015"></a> field). Unexpected results may occur if they are subsequently
 changed.
-</p><!--l. 10922--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11023--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50016"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20633,7 +21380,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10924--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11025--><p class="noindent" >
 Sets the field given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20649,9 +21396,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. If a
 field without a corresponding key is assigned a value, the key remains undefined. This
 command is robust.
-</p><!--l. 10934--><p class="indent" >   <span 
+</p><!--l. 11035--><p class="indent" >   <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>uses
-</p><!--l. 10935--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11036--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50017"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20660,11 +21407,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10937--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11038--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry label and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; is the assignment code.
-</p><!--l. 10941--><p class="indent" >   This command just uses <span 
+</p><!--l. 11042--><p class="indent" >   This command just uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span><a 
  id="dx1-50018"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20683,7 +21430,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists </span>to simply do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; if you want to skip the existence check.
 Alternatively you can instead use
-</p><!--l. 10947--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11048--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50020"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdeffield{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20695,7 +21442,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">replacement text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10949--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11050--><p class="noindent" >
 This simply uses <span 
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
  id="dx1-50021"></a>’s <span 
@@ -20705,7 +21452,7 @@
 instead:<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x10" id="fn1x10-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><a 
  id="x1-50022f1"></a>
-</p><!--l. 10954--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11055--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50023"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtredeffield{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20717,8 +21464,8 @@
 class="cmitt-10">replacement text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10956--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10958--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11057--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11059--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50024"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gGlsXtrSetField{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20727,10 +21474,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10960--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11061--><p class="noindent" >
 As <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but globally.
-</p><!--l. 10963--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11064--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50025"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\eGlsXtrSetField{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20739,10 +21486,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10965--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11066--><p class="noindent" >
 As <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion.
-</p><!--l. 10968--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11069--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50026"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\xGlsXtrSetField{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20751,10 +21498,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10970--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11071--><p class="noindent" >
 As <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gGlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion.
-</p><!--l. 10973--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11074--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50027"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetField{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20763,7 +21510,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10975--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11076--><p class="noindent" >
 Sets the field given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; to the replacement text of &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20770,7 +21517,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;
 (using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\let</span>).
-</p><!--l. 10979--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11080--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50028"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\csGlsXtrLetField{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20779,10 +21526,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10981--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11082--><p class="noindent" >
 As <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetField </span>but the control sequence name is supplied instead.
-</p><!--l. 10985--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11086--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50029"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetFieldToField{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label-1</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20794,7 +21541,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">field-2</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10987--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11088--><p class="noindent" >
 Sets the field given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field-1</span>&#x27E9; for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label-1</span>&#x27E9; to the field given by
@@ -20815,13 +21562,13 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 10995--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 11096--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a 
  id="dx1-50030"></a> to determine if a field has been
 set. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a simpler version:
-</p><!--l. 10998--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11099--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50031"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20832,7 +21579,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11000--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11101--><p class="noindent" >
 (New to v1.19.) Note that in this case the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; must be the <span 
 class="cmti-10">internal </span>field label (for
@@ -20849,15 +21596,15 @@
 class="cmti-10">false</span>&#x27E9;. Within &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9; you may
 use
-</p><!--l. 11009--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11110--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50032"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11011--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11112--><p class="noindent" >
 to access the field value. This command includes grouping which scopes the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9; and
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false</span>&#x27E9; parts. The starred version
-</p><!--l. 11015--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11116--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50033"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield*{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20868,20 +21615,20 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11017--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11118--><p class="noindent" >
 omits the implicit grouping.
-</p><!--l. 11020--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of keys that use <span 
+</p><!--l. 11121--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of keys that use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\relax </span>as the default value (such as the <span 
 class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a 
  id="dx1-50034"></a>). Use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol </span>instead. </div>
-</p><!--l. 11023--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11025--><p class="indent" >   There is also a version that simply uses <span 
+</p><!--l. 11124--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11126--><p class="indent" >   There is also a version that simply uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifcsundef</span>. It doesn’t save the field
 value, but can be used if you only need to check if the field is defined without
 accessing it:
-</p><!--l. 11028--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11129--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50035"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldUndef{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20892,8 +21639,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11030--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11032--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a difference between an undefined field and an unset field. An undefined
+</p><!--l. 11131--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11133--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a difference between an undefined field and an unset field. An undefined
 field hasn’t been assigned any value (no associated internal control sequence
 has been defined). If a defined field has been defined to empty, then it’s
 considered unset. <span 
@@ -20911,9 +21658,9 @@
 fields that can only be defined through commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField</span>.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 11045--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11047--><p class="indent" >   You can test if a field value equals a string using
-</p><!--l. 11048--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11146--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11148--><p class="indent" >   You can test if a field value equals a string using
+</p><!--l. 11149--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50036"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20926,7 +21673,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11050--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11151--><p class="noindent" >
 If the entry exists and has the given field set to the given text then this does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9;
 otherwise it does &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -20944,8 +21691,8 @@
                                                                   
 which uses the starred form of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11060--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.31, there’s a similar command:
-</p><!--l. 11061--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11161--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.31, there’s a similar command:
+</p><!--l. 11162--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50038"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqXpStr{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20958,7 +21705,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11063--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11164--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr </span>but first (protected) fully expands &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; (but not
@@ -20965,7 +21712,7 @@
 the field value). If you want to compare the (protected) full expansion of both the
 field value and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; use:
-</p><!--l. 11068--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11169--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50039"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20979,13 +21726,13 @@
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11070--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11171--><p class="noindent" >
 Again, version 1.39 introduced a starred form of these commands, which use the
 starred form of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11074--><p class="indent" >   As from v1.42, you can test if the field value is contained in a comma-separated
+</p><!--l. 11175--><p class="indent" >   As from v1.42, you can test if the field value is contained in a comma-separated
 list with:
-</p><!--l. 11076--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11177--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50040"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -20999,7 +21746,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11078--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11179--><p class="noindent" >
 The unstarred version uses the unstarred form of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield </span>(which
 adds grouping so &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21021,19 +21768,19 @@
 class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a 
  id="dx1-50042"></a> documentation for further
 details.
-</p><!--l. 11090--><p class="indent" >   This command is intended for fields that contain a label. For example, to test if
+</p><!--l. 11191--><p class="indent" >   This command is intended for fields that contain a label. For example, to test if
 the category is one of a set of labels:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-259">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-263">
 \GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList{examplelabel}{category}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{abbreviation,acronym}%&#x00A0;set&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;labels
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{true&#x00A0;part}{false&#x00A0;part}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11096--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11098--><p class="indent" >   As from v1.31, if a field represents a numeric (integer) value, you can use the
+&#x00A0;{abbreviation,acronym}%&#x00A0;set&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;labels
+&#x00A0;{true&#x00A0;part}{false&#x00A0;part}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11197--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11199--><p class="indent" >   As from v1.31, if a field represents a numeric (integer) value, you can use the
 following two numeric tests. If the field is set, it must expand to an integer. You may
 use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>within &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21046,8 +21793,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>is set accordingly. As from version 1.39, these
 numeric tests have starred versions. The unstarred versions add implicit grouping.
 The starred versions don’t.
-</p><!--l. 11108--><p class="indent" >   To test if the value is non-zero:
-</p><!--l. 11109--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11209--><p class="indent" >   To test if the value is non-zero:
+</p><!--l. 11210--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50043"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -21058,9 +21805,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11111--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11212--><p class="noindent" >
 Alternatively, you can test if the field expands to a specific number using:
-</p><!--l. 11114--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11215--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50044"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -21073,7 +21820,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11116--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11217--><p class="noindent" >
 This does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9; if the field value equals &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9; (using <span 
@@ -21081,7 +21828,7 @@
 otherwise it does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false</span>&#x27E9;. For a more general numeric comparison you can
 use:
-</p><!--l. 11121--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11222--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50045"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldCmpNum{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -21097,13 +21844,13 @@
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11123--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11224--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">comparison</span>&#x27E9; is one of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">=</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x003C; </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x003E;</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11127--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 11228--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch</span><a 
  id="dx1-50046"></a> which can be used to fetch the
@@ -21110,7 +21857,7 @@
 value of the given field and store it in a control sequence. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package
 provides another way of accessing the field value:
-</p><!--l. 11131--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11232--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50047"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusefield{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -21117,7 +21864,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11133--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11234--><p class="noindent" >
 This works in the same way as commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>but the field label is
 specified in the first argument. Note that the &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21127,10 +21874,10 @@
  id="dx1-50048"></a>
 manual. No error occurs if the entry or field haven’t been defined. This command is
 not robust.
-</p><!--l. 11141--><p class="indent" >   There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to
+</p><!--l. 11242--><p class="indent" >   There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span>):
-</p><!--l. 11143--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11244--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50049"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrusefield{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -21137,9 +21884,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11145--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11246--><p class="noindent" >
 and, as from v1.37, a command that converts the entire value to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 11147--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11248--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50050"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrusefield{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -21149,8 +21896,8 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 11149--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11151--><p class="indent" >   If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span 
+</p><!--l. 11250--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11252--><p class="indent" >   If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span 
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
  id="dx1-50051"></a> internal
 list, you can use the following command that adds an item to the field using
@@ -21158,7 +21905,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
  id="dx1-50052"></a>’s <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\listcsadd</span>:
-</p><!--l. 11155--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11256--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50053"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistadd{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -21167,7 +21914,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">item</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11157--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11258--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s field and &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21177,7 +21924,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\listeadd </span>and
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\listxadd</span>:
-</p><!--l. 11162--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11263--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50054"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistgadd{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -21186,8 +21933,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">item</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11164--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11165--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11265--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11266--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50055"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlisteadd{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -21196,8 +21943,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">item</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11167--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11168--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11268--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11269--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50056"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistxadd{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -21206,9 +21953,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">item</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11170--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11271--><p class="noindent" >
 You can then iterate over the list using:
-</p><!--l. 11172--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11273--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50057"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielddolistloop{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -21215,9 +21962,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11174--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11275--><p class="noindent" >
 or
-</p><!--l. 11176--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11277--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50058"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -21226,7 +21973,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">handler</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11178--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11279--><p class="noindent" >
 that internally use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dolistcsloop </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\forlistloop</span>, respectively. You can use
@@ -21236,11 +21983,11 @@
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
  id="dx1-50060"></a> manual for further
 details).
-</p><!--l. 11183--><p class="indent" >   For fields that contain comma-separated lists use <span 
+</p><!--l. 11284--><p class="indent" >   For fields that contain comma-separated lists use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield</span>
 instead.
-</p><!--l. 11186--><p class="indent" >   New to v1.42:
-</p><!--l. 11187--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11287--><p class="indent" >   New to v1.42:
+</p><!--l. 11288--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50061"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatlist{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -21247,7 +21994,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11189--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11290--><p class="noindent" >
 Like <span 
 class="cmss-10">datatool-base</span><a 
  id="dx1-50062"></a>’s <span 
@@ -21261,7 +22008,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">datatool-base</span><a 
  id="dx1-50065"></a> command, this command has no
 starred version. Grouping is automatically applied.
-</p><!--l. 11196--><p class="indent" >   For example, with <a 
+</p><!--l. 11297--><p class="indent" >   For example, with <a 
  id="dx1-50066"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> <span 
@@ -21270,22 +22017,22 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-260">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-264">
 \newcommand*{\listchildren}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero{childcount}{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{child&#x00A0;count:&#x00A0;\glscurrentfieldvalue;&#x00A0;children:
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\DTLlistformatitem\glsfmtname
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfieldformatlist{#1}{childlist}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{no&#x00A0;children}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11207--><p class="nopar" > For fields that contain a comma-separated list use <span 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero{childcount}{#1}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{child&#x00A0;count:&#x00A0;\glscurrentfieldvalue;&#x00A0;children:
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\DTLlistformatitem\glsfmtname
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfieldformatlist{#1}{childlist}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{no&#x00A0;children}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11308--><p class="nopar" > For fields that contain a comma-separated list use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist</span>
 instead.
-</p><!--l. 11211--><p class="indent" >   There are also commands that use <span 
+</p><!--l. 11312--><p class="indent" >   There are also commands that use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifinlistcs</span>:
-</p><!--l. 11212--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11313--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50067"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldifinlist{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -21298,10 +22045,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11214--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11315--><p class="noindent" >
 and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\xifinlistcs</span>
-</p><!--l. 11216--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11317--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50068"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -21314,15 +22061,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11218--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11220--><p class="indent" >   See the <span 
+</p><!--l. 11319--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11321--><p class="indent" >   See the <span 
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
  id="dx1-50069"></a>’s user manual for further details of these commands, in particular
 the limitations of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifinlist</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11224--><p class="indent" >   If the field has a comma-separated list value instead, you can iterate over it
+</p><!--l. 11325--><p class="indent" >   If the field has a comma-separated list value instead, you can iterate over it
 using:
-</p><!--l. 11226--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11327--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50070"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -21331,7 +22078,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">handler</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11228--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11329--><p class="noindent" >
 where again &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">handler</span>&#x27E9; is a control sequence that takes a single argument. Unlike the
 <span 
@@ -21351,17 +22098,17 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\@endfortrue</span>. The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield</span>
 command locally defines a user level command:
-</p><!--l. 11238--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11339--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50075"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrendfor </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11240--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11341--><p class="noindent" >
 which is just a synonym for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@endfortrue</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11243--><p class="indent" >   The loop is performed within the true part of <span 
+</p><!--l. 11344--><p class="indent" >   The loop is performed within the true part of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield </span>so scoping is
 automatically applied.
-</p><!--l. 11246--><p class="indent" >   New to v1.42:
-</p><!--l. 11247--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11347--><p class="indent" >   New to v1.42:
+</p><!--l. 11348--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50076"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -21368,21 +22115,21 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11249--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11350--><p class="noindent" >
 Like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist </span>but for fields that contain comma-separated
 lists.
-</p><!--l. 11253--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.32, if the field given by
-</p><!--l. 11254--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11354--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.32, if the field given by
+</p><!--l. 11355--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50077"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForeignTextField </span></div><hr>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 11256--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11357--><p class="noindent" >
 (which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">userii</span>) contains a locale tag, then
-</p><!--l. 11258--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11359--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50078"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForeignText{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">entry label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -21389,7 +22136,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11260--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11361--><p class="noindent" >
 can be used to encapsulate &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\foreignlanguage{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -21420,56 +22167,56 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-261">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-265">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[main=british,brazilian,ngerman]{babel}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-user}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[user1={Associa\c{c}\~ao&#x00A0;Brasileria&#x00A0;de&#x00A0;Normas&#x00A0;T\'ecnicas},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;user2=&#x00A0;{pt-BR}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;]
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{abnt}{ABNT}{Brazilian&#x00A0;National&#x00A0;Standards&#x00A0;Organization}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[user1={Deutsches&#x00A0;Institut&#x00A0;f\"ur&#x00A0;Normung&#x00A0;e.V.},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;user2={de-DE-1996}]
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{din}{DIN}{German&#x00A0;Institute&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;Standardization}
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glsxtruserparen}[2]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfullsep{#2}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrparen
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{#1%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglshasfield{\glsxtruserfield}{#2}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{,&#x00A0;\emph{\GlsXtrForeignText{#2}{\glscurrentfieldvalue}}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{abnt},&#x00A0;\gls{din}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11302--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11305--><p class="indent" >   When using the <a 
+\usepackage[main=british,brazilian,ngerman]{babel}
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\setabbreviationstyle{long-short-user}
+\newabbreviation
+&#x00A0;[user1={Associa\c{c}\~ao&#x00A0;Brasileria&#x00A0;de&#x00A0;Normas&#x00A0;T\'ecnicas},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;user2=&#x00A0;{pt-BR}
+&#x00A0;]
+&#x00A0;{abnt}{ABNT}{Brazilian&#x00A0;National&#x00A0;Standards&#x00A0;Organization}
+\newabbreviation
+&#x00A0;[user1={Deutsches&#x00A0;Institut&#x00A0;f\"ur&#x00A0;Normung&#x00A0;e.V.},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;user2={de-DE-1996}]
+&#x00A0;{din}{DIN}{German&#x00A0;Institute&#x00A0;for&#x00A0;Standardization}
+\renewcommand*{\glsxtruserparen}[2]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfullsep{#2}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrparen
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{#1%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglshasfield{\glsxtruserfield}{#2}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{,&#x00A0;\emph{\GlsXtrForeignText{#2}{\glscurrentfieldvalue}}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+}
+\begin{document}
+\gls{abnt},&#x00A0;\gls{din}.
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11403--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11406--><p class="indent" >   When using the <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-50084"></a> option, in addition to recording the usual location, you can
 also record the current value of another counter at the same time using the
 preamble-only command:
-</p><!--l. 11308--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11409--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-50085"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCounter{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11310--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11411--><p class="noindent" >
 For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-262">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-266">
 \usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11315--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span 
+\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11416--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>,
 the <span 
@@ -21513,26 +22260,26 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-263">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-267">
 \glsxtrfieldlistgadd{bird}{record.section}{1.2}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11332--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11433--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span 
 class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field, but its
 value can be accessed with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielduse </span>or the list can be iterated over with
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielddolistloop </span>etc.
-</p><!--l. 11338--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11439--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 11338--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 11439--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:printunsrt"></a>Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing</h3>
-<!--l. 11341--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+<!--l. 11442--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-51001"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11343--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11444--><p class="noindent" >
 This behaves like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>but never sorts the entries and
 always lists all the defined entries for the given glossary (and doesn’t require
@@ -21549,8 +22296,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to avoid the “Incomplete <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\iftrue</span>” error that may
 otherwise occur.
-</p><!--l. 11353--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form
-</p><!--l. 11354--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11454--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form
+</p><!--l. 11455--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-51005"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -21557,7 +22304,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11356--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11457--><p class="noindent" >
 which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -21575,7 +22322,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span>, the supplied &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; is done before the glossary
 header.
-<!--l. 11366--><p class="indent" >   This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first
+<!--l. 11467--><p class="indent" >   This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first
 LaTeX&#x00A0;run without the need for a post-processor, however there will be no <a 
  id="dx1-51006"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number
@@ -21582,34 +22329,36 @@
 list</a> in this case, as that has to be set by a post-processor such as <a 
  id="dx1-51007"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> (see <a 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> (see
+<a 
 href="#sec:bib2gls"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>9
-</a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:bib2gls </a><a 
 href="#sec:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 11372--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined
+</p><!--l. 11473--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined
 immediately after their parent entry, they won’t be together in the glossary when
 using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 11377--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11478--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 11379--><p class="indent" >   There’s a difference in behaviour depending on whether or not the <span 
+</p><!--l. 11480--><p class="indent" >   There’s a difference in behaviour depending on whether or not the <span 
 class="cmss-10">group</span><a 
  id="dx1-51008"></a> key is
 defined. If not defined (default), the group label will be formed from the first letter of
 the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
- id="dx1-51009"></a> field. The corresponding group title will be obtained as discussed
-in <a 
+ id="dx1-51009"></a> field. The corresponding group title will be obtained as discussed in
+<a 
 href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>2.10.1 </a><a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glosstylemods </a><a 
 href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a>. This can lead to an odd effect if
 you are using a style that separates letter groups when the ordering isn’t
 alphabetical.
-</p><!--l. 11387--><p class="indent" >   If the <span 
+</p><!--l. 11488--><p class="indent" >   If the <span 
 class="cmss-10">group</span><a 
  id="dx1-51010"></a> key is defined (which it is with the <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
@@ -21623,15 +22372,15 @@
 class="cmss-10">group</span><a 
  id="dx1-51012"></a> field is non-empty, then the corresponding title is obtained
 as described earlier.
-</p><!--l. 11395--><p class="indent" >   In either case, if the <span 
+</p><!--l. 11496--><p class="indent" >   In either case, if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">groups</span><a 
  id="dx1-51013"></a> option is set to false then no group formation will be
 performed.
-</p><!--l. 11398--><p class="indent" >   If you want to use a different field for the group label, you can redefine
-</p><!--l. 11399--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11499--><p class="indent" >   If you want to use a different field for the group label, you can redefine
+</p><!--l. 11500--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-51014"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgroupfield </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11401--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11502--><p class="noindent" >
 to the relevant internal field label, but the <span 
 class="cmss-10">group</span><a 
  id="dx1-51015"></a> <span 
@@ -21650,7 +22399,7 @@
 for secondary entries, which have the group label stored in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">secondarygroup</span>
 internal field.)
-</p><!--l. 11409--><p class="indent" >   If you have any entries with the <span 
+</p><!--l. 11510--><p class="indent" >   If you have any entries with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
  id="dx1-51018"></a> key set, you will need the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
@@ -21671,49 +22420,49 @@
 class="cmss-10">=only</span><a 
  id="dx1-51022"></a> package option
 will automatically deal with this.
-</p><!--l. 11416--><p class="indent" >   For example:
+</p><!--l. 11517--><p class="indent" >   For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-264">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-268">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{zebra}{name={zebra},description={stripy&#x00A0;animal}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{ant}{name={ant},description={an&#x00A0;insect}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\gls{ant}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{zebra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11430--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first.
-</p><!--l. 11434--><p class="indent" >   If you allow document definitions with the <a 
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\newglossaryentry{zebra}{name={zebra},description={stripy&#x00A0;animal}}
+\newglossaryentry{ant}{name={ant},description={an&#x00A0;insect}}
+\begin{document}
+\gls{ant}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{zebra}
+\printunsrtglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11531--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first.
+</p><!--l. 11535--><p class="indent" >   If you allow document definitions with the <a 
 href="#styopt.docdefs"><span 
 class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-51023"></a> option, the document will
 require a second LaTeX&#x00A0;run if the entries are defined after <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11438--><p class="indent" >   The optional argument is as for <span 
+</p><!--l. 11539--><p class="indent" >   The optional argument is as for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(except for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-51024"></a> key,
 which isn’t available).
-</p><!--l. 11441--><p class="indent" >   All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using:
-</p><!--l. 11443--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11542--><p class="indent" >   All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using:
+</p><!--l. 11544--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-51025"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11445--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11546--><p class="noindent" >
 which is analogous to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>. This just iterates over all defined
 glossaries (that aren’t on the ignored list) and does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>[type=&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9;].
-</p><!--l. 11450--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11551--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 11450--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 11551--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:printunsrthooks"></a>Hooks</h4>
-<!--l. 11453--><p class="noindent" >To avoid complications caused by <span 
+<!--l. 11554--><p class="noindent" >To avoid complications caused by <span 
 class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a 
  id="dx1-52001"></a><a 
  id="dx1-52002"></a>-like glossary styles, <span 
@@ -21722,45 +22471,45 @@
 an internal command. Once the construction of this command is complete, then it’s
 performed to display the glossary. This puts the loop outside the style code. For
 convenience, there’s a hook used within the loop:
-</p><!--l. 11460--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11561--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-52003"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryentryprocesshook{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11462--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11563--><p class="noindent" >
 This hook should not display any content, but may be used to perform calculations.
 For example, to calculate widths. Within this hook you can use:
-</p><!--l. 11466--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11567--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-52004"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryskipentry </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11468--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11569--><p class="noindent" >
 to skip the current entry. This will prevent the entry from being added to the internal
 command.
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 11472--><p class="indent" >   There’s another hook immediately before the internal command containing the
+</p><!--l. 11573--><p class="indent" >   There’s another hook immediately before the internal command containing the
 glossary code is performed:
-</p><!--l. 11474--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11575--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-52005"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossarypredoglossary </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11476--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11478--><p class="indent" >   The internal command uses
-</p><!--l. 11479--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11577--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11579--><p class="indent" >   The internal command uses
+</p><!--l. 11580--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-52006"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryhandler{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11481--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11582--><p class="noindent" >
 to display each item in the list, where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the current label.
-</p><!--l. 11484--><p class="indent" >   By default the handler just does
-</p><!--l. 11485--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11585--><p class="indent" >   By default the handler just does
+</p><!--l. 11586--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-52007"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrunsrtdo{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11487--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11588--><p class="noindent" >
 which determines whether to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>and checks the
@@ -21774,24 +22523,24 @@
 used instead of <span 
 class="cmss-10">location</span><a 
  id="dx1-52011"></a> then redefine:
-</p><!--l. 11493--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11594--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-52012"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationField </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11495--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11596--><p class="noindent" >
 to the internal name of the desired field. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-265">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-269">
 \renewcommand{\GlsXtrLocationField}{primarylocation}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11499--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11500--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if the given location field is undefined or unset, the handler will
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11600--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11601--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if the given location field is undefined or unset, the handler will
 fallback on the <span 
 class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a 
  id="dx1-52013"></a> field. </div>
-</p><!--l. 11503--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11604--><p class="noindent" >
 You can instruct <a 
  id="dx1-52014"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
@@ -21800,16 +22549,16 @@
  id="dx1-52015"></a> field with the resource option
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">--save-loclist=false </span>to prevent it from being used as a fallback.
-</p><!--l. 11508--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11609--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 11508--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 11609--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:printunsrtfilter"></a>Filtering</h4>
-<!--l. 11511--><p class="noindent" >You can redefine the handler used by <span 
+<!--l. 11612--><p class="noindent" >You can redefine the handler used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>if required. For
 example, you may want to filter entries according to the category label. You can test
 if a label is contained in a comma-separated list of labels using:
-</p><!--l. 11515--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11616--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-53001"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtriflabelinlist{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -21820,23 +22569,23 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11517--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11618--><p class="noindent" >
 The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label list</span>&#x27E9; will be fully expanded.
-</p><!--l. 11520--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty
+</p><!--l. 11621--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty
 glossary. This could cause a problem for the list-based styles. </div>
-</p><!--l. 11524--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11526--><p class="indent" >   For example, if the preamble includes:
+</p><!--l. 11625--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11627--><p class="indent" >   For example, if the preamble includes:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-266">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-270">
 \usepackage[record,style=index]{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11530--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries
+\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11631--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries
 that include the current section number in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field:
                                                                   
@@ -21843,15 +22592,15 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-267">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-271">
 \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11540--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11542--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11641--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11643--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>which will
 localise the change:
                                                                   
@@ -21858,17 +22607,17 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-268">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-272">
 \printunsrtglossary*{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11553--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11555--><p class="indent" >   If you are using the <span 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11654--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11656--><p class="indent" >   If you are using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-53002"></a> package and want to display the same glossary more
 than once, you can also add a temporary redefinition of <span 
@@ -21878,23 +22627,23 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-269">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-273">
 \printunsrtglossary*{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifcsundef{theHsection}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.\csuse{thesection}.}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.\csuse{theHsection}.}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11575--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions contain commands like <span 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifcsundef{theHsection}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.\csuse{thesection}.}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.\csuse{theHsection}.}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11676--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions contain commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
 that need to link an entry that doesn’t appear in the summary. In this case, it’s a
 better approach to use:
@@ -21902,50 +22651,50 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-270">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-274">
 \printunsrtglossary*{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifcsundef{theHsection}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setkeys{printgloss}{targetnameprefix={record.\csuse{thesection}.}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setkeys{printgloss}{targetnameprefix={record.\csuse{theHsection}.}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11595--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11597--><p class="indent" >   If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifcsundef{theHsection}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setkeys{printgloss}{targetnameprefix={record.\csuse{thesection}.}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setkeys{printgloss}{targetnameprefix={record.\csuse{theHsection}.}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11696--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11698--><p class="indent" >   If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress
 the glossary header and add some vertical space afterwards:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-271">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-275">
 \printunsrtglossary*{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifcsundef{theHsection}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.\csuse{thesection}.}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.\csuse{theHsection}.}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\appto\glossarypostamble{\glspar\medskip\glspar}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11617--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11619--><p class="indent" >   There’s a shortcut command that essentially does this:
-</p><!--l. 11620--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifcsundef{theHsection}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.\csuse{thesection}.}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.\csuse{theHsection}.}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\appto\glossarypostamble{\glspar\medskip\glspar}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11718--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11720--><p class="indent" >   There’s a shortcut command that essentially does this:
+</p><!--l. 11721--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-53003"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -21952,38 +22701,38 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11622--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11723--><p class="noindent" >
 The above example can simply be replaced with:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-272">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-276">
 \printunsrtglossaryunit{section}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11626--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11628--><p class="indent" >   This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11727--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11729--><p class="indent" >   This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*</span>
 with
-</p><!--l. 11629--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 11730--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-53004"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11631--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11732--><p class="noindent" >
 so if you want to just make some minor modifications you can do
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-273">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-277">
 \printunsrtglossary*{\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup{section}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\subsection*{Summary}}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11638--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary”
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\subsection*{Summary}}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11739--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary”
 (overriding the glossary’s title).
-</p><!--l. 11642--><p class="indent" >   Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a 
+</p><!--l. 11743--><p class="indent" >   Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-53005"></a> (or
@@ -21990,9 +22739,9 @@
 <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
-class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a 
+class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a 
  id="dx1-53006"></a>) package option.
-</p><!--l. 11645--><p class="indent" >   This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use
+</p><!--l. 11746--><p class="indent" >   This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink </span>to create a link to it as commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will try to link to the target
@@ -22004,12 +22753,12 @@
 just use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit </span>for a quick summary at the start of a section
 etc.
-</p><!--l. 11655--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11756--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 11655--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 11756--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:printunsrtinner"></a>Partial Glossaries</h3>
-<!--l. 11658--><p class="noindent" >It’s possible that you may require greater customisation over the way the glossary is
+<!--l. 11759--><p class="noindent" >It’s possible that you may require greater customisation over the way the glossary is
 displayed that can’t be simply achieved with the hooks or glossary styles. This
 section describes a command and environment provided to assist with this, but note
 that they aren’t compatible with tabular-like glossary styles, such as <span 
@@ -22022,7 +22771,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a 
  id="dx1-54003"></a>
 package).
-</p><!--l. 11668--><p class="indent" >   To get a better understanding of how this works, it’s useful to consider how a
+</p><!--l. 11769--><p class="indent" >   To get a better understanding of how this works, it’s useful to consider how a
 glossary with <a 
  id="dx1-54004"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
@@ -22031,20 +22780,20 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-274">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-278">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{cabbage}{name={cabbage},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={vegetable&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;thick&#x00A0;green&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;purple&#x00A0;leaves}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{broccoli}{name={broccoli},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;description={vegetable&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;heads&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;small&#x00A0;green&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;purple&#x00A0;flower&#x00A0;buds}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />\Gls{cabbage}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{broccoli}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossary
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11689--><p class="nopar" > When the document is built, <a 
+\usepackage{glossaries}
+\makeglossaries
+\newglossaryentry{cabbage}{name={cabbage},
+&#x00A0;description={vegetable&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;thick&#x00A0;green&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;purple&#x00A0;leaves}}
+\newglossaryentry{broccoli}{name={broccoli},
+&#x00A0;description={vegetable&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;heads&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;small&#x00A0;green&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;purple&#x00A0;flower&#x00A0;buds}}
+\begin{document}
+\Gls{cabbage}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{broccoli}.
+\printglossary
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11790--><p class="nopar" > When the document is built, <a 
  id="dx1-54005"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeindex"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> creates a file that contains: </p><div class="alltt">
@@ -22095,7 +22844,7 @@
 </div> The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>command defines the commands shown above after it’s
 detected the glossary type, the title and style. It then inputs the file.
-<!--l. 11705--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+<!--l. 11806--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>command performs the same preliminary setup but
 there’s no file to input. Instead it then does the section heading (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossarysection</span>)
@@ -22105,7 +22854,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\begin{theglossary} </span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">content</span>&#x27E9; <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\end{theglossary}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11712--><p class="indent" >   The letter group markup (<span 
+</p><!--l. 11813--><p class="indent" >   The letter group markup (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span>) is inserted
 whenever the group label changes between top-level entries. In this case, &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -22140,7 +22889,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry</span>).
-<!--l. 11730--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+<!--l. 11831--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\begin{printunsrtglossarywrap}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span><br 
@@ -22147,7 +22896,7 @@
 class="newline" />&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">content</span>&#x27E9; <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\end{printunsrtglossarywrap} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11733--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11834--><p class="noindent" >
 The <span 
 class="cmss-10">printunsrtglossarywrap</span><a 
  id="dx1-54021"></a><a 
@@ -22158,7 +22907,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">type</span><a 
  id="dx1-54023"></a> key simply provides the
 glossary title and doesn’t identify the content.
-</p><!--l. 11740--><p class="indent" >   This environment essentially does: </p><div class="alltt">
+</p><!--l. 11841--><p class="indent" >   This environment essentially does: </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">initial</span><span 
@@ -22194,7 +22943,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>and
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry</span>.
-<!--l. 11754--><p class="indent" >   Whilst it is possible to explicitly use the commands that create letter group
+<!--l. 11855--><p class="indent" >   Whilst it is possible to explicitly use the commands that create letter group
 headings and the handler within &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">content</span>&#x27E9;, it would be quite laborious and prone to
 error to do so for anything other than a very short list. This can be illustrated with
@@ -22203,24 +22952,24 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-275">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-279">
 \begin{printunsrtglossarywrap}[style=indexgroup]%
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsgroupheading{W}%
-&#x00A0;<br />\gdef\glscurrententrylabel{cabbage}%
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaryhandler\glscurrententrylabel
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsgroupskip
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsgroupheading{Z}%
-&#x00A0;<br />\gdef\glscurrententrylabel{broccoli}%
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaryhandler\glscurrententrylabel
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{printunsrtglossarywrap}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11769--><p class="nopar" > This trivial example will work with a tabular-like style, such as <span 
+\glsgroupheading{W}%
+\gdef\glscurrententrylabel{cabbage}%
+\printunsrtglossaryhandler\glscurrententrylabel
+\glsgroupskip
+\glsgroupheading{Z}%
+\gdef\glscurrententrylabel{broccoli}%
+\printunsrtglossaryhandler\glscurrententrylabel
+\end{printunsrtglossarywrap}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11870--><p class="nopar" > This trivial example will work with a tabular-like style, such as <span 
 class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
  id="dx1-54031"></a> (although the
 group headings will be ignored). A more practical example that uses a loop within
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">content</span>&#x27E9; won’t.
-</p><!--l. 11775--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 11876--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtinnerglossary</span><a 
  id="dx1-54032"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -22230,7 +22979,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">post-code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11776--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11877--><p class="noindent" >
 This command is provided for use within <span 
 class="cmss-10">printunsrtglossarywrap</span><a 
  id="dx1-54033"></a><a 
@@ -22249,7 +22998,7 @@
  id="dx1-54038"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">label</span><a 
  id="dx1-54039"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 11784--><p class="indent" >   This will do: </p><div class="alltt">
+</p><!--l. 11885--><p class="indent" >   This will do: </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">&#x00A0;\begingroup</span>
@@ -22287,25 +23036,25 @@
 class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a 
  id="dx1-54041"></a><a 
  id="dx1-54042"></a> environment.
-<!--l. 11800--><p class="indent" >   For example:
+<!--l. 11901--><p class="indent" >   For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-276">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-280">
 \begin{printunsrtglossarywrap}[style=indexgroup]
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=main]{}{}
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{printunsrtglossarywrap}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11805--><p class="nopar" > This produces a result very similar to that obtained with just:
+\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=main]{}{}
+\end{printunsrtglossarywrap}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11906--><p class="nopar" > This produces a result very similar to that obtained with just:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-277">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-281">
 \printunsrtglossary[style=indexgroup,type=main]
-</div>
-<!--l. 11809--><p class="nopar" > The first case is unsuitable for use with a tabular-style. It will also cause a
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11910--><p class="nopar" > The first case is unsuitable for use with a tabular-style. It will also cause a
 problem with a list style when used with <a 
  id="dx1-54043"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
@@ -22313,7 +23062,7 @@
 will be empty on the first LaTeX&#x00A0;run which will cause a missing <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\item</span>
 error).
-</p><!--l. 11815--><p class="indent" >   This partial glossary command is more useful when you need to apply filtering
+</p><!--l. 11916--><p class="indent" >   This partial glossary command is more useful when you need to apply filtering
 (which can be set up in the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">pre-code</span>&#x27E9; argument as in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*</span>) or if
@@ -22322,47 +23071,47 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-278">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-282">
 \begin{printunsrtglossarywrap}[style=list]
-&#x00A0;<br />\item[Animals]
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=animal]{}{}
-&#x00A0;<br />\item[Vegetables]
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=vegetable]{}{}
-&#x00A0;<br />\item[Minerals]
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=mineral]{}{}
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{printunsrtglossarywrap}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11828--><p class="nopar" > In this case, the <span 
+\item[Animals]
+\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=animal]{}{}
+\item[Vegetables]
+\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=vegetable]{}{}
+\item[Minerals]
+\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=mineral]{}{}
+\end{printunsrtglossarywrap}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11929--><p class="nopar" > In this case, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">list</span><a 
  id="dx1-54044"></a> style doesn’t cause a problem as there will be three instances of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\item </span>on the first LaTeX&#x00A0;run.
-</p><!--l. 11832--><p class="indent" >   Here’s another example:
+</p><!--l. 11933--><p class="indent" >   Here’s another example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-279">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-283">
 \begin{printunsrtglossarywrap}[style=indexgroup]
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsgroupheading{animal}%
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=animal]{}{}
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsgroupskip
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsgroupheading{vegetable}%
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=vegetable]{}{}
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsgroupskip
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsgroupheading{mineral}%
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=mineral]{}{}
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{printunsrtglossarywrap}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11844--><p class="nopar" > Note that in both of the above cases, the inner glossaries have been arranged
+\glsgroupheading{animal}%
+\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=animal]{}{}
+\glsgroupskip
+\glsgroupheading{vegetable}%
+\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=vegetable]{}{}
+\glsgroupskip
+\glsgroupheading{mineral}%
+\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=mineral]{}{}
+\end{printunsrtglossarywrap}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11945--><p class="nopar" > Note that in both of the above cases, the inner glossaries have been arranged
 manually (animal, then vegetable and then mineral).
-</p><!--l. 11848--><p class="indent" >   It’s also possible to use <span 
+</p><!--l. 11949--><p class="indent" >   It’s also possible to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtinnerglossary </span>within the handler
 function used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>. The internal scoping within
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtinnerglossary </span>helps to reduce interference.
-</p><!--l. 11853--><p class="indent" >   This is a rather more complicated example that requires <a 
+</p><!--l. 11954--><p class="indent" >   This is a rather more complicated example that requires <a 
  id="dx1-54045"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. Suppose I have
@@ -22372,37 +23121,37 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-280">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-284">
 @indexplural{animal}
-&#x00A0;<br />@indexplural{mineral}
-&#x00A0;<br />@indexplural{vegetable}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11860--><p class="nopar" > And also a file called <span 
+ at indexplural{mineral}
+ at indexplural{vegetable}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11961--><p class="nopar" > And also a file called <span 
 class="cmtt-10">topics.bib </span>that contains entries like:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-281">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-285">
 @entry{zebra,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={zebra},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={striped&#x00A0;African&#x00A0;horse},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;category={animal}
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />@entry{broccoli,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={broccoli},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={vegetable&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;heads&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;small&#x00A0;green&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;purple&#x00A0;flower&#x00A0;buds},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;category={vegetable}
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />@entry{quartz,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={quartz},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={hard&#x00A0;mineral&#x00A0;consisting&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;silica},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;category={mineral}
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11881--><p class="nopar" > Note that the category labels in the second file match the entry labels in the first
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={zebra},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={striped&#x00A0;African&#x00A0;horse},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;category={animal}
+}
+ at entry{broccoli,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={broccoli},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={vegetable&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;heads&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;small&#x00A0;green&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;purple&#x00A0;flower&#x00A0;buds},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;category={vegetable}
+}
+ at entry{quartz,
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;name={quartz},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={hard&#x00A0;mineral&#x00A0;consisting&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;silica},
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;category={mineral}
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11982--><p class="nopar" > Note that the category labels in the second file match the entry labels in the first
 file.
-</p><!--l. 11885--><p class="indent" >   The simplest way of creating a hierarchical glossary from this data is to input
+</p><!--l. 11986--><p class="indent" >   The simplest way of creating a hierarchical glossary from this data is to input
 both files and copy the <span 
 class="cmss-10">category</span><a 
  id="dx1-54046"></a> field to the <span 
@@ -22412,30 +23161,30 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-282">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-286">
 \GlsXtrLoadResources[src={topictitles,topics},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;replicate-fields={category=parent}]
-</div>
-<!--l. 11891--><p class="nopar" > The glossary can then simply be displayed with:
+&#x00A0;replicate-fields={category=parent}]
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11992--><p class="nopar" > The glossary can then simply be displayed with:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-283">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-287">
 \printunsrtglossary[style=indexgroup]
-</div>
-<!--l. 11895--><p class="nopar" > This will now be ordered: animal (followed by animal child entries), mineral
+</pre>
+<!--l. 11996--><p class="nopar" > This will now be ordered: animal (followed by animal child entries), mineral
 (followed by mineral child entries), vegetable (followed by vegetable child
 entries).
-</p><!--l. 11900--><p class="indent" >   Suppose (for some strange reason) that I now need the ordering to be vegetable,
+</p><!--l. 12001--><p class="indent" >   Suppose (for some strange reason) that I now need the ordering to be vegetable,
 mineral, animal (that is, reverse alphabetical) but the child entries still need to be in
 the normal alphabetical order.
-</p><!--l. 11904--><p class="indent" >   It’s not possible to use different sort methods for different hierarchical levels with
+</p><!--l. 12005--><p class="indent" >   It’s not possible to use different sort methods for different hierarchical levels with
 <a 
  id="dx1-54048"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, but it is possible to simulate it.
-</p><!--l. 11908--><p class="indent" >   Instead of making the entries within <span 
+</p><!--l. 12009--><p class="indent" >   Instead of making the entries within <span 
 class="cmtt-10">topics.bib </span>children of the entries defined
 in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">topictitles.bib</span>, I’m now going to create separate glossaries for each
@@ -22444,12 +23193,12 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-284">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-288">
 \newignoredglossary*{animal}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newignoredglossary*{mineral}
-&#x00A0;<br />\newignoredglossary*{vegetable}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11915--><p class="nopar" > The entries in <span 
+\newignoredglossary*{mineral}
+\newignoredglossary*{vegetable}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12016--><p class="nopar" > The entries in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">topictitles.bib </span>go in the default main glossary and are sorted in
 reverse:
                                                                   
@@ -22456,11 +23205,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-285">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-289">
 \GlsXtrLoadResources[src=topictitles,type=main,selection=all,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;sort=en-GB-reverse]
-</div>
-<!--l. 11921--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve selected all entries in this example. It becomes more complicated with
+&#x00A0;sort=en-GB-reverse]
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12022--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve selected all entries in this example. It becomes more complicated with
 the default selection criteria. (See the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-nested.tex </span>example provided with
 <a 
@@ -22467,7 +23216,7 @@
  id="dx1-54049"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> v2.3+.)
-</p><!--l. 11927--><p class="indent" >   Now the entries in <span 
+</p><!--l. 12028--><p class="indent" >   Now the entries in <span 
 class="cmtt-10">topics.bib </span>are selected but the <span 
 class="cmss-10">type</span><a 
  id="dx1-54050"></a> field is set to the <span 
@@ -22478,11 +23227,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-286">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-290">
 \GlsXtrLoadResources[src=topics,type={same&#x00A0;as&#x00A0;category},selection=all,
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;sort=en-GB]
-</div>
-<!--l. 11932--><p class="nopar" > The aim here is to use <span 
+&#x00A0;sort=en-GB]
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12033--><p class="nopar" > The aim here is to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>to list all the entries in the main
 glossary (that is, all the topic titles) and use a handler that tests if there is a glossary
 that has the same label as the current entry label. If one exists, it’s then listed using
@@ -22493,21 +23242,21 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-287">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-291">
 \newcommand{\nestedhandler}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglossaryexists*{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\printunsrtinnerglossary[type={#1},leveloffset=++1]{}{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-&#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossary*[type=main,style=index]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\printunsrtglossaryhandler\nestedhandler
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11952--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11954--><p class="indent" >   I’ve used <span 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifglossaryexists*{#1}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\printunsrtinnerglossary[type={#1},leveloffset=++1]{}{}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
+}
+\printunsrtglossary*[type=main,style=index]{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\let\printunsrtglossaryhandler\nestedhandler
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12053--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 12055--><p class="indent" >   I’ve used <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary* </span>as I don’t need to specify a title for any of those
 glossaries nor do I need to use those glossaries with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span>. With
@@ -22524,12 +23273,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary</span>) in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex</span>
 file.
-</p><!--l. 11962--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12063--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 11962--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 12063--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.4   </span> <a 
  id="sec:glossentry"></a>Standalone Entry Items</h3>
-<!--l. 11965--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you don’t want a list but would rather display entry details
+<!--l. 12066--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you don’t want a list but would rather display entry details
 throughout the document. You can simply do <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>followed by
 <span 
@@ -22546,34 +23295,34 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-288">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-292">
 \newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\par\medskip\par\noindent
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;Definition:&#x00A0;\glsentryname{#1}.\par
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsentrydesc{#1}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\par\medskip
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11979--><p class="nopar" > define your entries
+&#x00A0;\par\medskip\par\noindent
+&#x00A0;Definition:&#x00A0;\glsentryname{#1}.\par
+&#x00A0;\glsentrydesc{#1}
+&#x00A0;\par\medskip
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12080--><p class="nopar" > define your entries
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-289">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-293">
 \newglossaryentry{function}{name={function},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;relation&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;expression&#x00A0;involving&#x00A0;variables}
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11985--><p class="nopar" > and then later in the text:
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;relation&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;expression&#x00A0;involving&#x00A0;variables}
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12086--><p class="nopar" > and then later in the text:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-290">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-294">
 \displayterm{function}
-</div>
-<!--l. 11989--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11991--><p class="indent" >   However, if may be that you want to use <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12090--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 12092--><p class="indent" >   However, if may be that you want to use <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-55003"></a> and have commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
@@ -22580,18 +23329,19 @@
 link back to the place where the term is described. Instead of using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname</span>
 use
-</p><!--l. 11995--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 12096--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-55004"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11997--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12098--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label.
-</p><!--l. 12000--><p class="indent" >   This is designed to behave much like the way the name is displayed in the
+</p><!--l. 12101--><p class="indent" >   This is designed to behave much like the way the name is displayed in the
 glossary. It performs the following: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
-     <li class="itemize">Defines  <span 
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 12104--><p class="noindent" >Defines  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel </span>to  the  entry’s  label.  This  is  usually
      done  at  the  start  of  the  glossary  style  commands  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>and
@@ -22600,8 +23350,9 @@
      hooks. Here the definition is localised so that it’s only available for use in
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span>.
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize">Defines <span 
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 12110--><p class="noindent" >Defines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary </span>to the entry’s glossary type. This is usually done at
      the start of commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>and may be used by style hooks.
@@ -22610,15 +23361,16 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem</span>. The value is obtained by fully
      expanding:
-     <!--l. 12015--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-55005"></a>  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 12116--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-55005"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneGlossaryType </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 12017--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 12118--><p class="noindent" >
      which defaults to the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">type</span><a 
  id="dx1-55006"></a> field for the current entry.
      </p></li>
-     <li class="itemize">Increments and display the entry counters if the <a 
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 12122--><p class="noindent" >Increments and display the entry counters if the <a 
 href="#styopt.entrycounter"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-55007"></a> or <a 
@@ -22625,16 +23377,21 @@
 href="#styopt.subentrycounter"><span 
 class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-55008"></a>
-     package options are set. If the entry doesn’t have a parent, then this
-     does
+     package options are set. If the entry doesn’t have a parent, then this does
+     </p>
          <ul class="itemize2">
-         <li class="itemize"><span 
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 12127--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
-class="cmtt-10">}</span></li></ul>
-     <!--l. 12028--><p class="noindent" >otherwise it does (as from v1.31) </p>
+class="cmtt-10">}</span></p></li></ul>
+     <!--l. 12129--><p class="noindent" >otherwise it does (as from v1.31) </p>
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
          <ul class="itemize2">
-         <li class="itemize"><span 
+         <li class="itemize">
+         <!--l. 12131--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneSubEntryItem</span><a 
  id="dx1-55009"></a>
          <span 
@@ -22644,11 +23401,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>if the entry has
-         a parent but not a grandparent.</li></ul>
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-     <!--l. 12034--><p class="noindent" >This reflects the behaviour of the predefined hierarchical styles. A bug in
+         a parent but not a grandparent.</p></li></ul>
+     <!--l. 12135--><p class="noindent" >This reflects the behaviour of the predefined hierarchical styles. A bug in
      pre-version&#x00A0;1.31 used <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem </span>for all child levels, which doesn’t match
      the hierarchical glossary styles. If you want to restore this behaviour, just
@@ -22657,20 +23411,21 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-     <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-291">
+     <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-295">
      \renewcommand*{\GlsXtrStandaloneSubEntryItem}[1]{\glssubentryitem{#1}}
-</div>
-     <!--l. 12040--><p class="nopar" >
+</pre>
+     <!--l. 12141--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></li>
-     <li class="itemize">Sets the hyper-target if supported (using <span 
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 12143--><p class="noindent" >Sets the hyper-target if supported (using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>) and displays the entry
      name using:
-     <!--l. 12044--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
- id="dx1-55010"></a>  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 12145--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-55010"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryName{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 12046--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 12147--><p class="noindent" >
      which uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstarget{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -22687,16 +23442,16 @@
 href="#catattr.glossnamefont"><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-55011"></a>.</p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 12054--><p class="noindent" >If you have used <span 
+<!--l. 12155--><p class="noindent" >If you have used <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a 
  id="dx1-55012"></a> or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span><a 
  id="dx1-55013"></a> in any of your description fields,
 you can use
-</p><!--l. 12056--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 12157--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-55014"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12058--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12159--><p class="noindent" >
 to make these commands behave as they normally do within a glossary. This needs to
 be placed before </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -22709,10 +23464,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnonextpages </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnextpages </span>have no effect outside
 of the glossary and are not intended for use in a standalone context.
-<!--l. 12068--><p class="indent" >   It’s also possible to select a different field (rather than using <span 
+<!--l. 12169--><p class="indent" >   It’s also possible to select a different field (rather than using <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-55015"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 12070--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 12171--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-55016"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentryother{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">header</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -22721,7 +23476,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12072--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12173--><p class="noindent" >
 The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; must be given using its internal field label which may not be the same as
 the key used to set the field. See the key to field mappings table in the <span 
@@ -22732,7 +23487,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtitleorpdforheading</span>. It may be left empty in which case the default is
 determined as follows: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
-     <li class="itemize">If  <span 
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 12181--><p class="noindent" >If  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhead</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9; is  defined,  then  &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">header</span>&#x27E9;  is  <span 
@@ -22742,15 +23498,16 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize">Otherwise &#x27E8;<span 
-class="cmti-10">header</span>&#x27E9; is simply the field value.</li></ul>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-<!--l. 12084--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 12183--><p class="noindent" >Otherwise &#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">header</span>&#x27E9; is simply the field value.</p></li></ul>
+<!--l. 12185--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentryother </span>command internally uses
-</p><!--l. 12085--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 12186--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-55017"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryOther{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -22757,7 +23514,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12087--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12188--><p class="noindent" >
 instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryName</span>, which uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -22770,7 +23527,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 12092--><p class="indent" >   If you have loaded the <span 
+</p><!--l. 12193--><p class="indent" >   If you have loaded the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-55018"></a> package (through the <a 
 href="#styopt.accsupp"><span 
@@ -22790,20 +23547,20 @@
 </div>
 </div> (for example, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolaccessdisplay</span>).
-<!--l. 12101--><p class="indent" >   This means that my custom command can be changed to:
+<!--l. 12202--><p class="indent" >   This means that my custom command can be changed to:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-292">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-296">
 \newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\par\medskip\par\noindent
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;Definition:&#x00A0;\glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsentrydesc{#1}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\par\medskip
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12109--><p class="nopar" > If I want numbered definitions, then I can use the package options <span 
+&#x00A0;\par\medskip\par\noindent
+&#x00A0;Definition:&#x00A0;\glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par
+&#x00A0;\glsentrydesc{#1}
+&#x00A0;\par\medskip
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12210--><p class="nopar" > If I want numbered definitions, then I can use the package options <span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a 
  id="dx1-55020"></a> or
 <span 
@@ -22813,58 +23570,58 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-293">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-297">
 \newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\par\medskip\par\noindent
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;Definition&#x00A0;\glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsentrydesc{#1}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\par\medskip
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12120--><p class="nopar" > The counter label uses a dot after the number by default but this can be changed to
+&#x00A0;\par\medskip\par\noindent
+&#x00A0;Definition&#x00A0;\glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par
+&#x00A0;\glsentrydesc{#1}
+&#x00A0;\par\medskip
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12221--><p class="nopar" > The counter label uses a dot after the number by default but this can be changed to
 a colon:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-294">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-298">
 \renewcommand*{\glsentrycounterlabel}{\theglossaryentry:\space}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12125--><p class="nopar" > It’s now possible to not only use <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12226--><p class="nopar" > It’s now possible to not only use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to link back to the definition but also use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry </span>to reference the counter and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpageref </span>to reference the page
 number.
-</p><!--l. 12130--><p class="indent" >   If I want the description to behave more like it does in a glossary in need to make
+</p><!--l. 12231--><p class="indent" >   If I want the description to behave more like it does in a glossary in need to make
 the following modification:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-295">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-299">
 \newcommand{\displayterm}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\par\medskip\par\noindent
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;Definition&#x00A0;\glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\begingroup
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtractivatenopost
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentrydesc{#1}\glspostdescription
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\endgroup
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\par\medskip
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12142--><p class="nopar" > (Note the grouping to localise <span 
+&#x00A0;\par\medskip\par\noindent
+&#x00A0;Definition&#x00A0;\glsxtrglossentry{#1}.\par
+&#x00A0;\begingroup
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtractivatenopost
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossentrydesc{#1}\glspostdescription
+&#x00A0;\endgroup
+&#x00A0;\par\medskip
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12243--><p class="nopar" > (Note the grouping to localise <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 12145--><p class="indent" >   You can also use <span 
+</p><!--l. 12246--><p class="indent" >   You can also use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry </span>within section headings. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-296">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-300">
 \section{\glsxtrglossentry{function}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12149--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12250--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>in PDF bookmarks (if <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>is defined)
 and will use <span 
@@ -22880,12 +23637,12 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrnotinmark </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestoremarkhook</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 12159--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12260--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 12159--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 12260--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.5   </span> <a 
  id="sec:alias"></a>Entry Aliases</h3>
-<!--l. 12162--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span 
+<!--l. 12263--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alias</span><a 
  id="dx1-56001"></a> key. The
 value should be the label of the other term. There’s no check for the other’s
@@ -22895,17 +23652,18 @@
  id="dx1-56002"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 12169--><p class="indent" >   If an entry &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 12270--><p class="indent" >   If an entry &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>&#x27E9; is made an alias of &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>&#x27E9; then: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
-     <li class="itemize">If the <span 
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 12272--><p class="noindent" >If the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
  id="dx1-56003"></a> field wasn’t provided when &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>&#x27E9; was defined, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alias</span><a 
  id="dx1-56004"></a> key will
-     automatically trigger <div class="alltt">
+     automatically trigger </p><div class="alltt">
      <div class="obeylines-v">
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssee{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -22916,7 +23674,8 @@
 </div>
      </div>
      </li>
-     <li class="itemize">If the <span 
+     <li class="itemize">
+     <!--l. 12277--><p class="noindent" >If the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-56005"></a> package has been loaded then <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -22929,8 +23688,12 @@
  id="dx1-56006"></a> attribute has been set for &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>&#x27E9;’s
      category.)
-     </li>
-     <li class="itemize">With <a 
+     </p></li>
+     <li class="itemize">
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+     <!--l. 12281--><p class="noindent" >With <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=off</span><a 
@@ -22937,7 +23700,7 @@
  id="dx1-56007"></a> or <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
-class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a 
+class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a 
  id="dx1-56008"></a>, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-56009"></a> setting will automatically
@@ -22955,23 +23718,22 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>or if the indexing has been explicitly set using
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">noindex=false</span>.
-                                                                  
-
-                                                                  
-     <!--l. 12188--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a 
+     </p><!--l. 12289--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=only</span><a 
  id="dx1-56011"></a>, the <a 
- id="dx1-56012"></a>location list for aliased entries is controlled
+ id="dx1-56012"></a><a 
+href="#glo:locationlist">location list</a> for aliased entries is controlled
      with <a 
- id="dx1-56013"></a><span 
-class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s settings.</p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 12192--><p class="indent" >   The index suppression trigger is performed by
-</p><!--l. 12193--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+ id="dx1-56013"></a><a 
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> settings.</p></li></ul>
+<!--l. 12293--><p class="indent" >   The index suppression trigger is performed by
+</p><!--l. 12294--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-56014"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12195--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12296--><p class="noindent" >
 This is performed after the default options provided by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><a 
  id="dx1-56015"></a>
@@ -22982,45 +23744,45 @@
  id="dx1-56016"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>will default to do
 nothing.
-</p><!--l. 12201--><p class="indent" >   Within the definition of <span 
+</p><!--l. 12302--><p class="indent" >   Within the definition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>you can use
-</p><!--l. 12202--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 12303--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-56017"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexaliased </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12204--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12305--><p class="noindent" >
 to index &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 12207--><p class="indent" >   The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead.
+</p><!--l. 12308--><p class="indent" >   The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead.
 For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-297">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-301">
 \renewcommand{\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex}{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrindexaliased
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{noindex}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12214--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 12216--><p class="indent" >   The value of the <span 
+&#x00A0;\glsxtrindexaliased
+&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{noindex}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12315--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 12317--><p class="indent" >   The value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alias</span><a 
  id="dx1-56018"></a> field can be accessed using
-</p><!--l. 12217--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 12318--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-56019"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralias{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12219--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12320--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 12221--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 12221--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 12322--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 12322--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">11. <a 
  id="sec:onthefly"></a>On-the-Fly Document Definitions</h2>
-</p><!--l. 12224--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 12325--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">word</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">word</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -23029,8 +23791,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\index </span>then just use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index</span>.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 12229--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 12231--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 12330--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12332--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package advises against defining entries in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
  id="dx1-57001"></a><a 
@@ -23037,15 +23799,16 @@
  id="dx1-57002"></a>
 environment. As mentioned in <a 
 href="#sec:pkgopts"><span 
-class="tcrm-1000">§</span>1.2 </a><a 
-href="#sec:pkgopts">New or Modified Package Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts --></a> above, this
-ability is disabled by default with <span 
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>but can be enabled using the
-<a 
+class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span 
+class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:pkgopts </a><a 
+href="#sec:pkgopts">New or Modified Package Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts --></a>
+above, this ability is disabled by default with <span 
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>but can be enabled using
+the <a 
 href="#styopt.docdefs"><span 
 class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-57003"></a> package options.
-</p><!--l. 12237--><p class="indent" >   Although this can be problematic, the <span 
+</p><!--l. 12338--><p class="indent" >   Although this can be problematic, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of
 defining and using entries within the <span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
@@ -23058,12 +23821,12 @@
 class="cmti-10">There are limitations with this approach, so take care with it.</span>
 This function is disabled by default, but can be enabled using the preamble-only
 command:
-</p><!--l. 12243--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 12344--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-57007"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12245--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12346--><p class="noindent" >
 When used, this defines the commands described below.
-</p><!--l. 12248--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span 
+</p><!--l. 12349--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr </span>and <span 
@@ -23074,8 +23837,8 @@
 mix these commands with the standard glossary commands, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or there
 may be unexpected results. </div>
-</p><!--l. 12254--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 12256--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 12355--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12357--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-57009"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -23084,7 +23847,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12258--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12359--><p class="noindent" >
 If an entry with the label &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has already been defined, this just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
@@ -23119,7 +23882,7 @@
 class="cmsy-10">}</span>
 </div>
 </div>
-<!--l. 12270--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The &#x27E8;<span 
+<!--l. 12371--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; must contain any non-expandable commands, such as formatting
 commands or problematic characters. If the term requires any of these, they must be
 omitted from the &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -23128,15 +23891,15 @@
  id="dx1-57010"></a> key must be provided in the optional
 argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>&#x27E9;. </div>
-</p><!--l. 12276--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12377--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 12278--><p class="indent" >   The second optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 12379--><p class="indent" >   The second optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>&#x27E9; should be empty if the entry has
 already been defined, since it’s too late for them. If it’s not empty, a&#x00A0;warning will be
 generated with
-</p><!--l. 12281--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 12382--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-57011"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrWarning{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -23143,8 +23906,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12283--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 12285--><p class="indent" >   For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span 
+</p><!--l. 12384--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12386--><p class="indent" >   For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>
 below:
                                                                   
@@ -23151,31 +23914,31 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-298">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-302">
 \glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;...&#x00A0;later
-&#x00A0;<br />\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12291--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 12293--><p class="indent" >   If you are considering doing something like:
+&#x00A0;...&#x00A0;later
+\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12392--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 12394--><p class="indent" >   If you are considering doing something like:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-299">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-303">
 \newcommand*{\goose}{\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}}
-&#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\GlsXtrWarning}[2]{}
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;...&#x00A0;later
-&#x00A0;<br />\goose\&#x00A0;some&#x00A0;more&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;here
-</div>
-<!--l. 12299--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the
+\renewcommand*{\GlsXtrWarning}[2]{}
+&#x00A0;...&#x00A0;later
+\goose\&#x00A0;some&#x00A0;more&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;here
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12400--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the
 preamble with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-57012"></a> and then use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the document.
-</p><!--l. 12304--><p class="indent" >   There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span 
+</p><!--l. 12405--><p class="indent" >   There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>:
-</p><!--l. 12305--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 12406--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-57013"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -23184,12 +23947,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12307--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12408--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 12310--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 12411--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-57014"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -23198,12 +23961,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12312--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12413--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 12315--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 12416--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-57015"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrpl[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -23212,12 +23975,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12317--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12418--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 12320--><p class="indent" >   If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an
+</p><!--l. 12421--><p class="indent" >   If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an
 ASCII-only label, then it’s better to use <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">&#x018e;</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>&#x00A0;or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;instead of
 LaTeX&#x00A0;(or pdf<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>). If you really desperately want to use UTF-8 entry labels
 without switching to <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">&#x018e;</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>&#x00A0;or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;then there is a starred version of
@@ -23225,20 +23988,20 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>that allows you to use UTF-8 characters in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, but it’s
 experimental and may not work in some cases.
-</p><!--l. 12329--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span 
+</p><!--l. 12430--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>don’t use any
 commands in the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, even if they expand to just text. </div>
-</p><!--l. 12333--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12434--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 12335--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 12335--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 12436--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 12436--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">12. <a 
  id="sec:supplemental"></a>Supplemental Packages</h2>
-</p><!--l. 12338--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 12439--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle provides additional support packages <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a 
  id="dx1-58001"></a> (for
@@ -23247,10 +24010,10 @@
  id="dx1-58002"></a> (for accessibility support). These packages aren’t
 automatically loaded.
 </p>
-<!--l. 12343--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 12444--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:prefix"></a>Prefixes or Determiners</h3>
-<!--l. 12346--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span 
+<!--l. 12447--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a 
  id="dx1-59001"></a> after <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. For
@@ -23259,33 +24022,33 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-300">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-304">
 \documentclass{article}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
-&#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-prefix}
-&#x00A0;<br />\makeglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[prefix={an\space},
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;prefixfirst={a~}]
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
-&#x00A0;<br />\begin{document}
-&#x00A0;<br />First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\pgls{svm}.
-&#x00A0;<br />Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\pgls{svm}.
-&#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
-&#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12369--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 12371--><p class="noindent" >
+\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
+\usepackage{glossaries-prefix}
+\makeglossaries
+\newabbreviation
+&#x00A0;[prefix={an\space},
+&#x00A0;prefixfirst={a~}]
+&#x00A0;{svm}{SVM}{support&#x00A0;vector&#x00A0;machine}
+\begin{document}
+First&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\pgls{svm}.
+Next&#x00A0;use:&#x00A0;\pgls{svm}.
+\printglossaries
+\end{document}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12470--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 12472--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 12371--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 12472--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:accsupp"></a>Accessibility Support</h3>
-<!--l. 12374--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span 
+<!--l. 12475--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-60001"></a> package is still experimental and so accessibility features are
 liable to change. </div>
-</p><!--l. 12377--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 12379--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+</p><!--l. 12478--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12480--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-60002"></a> package needs to be loaded before <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>or through
@@ -23297,10 +24060,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-301">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-305">
 \usepackage[accsupp]{glossaries-extra}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12384--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span 
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12485--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-60004"></a> or you load <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
@@ -23318,7 +24081,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-60007"></a> is loaded
 too late.
-</p><!--l. 12393--><p class="indent" >   The following <span 
+</p><!--l. 12494--><p class="indent" >   The following <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands add accessibility information wrapped
 around the corresponding <span 
@@ -23326,17 +24089,17 @@
 class="cmti-10">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands. There is no check for existence
 of the entry nor do any of these commands add formatting, hyperlinks or indexing
 information.
-</p><!--l. 12398--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
+</p><!--l. 12499--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 
  id="dx1-60008"></a>  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12400--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12501--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-60009"></a> field for the entry identified by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 12404--><p class="indent" >   If the <span 
+</p><!--l. 12505--><p class="indent" >   If the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-60010"></a> package isn’t loaded, this is simply defined as:
                                                                   
@@ -23343,35 +24106,35 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-302">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-306">
 \newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{\glsentryname{#1}}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12408--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as:
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12509--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-303">
+   <pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-307">
 \newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsnameaccessdisplay
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentryname{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
-&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{#1}%
-&#x00A0;<br />}
-</div>
-<!--l. 12418--><p class="nopar" > (<span 
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsnameaccessdisplay
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsentryname{#1}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{#1}%
+}
+</pre>
+<!--l. 12519--><p class="nopar" > (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnameaccessdisplay</span><a 
  id="dx1-60011"></a> is defined by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-60012"></a> package.) The first
 letter upper case version is:
-</p><!--l. 12422--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><a 

@@ Diff output truncated at 1234567 characters. @@


More information about the tex-live-commits mailing list.